1

MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

Full Color Inkjet Printer

RJ-4100

RJ41-A-01
2

Introduction Model Name: RJ–4100 CON1000

This equipment is Class 1 communications equipment (communications equipment This manual contains basic technical details necessary for marketplace servicing to
to be used in commercial and industrial areas) and conforms to Voluntary maintain product quality and performance of RJ-4100 printer.
Communications Control Institute (VCCI) standards for data processing and other RJ-4100 printer is equipped with a self-diagnostic program that will be of service for
equipment for the prevention of radio wave interference in commercial and industrial adjusting and checking whenever a fault is detected or during maintenance.
areas.
Therefore, if it is used in or near a residential area, it may cause interference with This manual contains all the basic items but actual maintenance work should be
radio and television reception. undertaken only after a thorough understanding of the functions, operations and
It should be used correctly in accordance with the operation manual. movements has been gained from the operation manual and by other means.

■ Concerning interference with reception Please note that there may be occasions where the name of a part used in the
Since this product emits weak radio waves, if it is not installed and used correctly explanation in this manual differs from the name of that same part that is used in the
and is thought to be causing interference with radio and television reception, this operation manual or in the parts list.
may be prevented by trying a combination of the following measures:
• Try changing the orientation of the receiving antenna and feeder. CAUTION:
• Try changing the orientation of this product. • The details of this product and the contents of this manual are
• Change the distance between the receiver and this product. protected by copyright held by this Company and, except for
• Try using different power supply systems for the receiver and this product. legitimate use by individuals, unauthorized copying, reproduction
or distribution in whole or part is forbidden.
■ Trademarks included in this manual • Details contained in this manual may be subject to future alteration
• MUTOH, RJ-4100, MH-GL, MH-GL/2, MH-RTL, ESC/P2 are trademarks or trade without notice.
names of Mutoh Industries Ltd. • Details contained in this manual are believed to be correct but
• HP, HP-GL, HP-GL/2, HP-RTL, HP759X, HP758X, C2848 are trademarks or please contact this Company or a dealer if an error is suspected
trade names of the Hewlett Packard Company. or a point is not clear.
• EPSON ESC/P is a trademark or trade name of the Seiko-Epson Company. • In no event will this Company be responsible for the consequences
• Centronics and Bitronics are trademarks or trade names of the Centronics Data of using this product or this manual.
Computer Company.
• Windows 3.1, Windows 95, Windows NT 3.51, Windows NT 4.0, MS-DOS are
trademarks or trade names of the Microsoft Corporation Published by Mutoh Industries Ltd., 1-3 Ikejiri 3-chome, Setagaya-ku, Tokyo
• Other names of products and companies are the trademarks or trade names of
each relevant company. Copyright May 1999, Mutoh Industries Ltd. All rights reserved.

Introduction Model Name: RJ–4100 CON1000

3

Some Thoughts on Maintenance Work Model Name: RJ–4100 CON1010

1. Some ideas about maintenance work 4. The need for user/operator cooperation
Maintenance work falls into two major categories, fault maintenance and protective main-
tenance, both of which are aimed at stable operation of the equipment that has been deliv- ! CAUTION: The user can not be compelled to do the following!
ered to the user.
The profitability of maintenance work must also be considered. Asking the user/operator to cooperate is not a matter of having the user do the mainte-
• In principle, fault maintenance and protective maintenance are both carried out by the nance for you but it is necessary in order to have the equipment working more efficiently
one person. and for having faults rectified quickly.
• Both fault maintenance and protective maintenance involve the bringing of maintenance Actually, even when you do ask for the user’s cooperation, instead of a simple acknowl-
parts. edgement you will usually get doubts and quibbles such as “I’m paying for maintenance”,
• The cooperation of the user/operator is used effectively. “I’m not familiar with the equipment” and “it only benefits the manufacturer.”
However, you must try to persuade the user/operator to cooperate by explaining that doing
2. Protective maintenance work daily inspections will give better printing quality and giving you all the fine details of a fault
Periodic maintenance is designed to provide the user with more stable operation of the means that the fault will be rectified quickly.
equipment and involves the periodic cleaning and replacement of replacement parts. Basic
ideas on protective maintenance include: The following explains the items you need in order to understand fault conditions in detail:
• Adhere strictly to preventive maintenance periods. • Check error messages
• In a case of carrying out preventive maintenance, gain the approval of the user before- • Check user’s usage conditions
hand. • Output from diagnostic pattern
• Don’t press preventive maintenance on the user. • Output from setup lists
• Retest after changing settings
3. Fault maintenance work • Probability of recovery by implementing daily inspections.
A fault will hold up the user’s work and must be remedied quickly. The following are some
basic ideas on fault maintenance:

3-1 Use the user/operator to obtain a more detailed grasp of the fault.
• Conduct a primary consultation by “inquiry sheet”, “fax” and “telephone”
• Select applicable symptoms from the trouble-shooting lists and make inquiries in
accordance with the primary consultation form. (Check error messages, check the
user’s operating conditions, test again with changed settings, output test patterns,
etc.)

3-2 If it is not solved by the primary consultation, take the necessary maintenance items
and make an on-site visit.
• Assemble the necessary maintenance parts from the matrix map
• At the user’s premises, first check the symptoms.
• Proceed with maintenance work in accordance with the fault tracing procedure.
• After the repair work is finished, be sure to check again by testing in accordance
with the test procedure.

3-3 If repair is not possible even though all the work has been done in accordance with
the fault tracing procedure:
• Contact the Sales Support Groups in Graphics Sales Section or Data Equipment
Sales Section of the Data Imaging Operations Division.

Some Thoughts on Maintenance Work Model Name: RJ–4100 CON1010

4

Precautions For Maintaining This Printer Model Name: RJ–4100 CON2000

PRECAUTION 1 Head Cleaning PRECAUTION 5 Maintenance Unit Tubes

Head cleaning (see REP1620) must be carried out when this printer is to be trans- If you can not lower the maintenance unit cap assembly and the cap assembly and
ported by truck (see CON6000) and when the following parts are to be replaced. pump assembly have been replaced:
< Replacement parts > Head, Damper, Head Cable, Cartridge Frame Assembly, • When the two tubes from the pump assembly are being connected to the cap
Ink Tubes assembly, turn them clockwise through 45 to 90 degrees as you insert them.

PRECAUTION 2 Head Cleaning Jig PRECAUTION 6 Take Care When Inserting Head Cable and Y Cable
When the head cleaning jig is to be used, fill the jig’s 100 cc bottle with at least 50 When the print head assembly, head board assembly and main board assembly
cc of cleaning fluid and use it with the cap loosened. have been replaced, be careful to insert the head cable and Y cable straight to the
If head cleaning is done with the cap tightened, ink will flow back into the 100 cc back and don’t forget to lock the connectors.
bottle. (The connectors fitted with locks are J207 and J208 on the head board.)
When you have finished head cleaning, return the remaining cleaning fluid from the If the cables are inserted obliquely or power is applied without locking the connec-
100 cc bottle to the 500 cc cleaning fluid bottle (JD-42054). tors, there is a risk that the head board may be damaged and it will be impossible
for ink to be ejected.

PRECAUTION 3 Printing After Initial Filling PRECAUTION 7 Ink and Cleaning Fluid Conduct Electricity
On rare occasions, printing quality may be unstable if printing is carried out immedi- Ink and cleaning fluid will conduct electricity.
ately after initial filling. If there is ink or cleaning fluid on cables or connectors when power is applied, there
If this occurs, switch off the power and wait for at least 30 minutes before trying to will be a short circuit which may lead to all sorts of damage.
print again. If there is ink on the contacts of the connector, wipe it off with alcohol or ethanol and
allow to dry thoroughly before reconnecting.

PRECAUTION 4 Thorough Waste Fluid Box Replacement

When the following tasks have been carried out, install a new waste fluid box and
clear the waste fluid counter.
1. After head cleaning and initial filling.
2. When it was not possible to capture main board backup parameters.

Precautions For Maintaining This Printer Model Name: RJ–4100 CON2000

5

Contents 1 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3000

History of Amendments CON0000 Matrix Map MAP0000

Introduction CON1000 • When Message is Displayed
Some Thoughts on Maintenance Work CON1010 • Printer Status Messages MAP1000
Precautions For Maintaining This Printer CON2000 • Data Errors MAP1200
Contents CON3000 • Command Errors MAP1250
How to use the Maintenance Manual CON4000 • CPU System Faults MAP1500
Daily Care CON5000 • Mechanical System Faults MAP1700
How to Move the Printer Main Unit CON6000 • When Message is not Displayed
• Trouble with Initialization MAP2000
• Trouble with Media Feed MAP3000
Trouble-Shooting Lists TRB0000 • Trouble with Printing MAP4000
• When Message is Displayed TRB1000 • Problem Involving Noise MAP5000
• How to Use LEDs to Check CPU System and Mechanical System Faults TRB1001 • Trouble with Media Cutting MAP6000
• When Message is not Displayed • Online/Function Problems MAP7000
• Initialization, Media Feed, Printing TRB2000 • Other MAP8000
• Noise, Media Cutting, Online, Other TRB2001

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA0000

Primary Consultation ENT0000 • When Message is Displayed
• When Message is Displayed • Printer Status Messages EXA1000~
• Printer Status Messages ENT1000~ • Data Errors EXA1200~
• Data Errors ENT1200~ • Command Errors EXA1250~
• Command Errors ENT1250~ • CPU System Faults EXA1500~
• CPU System Faults ENT1500~ • Mechanical System Faults EXA1700~
• Mechanical System Faults ENT1700~ • When Message is not Displayed
• When Message is not Displayed • Trouble with Initialization EXA2000~
• Trouble with Initialization ENT2000~ • Trouble with Media Feed EXA3000~
• Trouble with Media Feed ENT3000~ • Trouble with Printing EXA4000~
• Trouble with Printing ENT4000~ • Problem Involving Noise EXA5000~
• Problem Involving Noise ENT5000~ • Trouble with Media Cutting EXA6000~
• Trouble with Media Cutting ENT6000~ • Online/Function Problems EXA7000~
• Online/Function Problems ENT7000~ • Other EXA8000~
• Other ENT8000~

Contents 1 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3000

6

Contents 2 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3001

Replacement and Adjustment Procedures

Right and Left Covers REP 1010 Y Cable (A0) REP 1360
Front Cover REP 1020 Ink Tubes (A0) REP 1370
Panel Cover REP 1030 Cutter Solenoid Assembly REP 1380
Y Rail Cover REP 1030 Print Head Assembly(Black) REP 1390
Front Paper Guide and Right Paper Guide REP 1040 Print Head Assembly (Color) REP 1400
Control Box REP 1050 Head Cable (Black) REP 1390
Head Cover REP 1060 Head Cable (Color) REP 1400
X Motor Assembly REP 1070 Y Paper Sensor Assembly REP 1410
Fan Assembly and Fan Cable REP 1080 Head Board Assembly REP 1420
X Speed Reduction Belt REP 1090 Dampers (Black) REP 1430
Lever Sensor Assembly REP 1100 Dampers (Color) REP 1430
Cover Switch Assembly REP 1110 Cursor Assembly REP 1440
Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly REP 1120 Origin Sensor Assembly REP 1450
Switch Cable Assembly REP 1130 Waste Fluid Box REP 1460
DC Cable Assembly REP 1130 Junction Board Assembly REP 1470
Main Board Assembly REP 1140 Network Interface Board REP 1480
Power Supply Board and Fuse REP 1150 Extended Memory (8 MB) (16 MB) (32MB) REP 1490
Panel Board Assembly REP 1160 A0 Scroller REP 1500
Panel Cable REP 1170 Cutter Holder REP 1510
Mother Board Assembly REP 1180 How to Adjust the Platen Height REP 1520
Front Paper Sensor Assembly REP 1190 O-rings (Small) and (Large) REP 1530
Rear Paper Sensor Assembly REP 1200 Tubes Guides A0 Assemblies REP 1540
Grid Roller Assembly and Coupling Assembly REP 1210 How to Adjust Steel Belt Tension REP 1550
Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade REP 1220 How to Adjust X Speed Reduction Belt Tension REP 1560
Pump Motor Assembly REP 1230 How to Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) REP 1570
Cap Assembly REP 1240 How to Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Color) REP 1580
Wiper REP 1250 How to Capture and Install Backup Parameters REP 1590
Pump Assembly REP 1260 How to Install a Program (Software Upgrade) REP 1600
Maintenance Station GA Assembly REP 1270 How to Measure the Y Rail Fitting Precision REP 1610
Y Motor Assembly REP 1280 Head Cleaning Procedure REP 1620
Steel Belt (A0) REP 1290 How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC REP 1630
T Fence Assembly (A0) REP 1300 How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/5 V DC REP 1640
Cursor Plate Spring REP 1310 How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/24 V DC and 42 V DC REP 1650
Steel Flexible Guide A0 Assembly REP 1310 How to Clean the Head Nozzle Face REP 1660
Y Return Pulley Assembly REP 1320 Ink ID Sensor REP 1670
Cartridge Frame Assembly REP 1330
Ink ID Sensor Assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) REP 1340
Detector Assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) REP 1350

Contents 2 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3001

7

Contents 3 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3002

Test Procedures TST0000 Stored Test Patterns PAT0000

• Test 1 Printing from User's Host Computer TST1000 • Presentation Pattern PAT1000
• Test 2 Print a Test Print TST1000 • Color palette PAT2000
• Test 3 Skew Check TST1000 • Print quality adjustment pattern PAT3000
• Test 4 Head Movement Aging Test TST1001 • Setup List PAT4000
• Test 5 Media Feed Aging Test TST1001
• Test 6 Cutter Aging Test TST1001
• Test 7 Maintenance Unit Aging Test TST1002 Self-Diagnosis Functions BAC0000
• Test 8 Head (Black/Color) Aging Test TST1002
• Test 9 Sensor Test TST1002 • Examination BAC1000
• Test 10 Panel Test TST1003 • Memory Capacity BAC1010
• Test 11 Fan Operating Test TST1003 • Version BAC1020
• Panel BAC1030
• Sensors BAC1040
Fundamental Knowledge GID0000 • Encoders BAC1050
• Fans BAC1060
Basic Specifications GID1000 • History: Last error message BAC1070
Interface Specifications GID1010 • History: Head nozzle ejection count check BAC1070
Name of Parts GID1100
Explanation of Operating Principles and Mechanisms GID2000 • Adjustment BAC2000
Explanation of Printing Operation GID2100 • Capping Position Adjustment BAC2010
System Block Diagram GID3000
Explanation of Boards GID3010 • Skew Verification BAC2030
Connector Layout Diagram GID3020 • Head Rank Input (Include Initial filling) BAC2040
• Head Nozzle Verification BAC2050
Operating Sequence GID4000 • Black Head Tilt Verification BAC2060
• Power On Sequence GID4010 • Color Head Tilt Verification BAC2070
• Power Off Sequence GID4020 • Reciprocal Printing Positioning BAC2080
• Media Detection Sequence GID4030 • CW Adjustment BAC2090
• Normal Standby Sequence GID4040
• Encoder Disconnected Check Sequence GID4050 • Flush Pointer Adjustment BAC2110
• Origin Detection Sequence GID4060 • Media Feed Distance Compensation BAC2120
• Media Cutting Sequence GID4070 • Front-to-Head, Cutter-to-Head Distances Adjustment BAC2130
• Monochrome Printing Sequence (Including Flushing) GID4080 • Rear Sensor Position Adjustment BAC2140
• Color Printing Sequence (Including Flushing) GID4090 • Test Print BAC2150
• Head Cleaning BAC2160

Contents 3 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3002

8

Contents 4 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3003

• Cleaning BAC3000
• Normal BAC3000
• Powerful BAC3000

• Test Printing BAC4000

• Head Printing Verification BAC4000
• Adjustment Parameters BAC4000

• Parameters BAC5000
• Initialize BAC5010
• Update BAC5020

• Aging BAC6000
• Carriage Motor BAC6010
• Media Feed Motor BAC6020
• Cutter BAC6030
• Maintenance Unit BAC6040
• Head BAC6050

Maintenance Parts CAT0000

Maintenance Parts List CAT1000

Maintenance Tool List CAT2000
Adhesives and Tapes CAT3000
Lubrication Points CAT4000
Exploded View Drawing CAT5000

Contents 4 Model Name: RJ–4100 CON3003

9

How to use the Maintenance Manual Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4000

How to use the Maintenance Manual

How to use the Maintenance Manual CON4010

How to use the Trouble-Shooting Lists (TRB) CON4020

How to use Primary Consultation (ENT) CON4030

How to use the Matrix Map (MAP) CON4040

How to use the Fault-Tracing Procedure (EXA) CON4050

How to use Replacement and Adjustment Procedure (REP) CON4060

How to use Test Procedure (TST) CON4070

How to use the Maintenance Manual Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4000

10

How to use the Maintenance Manual Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4010

■ Fault maintenance work procedures and how to use the Maintenance Manual
When a user reports an equipment fault, use the following procedure to carry out fault recovery tasks.

A fault occurs

Task Page Details Reference materials

Check circumstances by “fax” or “telephone”. Check error

Check fault circumstances, Trouble-Shooting List
messages, check user usage conditions, retry after changing settings, output
select fault details from
TRB❉❉❉❉ diagnostic pattern, etc. Select fault symptoms produced by user from
Trouble-Shooting Lists
the Trouble-Shooting List.

Operation Manual, basic

Conduct a consultation by “fax” or “telephone”.
Conduct a primary Primary Consultation knowledge, daily care, periodic maintenance/
Check possibility of user error or recovery by daily inspection. Check error
consultation with the user ENT❉❉❉❉ inspection/cleaning
messages, check user usage conditions, output diagnostic pattern, output
setup list. Retry after changing settings, etc.

• If you are unable to resolve the fault at this point, take the necessary maintenance parts and make an on-site visit.

Task Page Details Reference materials

Gather the necessary Matrix Map Gather the necessary maintenance parts Maintenance Parts list, Maintenance Tools list,
maintenance parts MAP❉❉❉❉ Exploded views

Conduct a tracing inquiry Fault Tracing Procedures Conduct an inquiry to trace the cause of the fault Basic knowledge
EXA❉❉❉❉

Replace parts and adjust Replacement and Adjustment Replace or readjust parts suspected to be faulty. Basic knowledge
Procedures REP❉❉❉❉ Carry out adjustments after replacing parts.

Final check Test Procedures Separate causes of faults and check operation after faults have been
TST❉❉❉❉ rectified.

How to use the Maintenance Manual Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4010

11

How to use the Trouble-Shooting Lists (TRB) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4020
1. How to look up trouble-shooting tables
■ When a user has reported a fault, first select the applicable details from the trouble-shooting lists (TRB) and jump to the specified primary consultation (ENT).
• Faults are broadly classified as those which cause a message to appear in the printer LCD and those which do not.
• For troubles that cause a message to be displayed, select the message as it is.
• Troubles with no message display are classified into the 10 blocks shown below. First select the block then select the appropriate fault details from that block.

2. Definitions of groupings in the case of faults that produce no message display

When Message is Displayed TRB1000

• Printer Status Messages, Data Errors, Command Errors

• CPU System Faults, Mechanical System Faults

When Message is Not Displayed TRB2000 to TRB2001

• Trouble with Initialization: Troubles that occur when unpacking immediately after delivery are grouped here.
Check this group for a similar trouble occurring other than immediately after delivery.
Troubles concerning the series of operations up to the enabling of printing are grouped here.

• Trouble with Media Feed: This group concerns problems with the media path.

• Trouble with Plotting: This group concerns printing quality problems.

Plotting precision problems are grouped here.
• Problem Involving Noise: Troubles that produce abnormal noise from the driving section.

• Trouble with Media Cutting: Cutter section problems are grouped here.

• Online/Function Problems: Online plotting function problems.

• Other: Troubles concerning the series of operations up to the enabling of printing are grouped here.
Troubles involving driver software, consumable items, peripheral devices are grouped here.

How to use the Trouble-Shooting Lists (TRB) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4020
12

How to use Primary Consultation (ENT) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4030

■ When a user has reported a fault, first select the applicable details from the trouble-shooting lists (TRB) and then check the conditions in detail by asking questions in
accordance with the primary consultation (ENT) shown below.
• Ask the questions in order, beginning with 1-1, and move to the next question if there is nothing abnormal. If an abnormality is revealed, carry out the task indicated by
the arrow [→].
• If all questions produce nothing abnormal, then jump to the specified matrix map (MAP).

Major classification of fault details

Whether an error message is displayed

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • No power 1-1 • Has the power plug come away from the outlet?
Page specified by
→ Plug the cord all the way into the socket. trouble-shooting
2 • Faulty liquid crystal display (no dis- list (TRB)
play/unstable display) 1-2 • Has the cord come away from the printer inlet?
Fault details → Plug the cord all the way into the printer socket and try again.

1-3 • Is power available at the power outlet?

Questioning sequence → Check the power supply.

1-4 • Is the AC power supply securely earthed? (grounding)

→ Make sure it is connected to a 100 V or 200 V ground and confirm by testing the display again.

1-5 • With the cord inserted into the power outlet, is the prescribed voltage available at the end of the cord?
→ Switch off the printer, leave it for ten minutes then try switching on again.

1-5 • The overcurrent detector circuit in the printer's power supply may have tripped.
→ Leave it for 10 minutes then try switching on again.

1-6 • Are there any large power-consuming peripheral devices, such as a copier, on the same outlet?
→ Take power from a separate power source.

1-7 • Is there any equipment near the printer that is producing strong noise?
→ Separate the power supplies of nearby equipment and try increasing their distance from the printer.

1-8 • Is the power cable broken?

→ It's no good connecting a broken cable. Replace the power cable.

If all questions 1-9 • Is the LCD unit damaged?

→ It needs to be repaired by the Serviceman.
produce no Please request repair. Page specified by
abnormality, trouble-shooting
❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
jump to the some reason. list (TRB)
specified matric
map (MAP) Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2000

How to use Primary Consultation (ENT) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4030

13

How to use the Matrix Map (MAP) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4040
■ When the primary consultation (ENT) has not revealed any anomaly, gather the necessary maintenance parts according to the matrix map (MAP) shown below and visit
the user.

Page specified
Whether an error message is displayed by primary
Names and drawing numbers of Major classification of fault details
consultation (ENT)
required parts
When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP2000

RJ8-ETH13 Network Interface Board (Supply item)

Major classification

Name and Diagram Number of

DF-40101 Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly

SIM8M, SIM16M, SIM32M Extended Memory (32 MB)(Supply item)
of fault details and
range of ENT numbers Trouble with Initialization

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

DF-40126 Maintenance Station Assembly
ENT2000 to ENT2070

DF-40121 Print Head Assembly (Black)

DF-40122 Print Head Assembly (Color)
DF-40106 Detector Assembly (Black)
DF-40103 Paper Sensor R Assembly
DF-40108 Paper Sensor Y Assembly

DF-40102 Paper Sensor F Assembly

DF-40099 Lever Sensor Assembly
DF-40100 Cover Switch Assembly

DF-40115 Switch Cable Assembly

DF-40095 Power Board Assembly

DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly

DF-40133 Fan Cable C Assembly

DF-40174 Fan Cable A Assembly
DF-40132 Fan Cable B Assembly
DF-40146 Detector Assembly (M)
DF-40097 Panel Board Assembly

DF-40147 Detector Assembly (C)

DF-40107 Detector Assembly (Y)
DF-41525 Head Board Assembly
DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

DF-41535 DC Cable Assembly

DF-40119 Head Cable (Black)

DF-40120 Head Cable (Color)
DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1

DF-40124 Pump Assembly

DF-40488 O-rings (Large)

DF-40487 O-rings (Small)
DF-40123 Cap Assembly
DF-40114 Panel Cable
Problem
Fault-tracing
procedure
ENT number (EXA) page
Trouble-
selected from Shooting
trouble-shooting List
list (TRB) ENT. No.
2000 - Power supply does not come on 2000
2000 - LCD faulty (no display/erratic display) 2000
2010 - Initial filling of inks failed 2010
2020 - Initial filling is completed but no ink comes out 2020
2030 - After power is switched on, nothing works 2030
2030 - When power is applied, “Initializing” appears and then a reset is executed. 2030
2030 - After mounting media, initial operation fails 2030
2030 - Printer does not work even with the cover closed 2030
2030 - Printer does not stop even with the cover opened 2030
2040 - Ink cartridges are installed but not recognized 2040
2050 - Can not make entries from the operating panel 2050
Fault 2060 - Data is received but not plotted 2060
details 2070 - Media is not suction 2070

Replacement
and adjustment Page specified
1140
1160
1170
1110
1100
1410
1420
1190
1200
1360
1130
1150
1130
1480
1350
1350
1350
1350
1240
1260
1270
1400
1400
1390
1390
1530
1530
1120
1490
1080
1080
1080
1080
Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.
procedure page by primary
When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP2000 consultation (ENT)

How to use the Matrix Map (MAP) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4040
14

How to use the Fault-Tracing Procedure (EXA) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4050
■ Gather the parts specified by the matrix map (MAP), visit the user and carry out the task of recovery in accordance with the fault-tracing procedure (EXA) shown below.
• First, check again on-site that there was no mistake about the primary consultation. (EXA and ENT page numbers are the same)
• Carry out the checking tasks in order, beginning with 1-1, and move to the next task if there is nothing abnormal. If an abnormality is revealed, carry out the task indi-
cated by the arrow [→].

Whether an error message is displayed Major classification of fault details

Page specified by
matrix map (MAP)
When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • No power 1-1 • Is there a broken or shorted lead in the switch cable assembly (between the switch and 1130
Replacement and
power supply board)? adjustment procedure
2 • Faulty liquid crystal display (no dis- Use a tester to check for broken or shorted leads. (REP) page reference
play/unstable display) → Replace the switch cable assembly.
Fault details
1-2 • Do the "Power supply voltage check 100 V AC" 1630
Hidden diagnostic
1-3 • Do the "Power supply voltage check 5 V DC" 1640 procedure page
reference
1-4 • Do the "Power supply voltage check 24, 42 V DC" 1650
Fault-tracing
sequence 1-5 • Check the panel cable connectors on the panel board and main board.
Are they inserted obliquely? Are they securely locked?
Check Main board J113 (PANEL), panel board J301 (MAIN)
→ Reconnect the connectors.

1-6 • The panel cable may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1170

1-7 • Is there a fault in the panel board assembly liquid crystal display?
→ Replace the panel board assembly. 1160

1-8 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

Page specified by
matrix map (MAP)

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2000

How to use the Fault-Tracing Procedure (EXA) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4050
15

How to use Replacement and Adjustment Procedure (REP) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4060
■ If the fault-tracing procedure (EXA) has produced a replacement task, carry out the work of replacement and adjustment in accordance with the replacement and adjust-
ment procedure (REP) shown below.
• If you don’t know how to go about the removal of covers involved in replacing a part, refer to REP1010 to REP1060.
• If there is a page listed in the top right “GO TO TEST No.” column, you must jump to the test page and carry out a final check.

Page specified by
the fault-tracing
Replacement and adjustment item procedure (EXA)

How to replace the Y Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1280

Replacement
Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO
procedure TEST NO
Test procedure (TST) page.
1. Replacement Replace the Y Motor Assembly You must go to this page
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Left and Right Covers. (Refer to REP1010) TEST4
2. Remove the Rear Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
3. Remove the Steel Belt. (Refer to REP1290)
4. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) Screws
5. Disconnect connector J119 (YMOT) from the Main Board
Assembly. Screw
6. Remove the Y Motor Assembly (3 fastening screws).
Adjustment 7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

procedure Reference: Since the Y Motor Assembly Cable passes below

and items to the Cartridge Unit, the work will be easier if you
be checked remove the two Cartridge Base screws and push
it back.

Y Motor Assembly
2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the Steel Belt Tensioning Adjustment. (Refer to
and REP1550)
Examination
Procedure

Page specified by
the fault-tracing
How to replace the Y Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1280 procedure (EXA)

How to use Replacement and Adjustment Procedure (REP) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4060
16

How to use Test Procedure (TST) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4070

■ After completing replacement and adjustment in accordance with the replacement and adjustment procedure (REP), if “GO TO TEST No.” is specified, carry out a final
check in accordance with the following test procedure.
• If you do not understand how to go about the testing operation, refer to the reference pages in the text.

Page specified by replacement

and adjustment procedure (REP)

Test Procedures (Test 1 to Test 3) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1000

Item Test Procedure

Test 1: 1. With the cooperation of the user/operator, have the user's data printed in the user's operating environment.
Printing from User's Host 2. Check that the printing is normal.
Test number
Computer
and name of
test
Test 2 : 1. Load A3 size media in the printer.
Print a Test Print 2. Print a “Test Print”. Press the [Resolution] key while you hold down the [Shift] key.
3. Check that the printing is normal. (Refer to PAT1000 for checking printing quality)

Test procedure
and items to be Test 3: 1. Load roll media in the printer (thick coated paper).
checked Skew Check 2. Select “Adjustments/Skew Verification” from the self-diagnostics menu. (Refer to BAC2030)
3. When “Please input paper feed length [m] (default 1.0 m)” is displayed, set the paper feed length
using the “Setting Value +” key to increase the setting or “Setting Value -” key to decrease the setting.
4. End if “Measurement result ± ✼.✼✼✼, ± ✼.✼✼✼” (skew values on left and right sides of the media) are both within
the standard values shown below.
5. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Standard values
Conditions Standard values Specified Media
Cut Media Within ±1.5 mm Thick
7m Within ±2.5 mm coated
Roll Media
50m Within ±10 mm paper

Page specified by
replacement and
adjustment procedure
(REP)

Test Procedures (Test 1 to Test 3) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1000

How to use Test Procedure (TST) Model Name: RJ–4100 CON4070

17

Daily Care Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5000

Daily Care

This section explains the details of daily maintenance (including cleaning, ink cartridge replacement, cutter replacement, etc.)

How to Clean the Printer Main Unit CON5010

How to Clean the Printer Main Unit CON5011
How to Replace Ink Cartridges CON5020
How to Replace the Cutter CON5030
How to Replace the Waste Fluid Box CON5040

Daily Care Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5000

18

How to Clean the Printer Main Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5010
RJ-4100 printer should be wiped free of dirt with a dry Use a soft damp cloth to wipe away Cutting Groove
soft cloth. any paper fluff adhering to the print-
ing board and cutting groove.

Plotting Board

IMPORTANT:

CAUTION: ♦ Paper dust and fluff will accumulate with long term use and stick to
the plotting board and cutter groove and may cause printing quality and
♦ The power switch of the RJ-4000 series printer should be switched off cutting performance to deteriorate.
during cleaning. They must be cleaned periodically.
♦ Don’t use solvents such as thinners or benzene that will damage the finish.
♦ Covers that are fixed with screws contain electrical components and
must not be opened during cleaning. Use a soft damp cloth to wipe away Brush
any paper dust sticking to the pres- Grid Roller
♦ Paper dust which is produced when the printer is working should be
removed periodically. Make sure that it does not get blown around. sure roller.
♦ Stubborn dirt that is difficult to remove may be removed with a lint-free Clean the grid roller with a nylon
cloth dampened with alcohol. brush.

IMPORTANT:

♦ Paper fluff sticking to the pressure roller and movable roller may prevent
normal feeding of the media and produce a “Skew Check Error”.
They must be cleaned periodically.

How to Clean the Printer Main Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5010
19

How to Clean the Printer Main Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5011
Use a cotton bud to wipe away any dust and paper fluff from the front and back
paper sensor covers in two places.
Paper Sensor Cover

IMPORTANT:

♦ Progressive soiling will affect the sensitivity of the sensors and faulty
detection of the media in the initial operation may cause a “Skew Check
Error”. They must be cleaned periodically.

How to Clean the Printer Main Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5011
20

How to Replace Ink Cartridges Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5020

When a RJ-4100 Series printer is displaying “No ink” or “No cartridge”, the cartridge Step 3
should be replaced or filled without delay. Also, ink cartridges should be prepared Insert the new cartridge in the slot at the
when “[YMCK] Ink Near End” is displayed. back of the printer.

Step 1
If “No ink” appears in the message display sec-
tion, when there is no printing operation in
progress, from the back of the printer, pull out
the ink cartridge whose color is indicated.

[YMCK] cartridge

Step 4
Reference: Check that the display has reverted to its
permanent display.
♦ Each letter Y, M, C, K in the display indicates a color: “Y” (yellow),
“M” (magenta), “C” (cyan), “K” (black).
Plot OK
♦ Colors for “no ink” are expressed as colors 1 to 4.

Step 2
Open the new ink cartridge packet.

Reference:
♦ Only specific cartridges can be used. They also have a particular place and
orientation. Be careful not to confuse the location and orientation.
♦ Don’t open the sealed package until you are ready to insert the cartridge in the slot.
If a cartridge is stored for a long period with the seal opened, the printing may be
patchy.
♦ Cartridges should be used within two years of the date printed on the package.
An ink cartridge that has been mounted in the printer for two years should be
replaced.
♦ A cartridge that has been mounted in the printer should be replaced within six months.

How to Replace Ink Cartridges Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5020

21

How to Replace the Cutter Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5030

Depending on the type of roll media, paper dust may build up in the cutter groove Step 3
and on the cutter blade causing poor cutting. In such cases, the cutter should be Insert a new cutter in the hole in the head. As
cleaned or replaced or the cutter groove should be cleaned. you push down on the cutter, restore the cut-
The cutter is a consumable item. It it cuts badly, replace it. ter arm over the cutter. The cutter will only go
in one way.

Step 1
Switch off the power and bring the head to the center.

Step 2
Press the cutter down with your finger and rotate Cutter Arm
the arm to the front. Take out the cutter.
CAUTION:
Wipe the cutter blade with a dry cloth or replace ♦ The cutter blade is very hard and brittle. Be careful not to knock it or
the cutter. drop it.

Step 4:
Return the head to the right end and switch on the power.

Reference:

♦ Since the life of the cutter depends on the type and thickness of the media
and the usage environment, it is recommended that a spare cutter be
procured.

CAUTION:

The auto-cut function cannot be used with some types of recommended

media.
CAUTION:
If these types of media are used, a commercial cutter (such as OLFA 30B)
or scissors must be used for cutting.
♦ There is a spring in the cutter mounting hole. Be careful not to lose it The types of recommended media than cannot be cut by auto-cut are:
when you replace the cutter. - Indoor cloth - Yupo tac film
- Fire-resistant cloth - Yupo film
- Outdoor cloth

How to Replace the Cutter Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5030

22

How to Replace the Waste Fluid Box Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5040
Waste ink is held in the waste fluid box at the back of the printer. Replace the waste Step 4
fluid box when it becomes full. Insert a new waste fluid box in the printer.
Change Tank? No
Step 1 Chk Waste Ink Tank Step 5
When the printer is stopped and the mes- Use the [VALUE +] or [VALUE -] keys on Change Tank? Yes
sage, “Chk Waste Ink Tank” appears, the purple part of the operating panel to
order a waste fluid box to be supplied. change the display to “Yes”.

Step 2 Step 6
When the message, “Waste Fluid Tank Press the [Enter] key on the purple part of Plot OK
Full” appears, pull out the waste fluid box. the operating panel.
When the waste fluid tank is removed, the
message, “No Waste-Ink Tank” will
appear. CAUTION:
♦ The waste fluid box can be treated as non-combustible garbage.
Waste-Ink Tank Full
♦ Don’t squeeze the absorbent sheet soaked with waste fluid or
the waste fluid may leak.
No Waste-Ink Tank ♦ Since it would be dangerous for children to lick or swallow the absorbent
sheet soaked with waste fluid, it should be disposed of promptly or kept
out of the reach. If the waste fluid is accidentally touched, wash immediately
Step 3
with soap and water. If waste fluid gets into the eyes, wash with plenty of
Without tipping it up, transfer the waste
water and consult a physician. If it is licked, immediately gargle and wash
fluid box to a plastic bag for disposal.
with water. If any has been swallowed, as a matter of urgency, drink copious
quantities of water and be sure to consult a physician.
♦ If the waste fluid box has been pulled out by mistake, press the enter key
After Chk Waste Ink Tank has appeared, the Waste-Ink Tank Full display when “Change Tank?: No” is displayed.

will appear after printing about 20 pages of A1 media (with 20% printing) or cleaning
about 40 times.

How to Replace the Waste Fluid Box Model Name: RJ–4100 CON5040
23

How to Move the Printer Main Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 CON6000

How to Move the Printer Main Unit

This section explains the procedure for moving a printer which is in use to another CAUTION:
floor in the same building or to another building. • For safety, always have two people to dismantle and assemble the printer.
• Always have two people to transport the printer and load and unload it on the
How to move on the same floor or by elevator to another floor vehicle.
• If the user wishes you to take away the waste fluid box that has been removed
A serviceman need not be present but the following procedure should be explained and the packing used for transportation, remove them.
to the user. • After the move, carry out the initial filling and wait at least 30 minutes before print-
ing otherwise printing quality can not be assured.
CAUTION:
• Two people are required to move the printer. 1. Remove the four cartridges.
• Cleaning is not necessary.
2. Carry out head cleaning. (Refer to REP1620)
• Cartridges, cutter, waste fluid box may remain installed.
• Be careful to keep the printer level. If it is tilted, waste may spill from the fluid 3. With power off, bring the head to the home position and attach the head fastening
box. plate with the wing bolt.

1. With power off, bring the head to the home position and attach head fastening fit- 4. Remove the power cable and interface cable.
tings with wing screws. 5. Remove the waste fluid box and install a new one.
2. Remove the power cable and interface cable.
3. Undo castor locks and move the printer by pushing it horizontally. 6. Install the cable keeper and lever keeper and fasten them with packaging tape.
4. When the move is finished, lock the castors, turn the wing screws and remove 7. Attach packaging tape so the front cover will not open and the waste fluid box will
the head fastening fittings. not come out.

How to move to a different building by vehicle 8. Remove the main unit from the legs, place it in the packing box and apply gum
tape and PP strapping.
A serviceman must bring the following items and follow the procedure set out 9. Don’t dismantle the legs. Wrap them in bubble wrap.
below. (Remove the tray assembly and wrap it separately)
• Main unit packing box (If it needs to be dismantled to fit in the vehicle, dismantle and wrap each piece
• Vinyl bag separately.)
• Head fastening plate (DF-40549) and wing bolt (DE-48262)
• Cable keeper (DF-40338) and lever keeper (DF-40337) 10. Transport by vehicle and on arrival at the destination, refer to the basic “Printer
• Waste fluid box (Number RJ8-HEB) Preparation” in the operation manual and make sure it is printing correctly.
• Head cleaning jig
• Packing tape, gum tape, bubble wrap
• PP strapping and stopper (for long distance transportation)

How to Move the Printer Main Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 CON6000
24

Trouble-Shooting Lists Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB0000

Trouble-Shooting Lists

When Message is Displayed

Printer Status Messages TRB1000

Data Errors TRB1000
Command Errors TRB1000
CPU System Faults TRB1000
Mechanical System Faults TRB1000
How to Use LEDs to Check CPU System TRB1001
and Mechanical System Faults

When Message is Not Displayed

Trouble with Initialization TRB2000

Trouble with Media Feed TRB2000
Trouble with Printing TRB2000
Problem Involving Noise TRB2001
Trouble with Media Cutting TRB2001
Online/Function Problems TRB2001
Other TRB2001

Trouble-Shooting Lists Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB0000

25

Trouble-Shooting 1/3 (List of Faults) When Message is Displayed Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB1000
Cases where an error message is displayed on the liquid crystal display of the main printer unit
Minor Faults GO TO ENT No. CPU System/Mechanical System Faults GO TO ENT No.
• Cover Open ENT1000 • E001 Error DRAM (Standard DRAM error) ENT1500
• Lever Up ENT1000 • E002 Error Opt.DRAM (Optional DRAM error) ENT1500
• Cover and Lever ENT1000 •E016CPUErr[00] (Interrupt exception error) ENT1510
• Undefined Media ENT1010 •E016CPUErr[02] (Command boundary exception error) ENT1510
• Media Skew Error ENT1020 •E016CPUErr[03] (Data boundary exception error) ENT1510
• [User 1] Media End ENT1030 •E016CPUErr[04] (Address error exception) ENT1510
Printer Status Messages

• Remove Media ENT1040 (Load or command fetch)

CPU System Faults

• Roll Media End ENT1050 •E016CPUErr[05] (Address error exception) (Store) ENT1510
• Media Cut Error ENT1060 •E016CPUErr[06] (Bus error exception) (Command fetch) ENT1510
• Not enough memory SIMM 12 MB ENT1070 •E016CPUErr[07] (Bus error exception) (Data load) ENT1510
ENT1080 •E016CPUErr[08] (System call exception error) ENT1510
• [KCMY] Ink Low ENT1090 •E016CPUErr[09] (Break point exception error) ENT1510
• [KCMY] No Ink ENT1090 •E016CPUErr[10] (Reserved command exception error) ENT1520
• [KCMY] No Cartridge ENT1100 •E016CPUErr[11] (Unable to use coprocessor exception error) ENT1520
• Capping position not specified ENT1110 •E016CPUErr[12] (Operation overflow exception error) ENT1520
• Not Filled ENT1120 •E016CPUErr[13] (Trap exception error) ENT1520
• No Waste Fluid Box ENT1130 •E016CPUErr[15] (Floating point exception error) ENT1520
• Check Waste Fluid Box ENT1140 •E016CPUErr[22] (Watch exception error) ENT1520
• Waste Fluid Box Full ENT1140 •E016CPUErr[32] (Watchdog timeout exception error) ENT1520
• Ink Type Change ENT1150 •E016CPUErr[33] (Abort error) ENT1520
• Wrong Ink Type ENT1160 • Error E237 Transfer memory (Transfer memory error/Transfer memory ENT1520
access error)
• Error E129 NVRAM ENT1530

• E065 Error X Motor ENT1700

Data Errors

• E069 Error X Encoder ENT1700

Mechanical System Faults

• E071 Error X Timeout ENT1700
• E073 Error X Overcurrent ENT1700
• Network Detection Error ENT1230 • E066 Error Y Motor ENT1710
• Network Initialization Error ENT1230 • E070 Error Y Encoder ENT1710
• E072 Error Y Timeout ENT1710
• MH01 Error (Undefined Command) ENT1250 • E074 Error Y Overcurrent ENT1710
• E075 Error Sensor Fault ENT1720
Command Errors

• MH02 Error (Parameter Error) ENT1250

• MH03 Error (Numerical Error) ENT1250
• MH04 Error (Undefined Character Set) ENT1250
• MH07 Error (Buffer Overflow) ENT1250

Trouble-Shooting 1/3 (List of Faults) When Message is Displayed Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB1000
26

How to Use LEDs to Check CPU System and Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB1001
• When the printer stops working and nothing appears on the liquid crystal display (LCD),
a fault has probably occurred in the CPU system or the mechanical system.
In that case, open the control box and check the error by the LEDs on the main board. is on, is off.

LED display
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Details of Error Primary Consultation page

• E001 Error DRAM (Standard DRAM error) ENT1500

CPU System Faults • E002 Error Opt.DRAM (Optional DRAM 1 error) ENT1500
• E002 Error Opt.DRAM (Optional DRAM 2 error) ENT1500
• E016CPUErr[00] (Interrupt exception error) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[02] (Command boundary exception error) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[03] (Data boundary exception error) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[04] (Address error exception) (Load or command fetch) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[05] (Address error exception) (Store) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[06] (Bus error exception) (Command fetch) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[07] (Bus error exception) (Data load) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[08] (System call exception error) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[09] (Break point exception error) ENT1510
• E016CPUErr[10] (Reserved command exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[11] (Unable to use coprocessor exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[12] (Operation overflow exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[13] (Trap exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[15] (Floating point exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[22] (Watch exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[32] (Watchdog timeout exception error) ENT1520
• E016CPUErr[33] (Abort error) ENT1520
• E237 Error Transfer memory (Transfer memory error/Transfer memory access error) ENT1520
• E129 Error NVRAM ENT1530

• E065 Error X Motor ENT1700

Mechanical System • E069 Error X Encoder ENT1700
Faults • E071 Error X Timeout ENT1700
• E073 Error X Overcurrent ENT1700
• E066 Error Y Motor ENT1710
• E070 Error Y Encoder ENT1710
• E072 Error Y Timeout ENT1710
• E074 Error Y Overcurrent ENT1710
• E075 Error Sensor Fault ENT1720

How to Use LEDs to Check CPU System and Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB1001
27

Trouble-Shooting 2/3 (List of Faults) When Message is Not Displayed Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB2000

Cases where no error message is displayed GO TO Cases where no error message is displayed GO TO
on the liquid crystal display of the main printer unit ENT No. on the liquid crystal display of the main printer unit ENT No.
• No power ENT2000 • Does not print continuously ENT4000
• Faulty liquid crystal display (no display/unstable display) ENT2000 • There is an extra feed after printing is finished ENT4010
• Initial filling of inks failed ENT2010 • Dots are missing from the printing ENT4020
• Initial filling is completed but no ink comes out ENT2020 • Cleaning does not cure blockage ENT4020
Trouble with Initialization

• After power is switched on, nothing works ENT2030 • Does not print at all ENT4030

Trouble with Printing

• When power is applied, “Initializing” appears and then a reset is executed. ENT2030 • Does not print a specific color ENT4030
• Media is mounted but the initialization operation is not done ENT2030 • The entire surface is printed black ENT4040
• Printer does not work even with the cover closed ENT2030 • Printing becomes shaded ENT4050
• Printer does not stop even with the cover opened ENT2030 • The image contains blurs ENT4050
• Ink cartridges are installed but not recognized ENT2040 • Transverse lines appear to be split ENT4050
• Can not make entries from the operating panel ENT2050 • Black and white lines appear in the printed image ENT4050
• Data is received but not printed ENT2060 • Edges of printing are blurred ENT4060
• Media is not suction ENT2070 • Many satellites (unwanted dots) ENT4070
• The printing has whiskers ENT4070
• Printed lines appear blurred (printing is dirty) ENT4070
• Mixed color lines do not overlap ENT4080
• Black and color positions are offset ENT4080
• Inaccurate line length in the direction of head movement (Main scanning direction) ENT4090
• Inaccurate straight line in the direction of head movement (straightness) ENT4100
• Inaccurate line distance in the direction of media feed (Subsidiary scanning distance) ENT4110
• Inaccurate straight line in the direction of media feed (joining precision Y) ENT4120
• The media comes off when it is initialized or during printing ENT3000 • Bad right angle precision ENT4130
• The media is skewed or meanders when it is initialized or during printing ENT3000
• The media becomes wrinkled when it is initialized or during printing ENT3000
• The media jams when it is initialized or during printing ENT3000
Trouble with Media Feed

• The media tears when it is initialized or during printing ENT3000

• The media size is different after media mounting and initialization ENT3010
• Tracing paper and thin media cannot be detected ENT3010

Trouble-Shooting 2/3 (List of Faults) When Message is Not Displayed Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB2000
28

Trouble-Shooting 3/3 (List of Faults) When Message is Not Displayed Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB2001

Cases where no error message is displayed GO TO Cases where no error message is displayed GO TO
on the liquid crystal display of the main printer unit ENT No. on the liquid crystal display of the main printer unit ENT No.
• Abnormal noise when media is sucked down ENT5000
• Abnormal noise when standing by ready to print ENT5010 • Cannot connect normally with Centronics ENT7000
• Abnormal noise when head is moving left and right ENT5020 • Cannot connect normally with Network ENT7000
• Abnormal noise when media is fed ENT5030

Online/Function Problems
• Abnormal noise when cutting ENT5040 • The scale function does not work correctly ENT7020
Problem Involving Noise

• The rotate function does not work correctly ENT7020

• The mirror function does not work correctly ENT7020
• Other functions are not working correctly ENT7020
• Printing position is offset ENT7030
• Some data are not printed (omitted) ENT7040
• Text and printing data are garbled (extra lines appear) ENT7050
• There is an extra feed after printing is finished ENT7060

• Does not cut normally ENT6000 • The printer hangs up ENT8000

• Cutting occurs during printing ENT6010 • Power shutdown during printing ENT8010
• The cutting operation is normal but the media is not cut ENT6020 • The ink cartridges will not go in ENT8020
• The cutting is bad and the media jams ENT6020 • Mounting the media is difficult ENT8030
Trouble with Media Cutting

• The cutting operation is normal but the media does not fall out ENT6030 • Inserting the scroller is difficult ENT8040
• Inaccurate media cutting ENT6040 • Ink has overflowed from the waste fluid box ENT8050
• Cutting is delayed for some time after printing has ended ENT6050 • Ink overflows from flushing box ENT8050

Other
• White paper is cut ENT6050 • Ink is split around the X-rail ENT8050
• Trouble related to ink (consumable item) ENT8060
• Trouble related to media (consumable item) ENT8060
• Trouble related to cutters (consumable item) ENT8060
• Trouble related to extended memory (optional item) ENT8070
• Trouble related to the network board (optional item) ENT8070
• Can not install the printer driver ENT8070

Trouble-Shooting 3/3 (List of Faults) When Message is Not Displayed Model Name: RJ–4100 TRB2001
29

Primary Consultation Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT0000

Primary Consultation

When Message is Displayed

Printer Status Messages ENT1000

Data Errors ENT1200
Command Errors ENT1250
CPU System Faults ENT1500
Mechanical System Faults ENT1700

When Message is Not Displayed

Trouble with Initialization ENT2000

Trouble with Media Feed ENT3000
Trouble with Printing ENT4000
Problem Involving Noise ENT5000
Trouble with Media Cutting ENT6000
Online/Function Problems ENT7000
Other ENT8000

Primary Consultation Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT0000

30

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Cover Open 1-1 • The front cover is open.

This message means that the Front → Please close the front cover securely.
Cover is open
1-2 • Is the pressure lever up?
2 • Lever Up → Please lower the pressure lever securely.
This message means that the
Pressure Lever is up. 1-3 • Is the Cover Shaft R fastening screw in place?
→ Maintenance by a Serviceman is required.
3 • Cover and Lever
This message means that the Front 1-4 • Please open and close the front cover several times. Does the beeper sound when the cover is open?
Cover and Pressure Lever are up. → If there is no noise when the cover is opened, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.
Maintenance by a Serviceman is required.

1-5 • Please raise and lower the pressure lever several times. Does the beeper sound when the lever is raised?
→ If there is no noise when the pressure lever is raised, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some
reason. Maintenance by a Serviceman is required.

1-6 • The power supply may be unstable if several devices are connected to one power outlet.
→ Switch off the power temporarily and try again by connecting to a different outlet.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1000
31

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Undefined Media 1-1 • Is the type of media that is not being recognized the type of media recommended for the printer?
This message means that when → Please change to a recommended media and try again.
media was mounted, it was not able
1-2 • Is a breeze from the airconditioner blowing straight on to the media?
to be recognized. → Please change the direction of the airstream and try again.

1-3 • Is there a scrap of paper or something else covering the paper sensor on the printer?
→ Please refer to "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual and carry out the cleaning.

1-4 • Is the media that is not being recognized torn?

→ Replace it with new media.

1-5 • Has the media that is mounted already been printed?

→ It is possible that printed media may not be recognised correctly. Replace it with new media.

1-6 • Is the pressure lever down properly?

→ Lower the pressure lever securely.

1-7 • The media is mounted normally if, during the media detection operation, the media moves forward and backward parallel to
the marker line and the position is the same as before media detection. If the position is different, the mounting of the
media must be repeated.
→ Mount the media again so that the positions before and after media detection are the same.
For details, please refer to “Trouble Shooting” under “Daily Maintenance” in the Operation Manual.

1-8 • Is there ink or paper dust, etc. around the printing board and cutter groove?
→ Carry out cleaning with reference to “Trouble Shooting” under “Daily Maintenance” in the Operation Manual.

1-9 • Is there strong light falling on the area where the media is mounted?
→ Cover the Y Rail Cover and Front Cover with opaque paper and mount the media again. If the error display disappears,
move the printer to a location away from the strong light and try mounting the media once more.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1010
32

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Media Skew Error 1-1 • Is recommended media being used?

This message appears when the right → Replace with recommended media and try again.
(origin side) edge of the media has
1-2 • Is the pressure lever lowered properly?
been detected beyond the allowable → Lower the lever securely.
range of variation from the standard
position. 1-3 • Is there any foreign matter interfering with the media feed, such as paper cuttings sticking to the grid roller?
→ Remove them with a brush, etc.

1-4 • In the case of roll paper, is the roll shaft seated properly in both the left and right printer shaft support rollers?
→ Install the shaft properly.

1-5 • In the case of roll paper, the media is set correctly if it moves backward and forward parallel to the marker line during media
detection, and it is in the same position as it was prior to detection. However, if the position seems to be offset, it must be
remounted.
→ Mount the media again so that it is in the same position before and after media detection.

1-6 • Are you explaining what is meant by skew and meander?

Check this condition in detail during the primary consultation.
Explain that skew up to the figures shown below is within the acceptable limit.
Also, have the repeatability checked and explain that poor repeatability is probably caused by badly mounted media.

Cut sheet Within 1.5 mm

Roll media Within 2.5 mm

However, it should be explained that in the case of roll media, if the pressure is left down for a long period with the media
mounted, or in an environment with sudden changes of temperature and humidity, the whole roll may not necessarily feed
properly.

1-7 • In a case where the symptoms are not reproduced (no problem up to the fifth sheet then frequent skewing after remounting,
etc.) the method of mounting the media may be at fault and this should be checked with the Operation Manual.
→ Check "Loading the media" under "Installation procedures:" in the Operation Manual.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1020
33

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • [User 1] Media End 1-1 • Is the lever down with no media mounted, or has printing in cut media mode been completed?
This message is displayed when no → Mount new recommended media.
media is mounted or printing in cut
media mode has been completed. 1-2 • When cut media is being mounted, is it placed so that it covers the sensor that detects the trailing edge of the
media?
→ When cut media is being mounted, push it right back until the media suction fan starts to turn and then try
again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1030
34

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Remove Media 1-1 • Does the error appear after raising the lever during printing and cutting the media and then removing the
This message is displayed, if after media?
raising the lever during printing and → Switch on the power again.
cutting the media, the lever is lowered
without the media having been ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
removed. some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1040
35

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1050
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Roll Media End 1-1 • Is the roll media finished?

This message is displayed when roll → Replace the roll.
media is being used and the trailing
edge of the media is detected. It will • Have cut media been mounted while roll media is selected?
be cancelled by raising the lever. → Mount roll media.

• Is the roll media floating?

→ Mount the media again.

• Does "Roll Media End" appear when the pressure lever is up?
→ If this is displayed, maintenance by a Serviceman is required.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1050
36

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1060
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Media Cut Error 1-1 • Is the type of media that is not being cut the type of media recommended for the printer?
This message is displayed when the → Since the message is cancelled when the lever is raised, please change to a recommended media and try
media is not cut and does not fall out again.
despite the cutting operation having
been performed. 1-2 • Is there paper dust or other matter in the cutter groove?
→ Please refer to "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual and carry out the cleaning.

1-3 • Is the cutter and cutter spring mounted in the head mount?
→ Mount the cutter.

1-4 • Is the cutter cap fitted properly over the cutter blade?
→ Please refer to "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual and refit it then try again.

1-5 • Does the usage environment conform to the recommended working environment?
→ Please refer to "Specifications" in the Operation Manual.

1-6 • Is dew condensed on the printer?

→ Wait until the printer has adjusted to the environment and the dew has disappeared and then try again.

1-7 • Had the tip of the cutter blade become blunt?

→ The cutter is a consumable item. Replace it with a new one and try again.
CAUTION:
The auto-cut function cannot be used with some types of recommended
media.
If these types of media are used, a commercial cutter (such as OLFA 30B)
or scissors must be used for cutting.
The types of recommended media than cannot be cut by auto-cut are:
- Indoor cloth - Yupo tac film
- Fire-resistant cloth - Yupo film
- Outdoor cloth

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably
developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1060
37

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1070
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Not enough memory SIMM✼✼MB 1-1 Check: Which of the following applies to the error?
(Intermediate code buffer overflow) No extended memory Go to Step 2-1
When this printer has insufficient Extended memory fitted Go to Step 1-2
memory for the amount of data sent
by the personal computer, this mes- 1-2 Check: In the memory capacity that is printed on the list of setting details, is it only the extended memory that is
sage indicates the required memory increased?
size. Not increased → The printer will not be aware of extended memory if it is inserted in the
wrong slot.
Please check whether the extended memory is in the proper slot.
Increased Go to Step 2-2

Reference: For details on how to mount extended memory, please refer to "Installing Options" in
the Applications Operating Manual.

2-1 Treatment: When the printer was developed, printing data transmitted from HOST was sometimes too great to
be accommodated in memory.

Since the display shows the memory required to plot the data on the screen, advise the user to pro-
cure at least this amount of memory.

Reference: For details on how to mount extended memory, please refer to "Installing Options" in
the Applications Operating Manual.

2-2 Treatment: The extended memory that has been procured may be faulty.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1070
38

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1090
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • [KCMY] Ink Low 1-1 • This indicates that the amount of ink shown on the operating panel is low.
This message is displayed when the → Advise the operator to complete the current printing output after “Ink Low” has appeared and then replace
amount of ink shown on the operating the ink cartridge.
panel is low.
Printing can continue. ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
(Refer to GID2010 for details) some reason.

Go to MAP1000

2 • [KCMY] No Ink 2-1 • This indicates that the ink shown on the operating panel has been used up.
This message is displayed when the → For example, if "[KY] No Ink" is displayed, insert new K (Black) and Y (Yellow) ink cartridges.
ink shown on the operating panel has
been used up. 2-2 • Is "[KY] No Ink" displayed on the operating panel despite new ink cartridges having been inserted?
If this message appears while an → If this is displayed, maintenance by a Serviceman is required.
image is being printed, stop printing
immediately. ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
(Refer to GID2010 for details) some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1090
39

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1100
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • [KCMY] No Cartridge 1-1 • Is the ink cartridge that is shown on the operating panel inserted?
This message indicates that the ink → Insert an ink cartridge of the color shown on the operating panel.
cartridge that is shown on the operat-
ing panel is missing. 1-2 • Are the recommended ink cartridges being used?
→ The K, C, M and Y positions in the printer for recommended ink cartridges are pre-determined and the types
should be aligned and inserted accordingly.

1-3 • Is the ink cartridge of the color shown on the operating panel properly inserted right to the back of the slot?
→ Insert the ink cartridge right to the back of the slot.

1-4 • Is there some foreign matter inside the slot where the ink cartridge of the color shown on the operating panel is
inserted?
→ Remove the ink cartridge of the color shown on the operating panel, check the slot and re-insert the car-
tridge.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1100
40

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1110
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Capping position not specified 1-1 • The printer has developed a fault for some reason.
This appears when the capping posi- → Maintenance by a Serviceman is required.
tion is initialized.
Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1110
41

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1120
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Not Filled 1-1 • This message will be displayed when power is switched on at the time of delivery and after head cleaning.
This message means "Initial filling has → Install the four ink cartridges.
not been done" At this time, if even one cartridge is not installed, "[KCMY] Cartridge" will appear.
Initial filling begins automatically when all four cartridges have been installed.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1120
42

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1130
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • No Waste Fluid Box 1-1 • Is the waste fluid box installed?

This message means that the waste → Check that the absorbent material is not full of waste fluid and install the waste fluid box.
fluid box is not installed.
1-2 • Check that there is no foreign matter in the waste fluid box slot.
→ Remove the foreign matter and re-install the waste fluid box.

1-3 • Is the waste fluid box cracked or split?

→ The waste fluid box is no good and must be replaced. Please contact the Customer Service Desk with
regard to the faulty waste fluid box.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1130
43

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1140
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Check Waste Fluid Box 1-1 • Is the waste fluid tank filled with waste fluid?
These messages mean that the waste → Pull out the waste fluid box and replace it with a new one. Be careful not to soil your hands and clothes with
fluid tank is filled with waste fluid. waste fluid.

2 • Waste Fluid Box Full CAUTION: Even if the absorbent material is not replaced, this warning message will be cancelled
These messages mean that the waste when you answer [Yes] to the question "Has it been replaced?", so please answer [Yes]
fluid tank is filled with waste fluid. whenever the waste fluid box is replaced.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1140
44

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1150
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Ink type change 1-1 • Indicates that the ink type (dye or pigment) of the genuine Mutoh cartridges that have been in use up to now is
This message is displayed when about to be changed.
switching from dye ink to pigment ink If [ENTER] is pressed while "Changing ink" is displayed, the ink type will be switched from dye to pigment or
or from pigment ink to dye ink. from pigment to dye.

REFERENCE:
• Ink type switching takes about 10 minutes.

CAUTION:

• If ink type is changed several times, the waste fluid box will become
full.
If several ink type changes are to be made, we recommend that
spare waste fluid boxes (sold separately) be obtained beforehand.

• When switching from pigment type to dye type ink, wait with the power
switched off for at least six hours for the composition of the inks to
stabilize before starting to print. To shorten the waiting time before
starting to print, we recommend that cleaning cartridges
(sold separately) be used to clean the head.

• If this message appears even though the same type of genuine Mutoh cartridges are installed, the ink car-
tridges should be reinstalled.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some
reason.

GO TO MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1150
45

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1160
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Wrong ink type 1-1 • Is a cartridge other than a genuine Mutoh cartridge installed?
This message is displayed when ink → Arrange for only genuine Mutoh cartridges to be used.
cartridges other than genuine Mutoh
cartridges are installed or a mixture of 1-2 • Is there a mixture of dye type and pigment type ink cartridges?
cartridges of different types are → Install genuine Mutoh ink cartridges of one type only.
installed.
1-3 • Has the silver label that is attached to the side of the ink cartridge come unstuck? Is it damaged? Has it been
applied crookedly?
→ The ink cartridge is no good and must be replaced.
Please contact your Mutoh local dealer with regard to the faulty ink cartridge.

1-4 • Reinstall a genuine Mutoh ink cartridge.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some
reason.

Go to MAP1000

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1160
46

When Message is Displayed Data Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1230

No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Network Detection Error 1-1 • Is the network interface board that is being used the Mutoh special optional network board?
The optional network board can not → This error will occur if the Mutoh special optional network board is not installed. Use the specified network
be detected board.

2 • Network Initialization Error 1-2 • Is the network board fully inserted, so that it does not rattle?
An error has occurred during the → If it rattles, insert the board again so that it clicks into place and the rattling is completely removed. Then
optional network board initialization switch on the power again.
operation
❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1200

When Message is Displayed Data Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1230

47

When Message is Displayed Command Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1250

No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • MH01 Error (Undefined Command) 1-1 • Are the command settings (except Mutoh driver) the same on both the printer and the host computer?
A command that is not defined in any → Three types of commands can be set on the printer.
command mode has been analysed The type should match the type of command sent from the host computer.

2 • MH02 Error (Parameter Error) Command : MH-GL, GL2

Wrong number of parameters follow- MH-GL
ing the command RTL-PASS
1-2 • Are the Centronics communication settings the same on both the printer and the host computer?
3 • MH03 Error (Numerical Error) → Two types of mode can be set on the printer.
Wrong number of parameters follow- The mode should match the communication settings on the host computer.
ing the command
Centronics settings : Centronics
Bitronics
4 • MH04 Error (Undefined Character
Set) 1-3 • Does the Centronics timing match that on the host computer?
A nonexistent character set is present → Two types of mode can be set on the printer.
The mode should match the communication timing on the host computer.
5 • MH07 Error (Buffer Overflow) Centronics timing : A-B
The polygon buffer or the download- B-A
able character buffer has overflowed
1-4 • Is the printer cable (including switches) connected securely?
→ Communication problems may occur if the cable is loose.
Check the cable connections and try sending data again.

1-5 • Are you using a standard IEEE 1284 cable?

→ Change to a standard IEEE 1284 cable.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1200

When Message is Displayed Command Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1250

48

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1500
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E001 Error DRAM (Standard DRAM 1-1 • The main board memory is faulty.
error) → It is possible that strong noise has been received from outside the printer. Check the AC power supply and
equipment around the printer then try again after switching the printer off and on.
This error display means that a fault
has occurred in the standard memory
of the Main Board that controls the
printer.

2 • E002 Error Opt. DRAM (Optional 2-1 • Extended memory is faulty.

DRAM error) → It is possible that strong noise has been received from outside the printer. Check the AC power supply and
equipment around the printer then try again after switching the printer off and on.
This error display means that a fault
has occurred in the optional memory 2-2 • Is the optional memory installed securely?
of the Main Board that controls the → Switch off the printer and install the optional memory board securely.
printer.
2-3 • It is possible that there is dirt and dust in the slot.
→ After cleaning extended memory Slot 1 (J125) and Slot 2 (J126) on the Main board, re-install and try again.

CAUTION: If only one extended memory is added, it must be installed in Slot 1.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP1500

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1500
49

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1510
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E016 CPU Err [00] (Interrupt exception 1-1 • The CPU on the Main Board Assembly is faulty.
error) → It is possible that strong noise has been received from outside the printer. Check the AC power supply and
Indicates that handling an interrupt has
generated an error . equipment around the printer then try again after switching the printer off and on.

2 • E016 CPU Err [02] (Command boundary ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
exception error)
Indicates that the boundary of a command some reason.
has caused an error.
Go to MAP1500
3 • E016 CPU Err [03] (Data boundary excep-
tion error)
Indicates that the boundary of a command
has caused an error.

4 • E016 CPU Err [04] (Address error excep-

tion) (Load or command fetch)
Indicates that an address error has
occurred when fetching a load or com-
mand.

5 • E016 CPU Err [05] (Address error excep-

tion) (Store)
Indicates that an address error has
occurred when saving.

6 • E016 CPU Err [06] (Bus error exception)

(Command fetch)
Indicates that a bus error has occurred
when loading or storing a command.

7 • E016 CPU Err [07] (Bus error exception)

(Data load)
Indicates that a bus error has occurred
when loading or storing a command.

8 • E016 CPU Err [08] (System call exception

error)
Indicates that a system call has caused an
error.

9 • E016 CPU Err [09] (Break point exception

error)
Indicates that a break point has caused an
error.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1510
50

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1520
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E016 CPU Err [10] (Reserved command 1-1 • The CPU on the Main Board Assembly is faulty.
exception error) → It is possible that strong noise has been received from outside the printer. Check the AC power supply and
Indicates that a reserved command has
caused an error. equipment around the printer then try again after switching the printer off and on.

2 • E016 CPU Err [11] (Unable to use ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
coprocessor exception error)
Indicates that the coprocessor has caused some reason.
an error.
Go to MAP1500
3 • E016 CPU Err [12] (Operation overflow
exception error)
Indicates that an overflow has occurred.

4 • E016 CPU Err [13] (Trap exception error)

Indicates that a trap has occurred.

5 • E016 CPU Err [15] (Floating point excep-

tion error)
Indicates that a floating point error has
occurred.

6 • E016 CPU Err [22] (Watch exception

error)
Indicates that the watch has caused an
error.

7 • E016 CPU Err [32] (Watchdog timeout

exception error)
Indicates that a watchdog timeout has
occurred.

8 • E016 CPU Err [33] (Abort error)

Indicates that an abort has occurred.

9 • E237 Err Transfer Memory (Transfer

memory error/Transfer memory access
error)
Indicates that a fault has occurred in
transferring printing data that has been
analysed.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1520
51

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1530
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E129 Error NVRAM 1-1 • Printer settings are faulty.

→ It is possible that strong noise has been received from outside the printer. Check the AC power supply and
This message indicates that a fault equipment around the printer then try again after switching the printer off and on.
has occurred in the NVRAM on the
Main board that records printer set- ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
tings. some reason.

Go to MAP1700

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1530
52

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1700
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E065 Error X Motor 1-1 • The media feed system is faulty.

Check that there is no paper dust or paper scraps near the pressure roller and grid roller.
This message indicates that a fault → Remove any paper dust or paper scraps sticking to the grid roller with a nylon brush.
has occurred in the media feed motor (Refer to CON5010)
(X axis) while the printer was working.
This occurs when there is a large dif- → Use a damp soft cloth to wipe away any paper dust or paper scraps sticking to the pressure roller.
ference between the motor command (Refer to CON5010)
value and encoder feedback value.

2 • E069 Error X Encoder ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.
This message indicates that a fault
has occurred in the amount of media Go to MAP1700
movement (X axis) while the printer
was working.
This occurs when there is no encoder
feedback.

3 • E071 Error X Timeout

This message indicates that a timeout

has occurred in the amount of media
movement (X axis) while the printer
was working.
This occurs when the pressure does
not reach its designated position.

4 • E073 Error X Overcurrent

This message indicates that a fault

has occurred due to an overload of
the media feed (X-axis) motor while
the printer was working.

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1700
53

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1710
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E066 Error Y Motor 1-1 • When it is installed, are the head mounting and cable keeper removed?
→ Remove the head mount and cable keeper, then switching on and try again.
This message indicates that a fault
has occurred in the head movement 1-2 • The head movement system is faulty.
motor (Y axis) while the printer was Check that there is no foreign matter in the head movement unit.
working. → Switch off the printer, remove any foreign matter from the head movement unit, then switch on and try again.
This occurs when there is a large dif-
ference between the motor command ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
value and encoder feedback value. some reason.

• E070 Error Y Encoder Go to MAP1700

This message indicates that a fault

has occurred in the amount of head
movement (Y axis) while the printer
was working.
This occurs when there is no encoder
feedback.

• E072 Error Y Time out

This message indicates that a timeout

has occurred in the amount of head
movement (Y axis) while the printer
was working.
This occurs when the carriage has not
reached its designated position.

• E074 Error Y Overcurrent

This message indicates that a fault

has occurred due to an overload of
the head movement (Y axis) motor
while the printer was working.

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1710
54

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1720
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • E075 Error Sensor Fault 1-1 • A sensor is faulty.

→ Check by turning the printer off and on again.
This message indicates that condition
has occurred in which the origin can- ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
not be detected. some reason.

Go to MAP1700

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT1720
55

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • No power 1-1 • Has the power plug come away from the outlet?
→ Plug the cord all the way into the socket.
2 • Faulty liquid crystal display (no dis-
play/unstable display) 1-2 • Has the cord come away from the printer inlet?
→ Plug the cord all the way into the printer socket and try again.

1-3 • Is power available at the power outlet?

→ Check the power supply.

1-4 • Is the AC power supply securely earthed? (grounding)

→ Make sure it is connected to a 100 V or 200 V ground and confirm by testing the display again.

1-5 • With the cord inserted into the power outlet, is the prescribed voltage available at the end of the cord?
→ Switch off the printer, leave it for ten minutes then try switching on again.

1-5 • The overcurrent detector circuit in the printer's power supply may have tripped.
→ Leave it for 10 minutes then try switching on again.

1-6 • Are there any large power-consuming peripheral devices, such as a copier, on the same outlet?
→ Take power from a separate power source.

1-7 • Is there any equipment near the printer that is producing strong noise?
→ Separate the power supplies of nearby equipment and try increasing their distance from the printer.

1-8 • Is the power cable broken?

→ It's no good connecting a broken cable. Replace the power cable.

1-9 • Is the LCD unit damaged?

→ It needs to be repaired by the Serviceman.
Please request repair.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2000
56

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Initial filling of inks failed 1-1 • Is "Cover open" or "Lever up" displayed?
(Initial filling means to fill the head → Close the front cover.
with ink to enable it to print.) → Lower the pressure lever.

❈ This symptom means that when 1-2 • Ink cartridges may contain dye inks or pigment inks. Each type of ink comes in four colors. Are they all genuine
new cartridges are first installed, or Mutoh cartridges?
when a new cartridge is fitted as a Is there a mixture of dye and pigment type ink cartridges installed?
result of a "no ink" message, the → Replace them with genuine Mutoh ink cartridges and check again.
initial filling operation is not per-
formed. 1-3 • Cartridges must be inserted in the right direction. Are they mounted correctly?
→ Check the direction and mount them again correctly.

2 • Initial filling begins but the ink does 1-4 • Are the ink cartridges pushed right to the back?
not reach the head or it reaches the → Make sure they are inserted properly.
head but is not ejected.
Go to EXA2020 ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2010
57

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Initial filling is completed but no ink 1-1 • Ink cartridges may contain dye inks or pigment inks. Each type of ink comes in four colors. Are they all genuine
comes out Mutoh cartridges?
→ Replace them with genuine Mutoh ink cartridges and check again.
(Initial filling means to fill the head
with ink to enable it to print.) 1-2 • Immediately after unpacking, especially in winter, the ink may be frozen in the cartridges.
→ In this case, leave them to become acclimatized at room temperature (20°C) for at least hours and carry out
cleaning three or four times.

1-3 • In extremely rare cases, printing can not be done immediately after initial filling.
In such cases, confirm by carrying out the cleaning operation.
Two cleanings may be necessary in some cases.
→ Please check the circumstances by cleaning.

1-4 • Was the power off at any time during initial filling?
→ Switch on the power again and continue initial filling.

1-5 • Did you hear the sound of a motor turning from near the maintenance unit during initial filling?
→ If not, there may be a problem with the printer.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2020
58

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • After power is switched on, nothing 1-1 • When power is switched on, do all LEDs light up (for about one second) and then does the liquid crystal display work?
→ If the LEDs do not light up, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.
works If nothing appears on the LCD unit, go to ENT2000.

If nothing is displayed on the panel 1-2 • When power is switched on, do all LEDs light up (for about one second) and then does the liquid crystal display work?
→ If the LEDs do not light up, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.
liquid crystal display unit.
Go to ENT2000 1-3 • Is a “Waste fluid box full”, or “Waste fluid box not fitted” message displayed?
→ If “Waste fluid box not fitted” appears, install a waste fluid box.
→ If “Waste fluid box full” appears, replace the waste fluid box with a new one.
2 • When power is applied, “Initializing” → If “No ink” or “No cartridge” appears, replace the ink cartridge with a new one.
appears and then a reset is executed.
1-4 • Does “Initial filling” or “Cleaning” appear?
→ Since the initialization operation will not be done during initial filling or cleaning, please wait until these processes are completed.
3 • Media is mounted but the initialization
operation is not done 1-5 • Is the liquid crystal display showing cover open or pressure lever up?
→ Close the front cover and lower the pressure lever.
4 • Printer does not work even with the
1-6 • Is the media that is loaded a type of media recommended by Mutoh?
cover closed → Since media that is not recommended by Mutoh can not be guaranteed, load recommended media and try again.

5 • Printer does not stop even with the 1-7 • Is the media loaded correctly?
→ Load the media properly. If the fans are not turning after the media has been loaded, go to ENT2070.
cover opened
1-8 • the printer in a place where it is in direct sunlight?
→ Extraneous light may cause the paper sensor to malfunction be unable to detect correctly. Move the printer away from direct sunlight and try again.

1-9 • When the media was loaded, did it tend to curl up?
→ If media is loaded with a tendency to curl up, the media initialization process may fail.
Load the media so that it does not curl and try again.

1-10 • Open and close the front cover several times.

Does the buzzer beep when the cover is open?
→ If there is no beep when the cover is open, there is probably a mechanical fault in the main unit.
It needs to be repaired by the Serviceman.

1-11 • Raise and lower the pressure lever several times. Does the buzzer beep when the pressure lever is raised?
→ If there is no beep when the pressure lever is raised, there is probably a mechanical fault in the main unit.
It needs to be repaired by the Serviceman.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2030
59

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Ink cartridges are installed but not 1-1 • Is the liquid crystal display showing cover open or pressure lever up?
recognized → Close the front cover and lower the pressure lever.

1-2 • Ink cartridges may contain dye inks or pigment inks. Each type of ink comes in four colors. Are they all genuine
Mutoh cartridges?
→ Replace them with genuine Mutoh ink cartridges and check again.

1-3 • Cartridges must be inserted in the right direction. Are they mounted correctly?
→ Check the direction and mount them again correctly.

1-4 • Are the ink cartridges pushed right to the back?

→ Make sure they are inserted properly.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2040
60

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2050
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Can not make entries from the operat- 1-1 • Is "Initial filling" displayed?
ing panel → The initial filling operation takes about four minutes. Since entry from the operating panel is inhibited during
this period, please wait until initial filling is completed.

1-2 • Did "Cover open" or "Lever Up" appear when power was switched on?
→ Even with no media, unless the lever is down and the cover closed, the origin detection operation will not be
performed, the printer will not go to standby mode and all key entries will be ignored. For key operation, it
must first be initialized and go into standby mode.

1-3 • Is "Cleaning" displayed?

→ The normal and strong cleaning operations take about one minute.
Entry from the operating panel is inhibited during this period. Please wait until cleaning is finished.

1-4 • Is a CPU system error or a mechanical system error displayed?

→ If so, refer to TRB1000 and proceed to the relevant ENT page showing remedial action.

1-5 • When cut media is mounted on the printer, selecting cut media with "Shift + Media Feed" will have no effect
and even if it is entered, the operation will not be performed.
The same applies to the media cutting operation with the "CANCEL" key before data reception.
→ Change the setting to roll media.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2050
61

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2060
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Data is received but not printed 1-1 • Is the front cover closed securely?
→ Close the front cover securely.

1-2 • Is there any problem with the media detection operation?

→ Try removing the media and mounting it again.

1-3 • Are the ink cartridges inserted fully?

→ Insert the ink cartridges right to the back.

1-4 • Is "Initial filling" displayed?

→ Even if plotting data is received, it cannot be printed during initial filling
Check that the operation has completely finished, then start the printing again.

1-5 • Is "Cleaning" displayed?

→ Even if data is received, it will not be printed during cleaning.
Check that the operation has completely finished, then start the printing again.

1-6 • Is the interface cable loose?

→ Connect the interface securely so that there is no looseness.

1-7 • Are the interface cable connections correct?

→ Point out the need to use a cable that is appropriate to the computer and printer interface environment.

1-8 • Is the liquid crystal display indicating that data analysis is in progress?
→ The printer is analysing the data that has been received in order for that data to be printed. Please wait.

1-9 • Is the type of commands in the current setup the same as the commands on the driver side?
→ Set up correctly in accordance with the settings on the driver side.

1-10 • After the reception of data for printing has been completed, can it be printed if the reception timeout time has been exceed-
ed?
→ Yes: when the reception timeout time is long, it will take a long time for the data to be printed.
Set the reception timeout time to any time you want.

Reference: Refer to "User settings: Online timeout" item in the Functions and Operations section of the Operation Manual
for details on how the reception timeout operates.

1-11 • The interface setting may be faulty.

→ Go to ENT7000

→ Go to next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2060
62

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2061
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

2 • Data is received but not printed 2-1 • Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details, together with
printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to "Test and setup printing" under "Printer settings and spe-
cial functions" in the Operation Manual.

• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer.

If it can not be dumped to a file by CAD and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory.
However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.

• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, name of CAD, type of driver, the inter-
face being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching unit.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2061
63

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2070
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Media is not suction 1-1 • Do the suction fans turn when the media has been mounted?
→ Carefully realign the media with the marker line so that it covers the front and rear paper sensors properly.

1-2 • Is the media that is mounted media recommended by Mutoh?

If it is not media recommended by Mutoh (especially thin tracing paper, etc.), the paper sensors may read
incorrectly and be unable to recognize the media.
→ Mount recommended media and try again.

1-3 • Is there some foreign matter on the printing board which is preventing the suction?
→ Remove the foreign matter

1-4 • Is the pressure assembly plate or pressure roller about to be dislodged or out of place?
→ Refer to the exploded drawings and replace it and try again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP2000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT2070
64

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT3000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The media comes off when it is initial- 1-1 • Is the media that is loaded a type of media recommended by Mutoh?
ized or during printing → Since media that is not recommended by Mutoh can not be guaranteed, be sure to use recommended media.

1-2 • Has the media been loaded obliquely?

2 • The media is skewed or meanders → Realign the media precisely with the marker line and try again.
when it is initialized or during printing → In the case of roll media, when mounting the scroller, adjust the position of the media with the scroller adjusting screws.
→ Check “Loading the media” under “Installation procedures” in the Operation Manual.
3 • The media becomes wrinkled when it
1-3 • In the case of roll media, is the roll shaft housed securely in both left and right printer shaft support rollers?
is initialized or during printing
→ Install the shaft securely.

4 • The media jams when it is initialized 1-4 • Has the pressure lever been lowered to the bottom?
or during printing → Lower the pressure lever to the bottom.

1-5 • Is there any foreign matter interfering with the media feed, such as paper cuttings sticking to the grid roller or pressure
5 • The media tears when it is initialized
roller?
or during printing → Remove any paper sticking to the grid roller with a nylon brush.
→ Use a damp soft cloth to wipe away any paper sticking to the pressure roller.

1-6 • Are the front and rear paper sensors dirty?

→ Clean them with a cotton bud.

1-7 • Is the printer installed in a place where it is in direct sunlight?

→ Extraneous light may cause the paper sensor to malfunction be unable to detect correctly. Move the printer away from
direct sunlight and try again.

1-8 • Is the printer installed near the air outlet of an air conditioner?
→ Move the printer out of the direct draft and try again.

1-9 • Is the media becoming wrinkled due to insufficient time for newly unwrapped media to become adjusted to the working envi-
ronment?
→ Before loading the media, leave it for 20-30 minutes to become seasoned to the environment at the site where the print-
er is installed.

1-10 • When the media was loaded, did it tend to curl up?
→ If media is loaded with a tendency to curl up, the media initialization process may fail. Load the media so that it does not
curl and try again.

→ Go to next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT3000
65

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4000 ENT3001
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The media comes off when it is initial- 1-11 • The absolute dimensions of printing media change with changes of temperature and humidity. Therefore, if media such as tracing papers
ized or during printing and high grade papers that are easily affected by environmental changes are left mounted for long periods of time, they may tend to wrin-
kle and warp, causing jams.
→ If the printer is not going to be used for a long period, raise the hold lever and remove the media.
2 • The media is skewed or meanders → If the tension is high, re-mount the roll media and try again.
when it is initialized or during printing → Check that the usage environment is within the range shown in the Operation Manual.
→ It is recommended that media be mounted just before it is to be printed.
3 • The media becomes wrinkled when it
is initialized or during printing 1-12 • In view of expansion and contraction caused by the environment when thin media is being used, the environment should be checked.
→ If the usage environment is outside the range shown in the Operation Manual, try again when the environment has been brought within
the recommended range.
4 • The media jams when it is initialized
or during printing 1-13 • Are the suction fans working normally during initialization?
→ If the suction fans are not turning normally, there may be a fault in the main printer unit.
5 • The media tears when it is initialized
1-14 • How are you explaining what is meant by skew and meander?
or during printing Check this condition in detail during the primary consultation.
Explain that skew up to the figures shown below is within the acceptable limit.
Also, have the repeatability checked and explain that poor repeatability is probably caused by badly loaded media.

Cut sheet Within 1.5 mm

Roll media Within 2.5 mm

However, it should be explained that in the case of roll media, if the pressure is left down for a long period with the media loaded, or in an
environment with sudden changes of temperature and humidity, the whole roll may not necessarily feed properly.

1-15 • In a case where the symptoms are not reproduced (no problem up to the fifth sheet then frequent skewing after reloading, etc.) the
method of loading the media may be at fault and this should be checked with the Operating Manual.
→ Check “Loading the media” under “Installation procedures” in the Operation Manual.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP3000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4000 ENT3001
66

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT3010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The media size is different after 1-1 • Is the media that is mounted media recommended by Mutoh?
media mounting and initialization If it is not media recommended by Mutoh (especially thin tracing paper, etc.), the paper sensors may read
incorrectly and be unable to recognize the media.
2 • Tracing paper and thin media cannot → Mount recommended media and try again.
be detected
1-2 • Is the media skewed?
→ The media will wrinkle if it is skewed so it should be mounted parallel to the front edge of the printing board.

1-3 • When the media was mounted, did it tend to curl up?
→ If media is mounted with a tendency to curl up, it may obstruct the right and left movement of the head and
the media may be torn. Mount the media so that it does not curl and try again.

1-4 • Is the printer in a place where it is in direct sunlight?

→ Extraneous light may cause the paper sensor to malfunction be unable to detect correctly. Move the printer
away from direct sunlight and try again.

1-5 • Is the printer installed near an airconditioner outlet?

→ Arrange that the printer is not in a direct draft and try again.

1-6 • Are the paper sensors F/R dirty?

→ Clean the dirt from the paper sensors with a cotton swab.

1-7 • Has the media that is mounted already been printed?

→ It is possible that printed media may not be recognised correctly. Replace it with new media.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP3000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT3010
67

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Does not print continuously 1-1 Confirm: Is the panel data LED lit when data for the second and subsequent prints is being sent?
No: Is the number of copies set to 1 on the driver side?
Is the driver stopped at the transmission confirmation screen?
Yes: Go to 1-2

1-2 Confirm: After the reception of data for printing has been completed, can it be printed if the reception timeout time has been
exceeded?
Yes: When the reception timeout time is long, it will take a long time for the data to be printed.
Change the reception timeout setting to any time you wish.
No: Go to 1-3

Reference: Refer to "Menu” in “Printer settings and special functions” of the Operation Manual for details on
how the reception timeout operates.

1-3 Confirm: Are the panel and remote panel utility operating between the end of the current plot and the sending of the next
printing data?
Yes: Investigate the function that operated and if it affects the printing, try restoring its former setting.
No: Go to 2-1

2-1 Treatment: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details, together with
printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the prescribed format.
• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to "Control panel” in the Operation Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a file by CAD
and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram will be satisfactory. (However, the
data should enable the symptoms to be verified.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application, type of driver,
the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching unit.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the power supply section connections may be faulty or the power
board etc. may have developed a fault.

Go to MAP4000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4000
68

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • There is an extra feed after printing is 1-1 Confirm: Is the media size setting on the CAD and driver side the same as the page size set in the printer?
finished No: Set the same media size (page size) in CAD/driver and printer.
Yes: Go to 1-2

Reference: For details concerning how to control page size setting, refer to the item on
“Menu” in “Printer settings and special functions” of the Operation Manual.

1-2 Confirm: Try changing the media supply method in the driver to cut sheet. Does that solve the problem?
Yes: If the printing result is satisfactory, advise the use of cut media.
No: Go to 2-1

Reference: For details on how to operate the Mutoh driver, refer to the Driver Section of the
Operation Manual.

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the
prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to "Control panel" in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to
a file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple dia-
gram will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be veri-
fied.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switch-
ing unit.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the power supply section connections may be faulty
or the power board etc. may have developed a fault.

Go to MAP4000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4010
69

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Dots are missing from the printing 1-1 • Ink cartridges may contain dye inks or pigment inks. Each type of ink comes in four colors. Are they all genuine Mutoh car-
tridges?
Bad example
→ Replace them with genuine Mutoh ink cartridges.

1-2 • Are the ink cartridges past their effective limit?

→ The effective life of an ink cartridge is two years after manufacture if unopened, or six months after opening.
The use of out-of-date ink cartridges leads to head blockages.
❈ Replace with new cartridges.

1-3 • Cartridges must be inserted in the right direction. Are they mounted correctly?
→ Check the direction and mount them correctly.
Good example
1-4 • Are the ink cartridges pushed right to the back?
→ Make sure they are inserted properly.

1-5 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?

→ No guarantee can be given if the media is causing the problem and it is not media recommended by Mutoh. Please use
media recommended by Mutoh.

1-6 • Does cleaning restore normal operation?

→ Carry out two successive cleanings.

• Cleaning does not cure clogging or 1-7 • Is printing being done immediately after initial filling?
deflection → On rare occasions, printing immediately after initial filling may produce unstable printing quality.
In that case, wait for at least 30 minutes with the power switched off before printing again.
Clogging: There is a discontinuity in line G of
the “Test Print”. 1-8 • If the symptoms occur after cartridges have been replaced or after cartridges have been removed and reinstalled, check
whether any of the following circumstances apply:
1. Ink cartridges are kept in a cool dark place but they will freeze if they are stored for a long time below -18°C. Avoid stor-
age below freezing point.
If the ink has frozen, leave it for at least three hours at room temperature (25°C) and use it after it has thawed.
2. The seal should not be opened until just before the ink cartridge is inserted in the slot. If an ink cartridge has been left
unsealed for a long time, the printing will be faint and cleaning will be required.
3. An ink cartridge should not be removed from the slot and reinserted until "No Ink" appears and it is to be replaced.
Otherwise normal printing may become impossible even though there is ink remaining in the cartridge.
If a cartridge has been removed and reinstalled, cleaning will be needed and for recovery it may be necessary to replace
the cartridge with a new one.
4. If dew has condensed on a cartridge that has been brought into a warm place from a cold place, leave the cartridge for
at least one hour at room temperature until the dew has disappeared before using it.

→ Go to next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4020
70

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4021
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Dots are missing from the printing 1-9 • Is the printer installed "within the guaranteed working temperature range for the print head" as mentioned in the Operation
Manual and has that environment been stabilized for two hours?
Bad example
→ It may not be possible to obtain good printing results outside the guaranteed working temperature range or if there is a
sudden increase or decrease in temperature.
Check the working environment and try again when it is within the proper range.

1-10 • Has the fine adjustment of image quality been made?

→ The fine adjustment of image quality should be made if printed horizontal lines are slipping in the direction of the media
feed, or there is a gap between black and other colors.

1-11 • If good image quality cannot be obtained even after successive cleanings, the cleaning may be soiled.
→ Wet the accessory cloth for cleaning the cleaning wiper with clean water and wipe it over the surface of the cleaning
Good example
wiper. Carry out two cleanings after the cleaning wiper has been cleaned.

REFERENCE:
For details of how to clean the cleaning wiper, refer to "Cleaning the cleaning wiper" in the basic edition of
the Operation Manual.

• Cleaning does not cure clogging or ❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.
deflection
Clogging: There is a discontinuity in line G of Go to MAP4000
the “Test Print”.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4021
71

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Does not print at all 1-1 • When a printing fault has occurred, first carry out two cleanings in succession.
→ This should be done with reference to "Explanation of the Direct Key" in the basic edition of the Operation
2 • Does not print a specific color Manual.

Bad example 1-2 • Can the sound of the pump motor turning be confirmed during cleaning?
→ If the sound cannot be confirmed, a fault has occurred in the pump motor or a peripheral electrical circuit.

1-3 • If the test pattern is normal, there may be a fault in the interface settings. (Refer to PAT1000)
→ Go to ENT7000

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the power supply section connections may be faulty
or the power board etc. may have developed a fault.

Go to MAP4000

Good example

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4030
72

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The entire surface is printed black 1-1 • If the test pattern can be printed normally, it is possible that the interface settings are faulty.
(Refer to PAT1000)
Bad example → Go to ENT7000

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the power supply section connections may be faulty
or the power board etc. may have developed a fault.

Go to MAP4000

Good example

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4040
73

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4050
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Printing becomes shaded. 1-1 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?

→ No guarantee can be given if the media is causing the problem and it is not media recommended by Mutoh. Please use
media recommended by Mutoh.
2 • The image contains blurs.
1-2 • Are the ink cartridges past their effective limit?
3 • Transverse lines appear to be split. → The effective life of an ink cartridge is two years after manufacture if unopened, or six months after opening.
Shading and Split line The use of out-of-date ink cartridges leads to head blockages.
blurring ❈ Replace with new cartridges.
Direction of

1-3 • Is printing being done immediately after initial filling?

media feed

→ On rare occasions, printing immediately after initial filling may produce unstable printing quality.
In that case, wait for at least 30 minutes with the power switched off before printing again.

1-4 • Are there fingerprints on the printing surface?

→ If oil from the skin is transferred to the printing surface, especially when cut media is being mounted, this may cause
poor adhesion of ink when printing at those places. Care is needed when mounting the media.
4 • Black and white lines appear in the
printed image 1-5 • To which printing mode, high quality/normal/high speed, and to which resolution, 360/720 dpi, does this apply?
→ Since image quality will be inferior at high speed and 360 dpi due to their relationship with the plotting pass, please try a
(Not including gaps in the step pat- different mode.
terns in locations 1G to 7G of the test
pattern) 1-6 • Is the pressure lever fully down?
If dots are missing, go to EXA4020 → Lower the pressure lever completely.

1-7 • In the case of roll media, is the roll shaft housed properly in both the left and right printer shaft support rollers on the main
Bad example unit?
→ If it not housed properly, the media will not be fed normally, causing the media to float up and white and black lines to
appear.

1-8 • Has the fine adjustment of image quality been made?

→ The fine adjustment of image quality should be made if printed horizontal lines are slipping in the direction of the media
Direction of
media feed

feed, or there is a gap between black and other colors.

Good example 1-9 • Is the type of media that is being used the same as the type of media that was specified with the printer driver?
→ The printing quality will be affected if the type of media that was specified with the printer driver is not the same as the
type of media that is being used.
Make sure the specification agrees with the type of media that is actually being used.

→ Go to next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4050
74

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4051
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Printing becomes shaded. 1-10 • Is the printing bidirectional?

Because it prints whether the head is moving to the left or to the right, this printer can print faster in standard or high speed
mode at 360 dpi and in high speed mode at 720 dpi. However, there is more or less of a trade-off between speed and print-
2 • The image contains blurs.
ing quality. For better quality, we recommend high quality mode for 360 dpi and standard or high quality mode in the case
of 720 dpi.
3 • Transverse lines appear to be split. → Please check after changing the mode.
Shading and Split line
blurring 1-11 • Have color adjustment settings been made with the printer driver?
Output color tones will differ slightly because of differences between the output devices (display and printer).
Direction of

A color adjustment function has been provided in order to faithfully reproduce the display color in such cases.
media feed

Try using the function to adjust the color.

→ Please check after adjusting the color.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP4000
4 • Black and white lines appear in the
printed image
(Not including gaps in the step pat-
terns in locations 1G to 7G of the test
pattern)
If dots are missing, go to EXA4020

Bad example
Direction of
media feed

Good example

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4051
75

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4060
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Edges of printing are blurred 1-1 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?
→ If the media is the cause of the symptoms and it is not media recommended by Mutoh, no guarantee can be
Bad example given so please use recommended media.

1-2 • Is media thickness within specification? Not too thick or too thin?
→ Media that matches the specification should be used.

1-3 • Is the proper side of the media being used.

→ Check that the printing side of the media is mounted correctly and try again.

1-4 • Are printing settings compounded?

→ If compound settings such as panel/user setting/overprint/etc. are made, priority should be given to post-
script.
(Refer to “Menu” in “Printer settings and special functions” of the Operation Manual)

1-5 • Does cleaning restore normal operation?

Good example
→ Carry out two successive cleanings.

1-6 • If good image quality cannot be obtained even after successive cleanings, the cleaning may be soiled.
→ Wet the accessory cloth for cleaning the cleaning wiper with clean water and wipe it over the surface of the
cleaning wiper. Carry out two cleanings after the cleaning wiper has been cleaned.

REFERENCE:
For details of how to clean the cleaning wiper, refer to "Cleaning the cleaning wiper" in the basic edition of
the Operation Manual.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4060
76

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4070
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Many satellites (unwanted dots) 1-1 • Are there fingerprints on the printing surface?
→ Especially when cut media is being mounted, oil from the skin may be transferred to the printing surface causing poor adhesion of ink
printed at such places. Care is needed when mounting the media.
2 • The printing has whiskers
1-2 • Are the ink cartridges past their effective limit?
→ The shelf life of an ink cartridge is two years after manufacture if unopened, six months after opening. Using out-of-date cartridges leads
3 • Printed lines appear blurred (printing to head blockages.
is dirty) ❈ Replace with new cartridges.
[ Bad sample ] 1-3 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?
→ If the media is causing the symptoms, and it is not recommended media, the results cannot be guaranteed. Please use recommended
media.
1. Satellites
1-4 • Was the printing done immediately after initial filling?
→ Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Otherwise printing quality can not be guaranteed.

1-5 • When there are satellites, whiskers, blurring, etc. in the printing, first check the following two points:
1. Is the test pattern printed normally? (Refer to PAT1000)
→ Carry out a cleaning if there are breaks in the printing of the nozzle check pattern.
2. Was cleaning done three times in succession?
→ For details of how to clean, refer to “Direct Key Explanation” in the Operation Manual.
2. Whisker
1-6 • If the symptoms occur after cartridges have been replaced or after cartridges have been removed and re-installed, check whether any of
the following items apply:
1. Ink cartridges are kept in a cool, dark place but they will freeze if they are stored for a long time below -18°C. Avoid storage below
freezing point.
If the ink has frozen, leave it for at least three hours at room temperature (25°C) and use it after it has thawed.
2. The seal should not be opened until just before the ink cartridge in inserted in the slot. If an ink cartridge has been left unsealed for a
3. Blurring long time, the printing will be faint and cleaning will be required.
3. An ink cartridge should be removed and reinserted until "No Ink" is displayed otherwise normal printing may not be possible even
though there is ink remaining in the cartridge.
If it is removed and re-installed, cleaning will be needed and for recovery it may be necessary to replace the cartridge with a new one.
4. If a cartridge has been brought from a cold place into a warm place, dew may condense on the cartridge and it will need to left for at
least one hour until the dew has disappeared before it is used.

1-7 • Is the printer installed within the guaranteed working temperature range for the print head, as stated in the Operation Manual and has that
[ Good sample ] environment been maintained in a stable condition for two hours?
→ It may not be possible to obtain good printing results in an environment which is outside the guaranteed working temperature range or
where there is a sudden rise or fall of temperature.
Check the environmental conditions and try again within the specified range.

→ Go to next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4070
77

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4071
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Many satellites (unwanted dots) 1-8 • If good image quality cannot be obtained even after successive cleanings, the cleaning may be soiled.
→ Wet the accessory cloth for cleaning the cleaning wiper with clean water and wipe it over the surface of the cleaning wiper. Carry out
two cleanings after the cleaning wiper has been cleaned.
2 • The printing has whiskers

3 • Printed lines appear blurred (printing REFERENCE:

is dirty)
For details of how to clean the cleaning wiper, refer to "Cleaning the cleaning wiper" in the basic edition of
[ Bad sample ] the Operation Manual.

1. Satellites
❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP4000

2. Whisker

3. Blurring

[ Good sample ]

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4071
78

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4080
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Mixed color lines do not overlap 1-1 • Has image quality fine adjustment been made?
→ Carry out the fine adjustment of the image quality.
Bad example
Check color head tilt: BAC2070
CW adjustment: BAC2090

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

Good example

2 • Black and color positions are offset

Bad example

Good example

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4080
79

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4090
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Inaccurate line length in the direction 1-1 • Are the environmental conditions within the recommended range for guaranteed working (Temperature: 16°C to
of head movement (Main scanning 25°C, Humidity 50% to 60%, no condensation)?
direction) → Bring environmental conditions with the guaranteed range.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

Direction of media feed

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4090
80

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4100
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Inaccurate straight line in the direction 1-1 • Is the media that is mounted a type that is recommended by Mutoh?
of head movement (straightness) → Replace it with recommended media and try again.

1-2 • Does the media that is mounted have a peculiar tendency to bend?
→ Either curb this tendency or replace it with new media and try again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

Direction of media feed

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4100
81

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4110
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Inaccurate line distance in the direc- 1-1 • Are the environmental conditions within the recommended range for guaranteed working (Temperature: 16°C to
tion of media feed 25°C, Humidity 50% to 60%, no condensation)?
(Subsidiary scanning distance) → Bring environmental conditions with the guaranteed range.

1-2 • Has the distance compensation operation been done?

→ Carry out distance compensation.

1-3 • Is the media that is mounted a type that is recommended by Mutoh?

→ Replace it with recommended media and try again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

Direction of media feed

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4110
82

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4120
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Inaccurate straight line in the direction 1-1 • Has an image fine adjustment been done?
of media feed (joining precision Y) → Do the image fine adjustment.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

Direction of media feed

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4120
83

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4130
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Bad right angle precision 1-1 • Is the media that is mounted a type that is recommended by Mutoh?
→ No guarantee can be given if the media is not media recommended by Mutoh. Please confirm after replacing
with media recommended by Mutoh.
1-2
• Does the media that is mounted have a peculiar tendency to bend?
→ Either curb this tendency or replace it with new media and try again.

1-3 • Is the media mounted properly in the main unit? Is there any "skew" or "meander"?
→ Skew and meander are caused by wrongly mounted media and this is probably affecting accuracy. Please
confirm after remounting the media properly.

1-4 • Are paper scraps or foreign matter adhering to the pressure roller and grid roller?
→ Wipe the pressure roller with a soft damp cloth. (Refer to CON5010)
→ Clean the grid roller with a nylon brush. (Refer to CON5010)

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP4000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT4130
84

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Abnormal noise when media is 1-1 • After media is mounted and the paper sensors are on, the fans begin to turn in order to hold down the media.
sucked down → In cases where the rotation of the fans is seen to be the problem, explain the circumstances.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP5000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5000
85

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Abnormal noise when standing by 1-1 • Is this a high frequency noise?

ready to print → There are power switching control circuits on the power board assembly and X and Y DC motor switching
control circuits on the main board assembly. Each of these produces a prescribed voltage and this is the
sound produced at that time.
It does not affect the operations. Please explain.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP5000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5010
86

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Abnormal noise when head is moving 1-1 • Does the noise occur at the same time as the print head is printing?
left and right The head of this ink jet printer uses piezo electric elements and it is the vibration of the piezo electric elements
that ejects the inks.
When a particularly large number of nozzles are ejecting at the same time and when the printing ratio is high,
the piezo vibration increases accordingly.
The vibration emits a noise like oscillation but this does not affect performance.
→ Explain these circumstances.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP5000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5020
87

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Abnormal noise when media is fed 1-1 • Are paper scraps or foreign matter adhering to the pressure roller and grid roller?
→ Wipe the pressure roller with a soft damp cloth. (Refer to CON5010)
→ Clean the grid roller with a nylon brush. (Refer to CON5010)

1-2 • Is there any dirt or foreign matter obstructing the printing board and media transport path?
→ Remove any dirt and foreign matter.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP5000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5030
88

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Abnormal noise when cutting 1-1 • Is the cutter cap fitted securely over the cutter holder.
→ Fit the cutter cap securely.

1-2 • Does the cutter holder move up and down smoothly?

→ If it does not move up and down smoothly it will need to be serviced as there may be foreign matter imped-
ing the movement.

1-3 • Is there foreign matter stuck to the platen unit (printing board) or the cutting groove and surface?
→ Remove the foreign matter.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP5000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT5040
89

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Does not cut normally 1-1 • Are there objects or paper scraps around the mechanism or cutter that are preventing the cutting action?
→ Remove the foreign matter and try again.
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet
media, this item applies only to roll 1-2 • Is the cutter fitted properly at the cutter site?
media) → Fit the cutter properly, making sure it is turned in the correct direction.

1-3 • During cutting, does the cutter arm come away from the cutter?
→ Insert the cutter securely in the cutter arm.

1-4 • Is the cutter spring missing from the cutter holder?

→ The cutting action is failing due to a broken component. A new part must be requested.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP6000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6000
90

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Cutting occurs during printing 1-1 Confirm: Is there more than one software application running on the host computer?
Yes: First terminate all applications except one, then send the data again and check whether
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet the symptoms are still being generated.
media, this item applies only to roll If so, set a longer reception timeout period.
media) No: Go to 1-2
(For details on setting reception timeout please refer to the item on “How to set parameters” in
1-2 the Operation Manual.)

Confirm: Try changing the terminator in the command setup. Do the symptoms still reappear during printing?
No: Advise that this terminator be used.
Yes: Go to 2-1
(For details on how to set terminator please refer to the item on “How to set parameters” in the
Operation Manual.)

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report to your local dealer using the pre-
scribed format with a print-out of the setting details and printing data that will enable the symptoms to
be verified.

Cut • For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to
a file by the application or the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple dia-
gram will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switch-
ing unit.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP6000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6010
91

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The cutting operation is normal but 1-1 • Is the media that is being used a type of media recommended by Mutoh?
the media is not cut (When it is wet with condensed dew, the media may stick and not fall out)
→ Replace with recommended media and try again.
2 • The cutting is bad and the media jams
1-2 • Is the cutter fitted properly at the cutter site?
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet → Fit the cutter properly, making sure it is turned in the correct direction.
media, this item applies only to roll
media) 1-3 • During cutting, does the cutter arm come away from the cutter?
→ Insert the cutter securely in the cutter arm.

1-4 • There may be some dirt on the tip of the cutter blade. Wipe it with a dry cloth.
→ Refer to the item on cleaning under "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual.

1-5 • When checking item 1-3, the cutter should be replaced if the blade is worn or chipped.
→ In replacing the cutter, refer to "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP6000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6020
92

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The cutting operation is normal but 1-1 • Are the media guide surfaces being maintained every day?
the media does not fall out → Refer to the item on "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual and carry out daily maintenance, then try
again.
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet
media, this item applies only to roll 1-2 • What is happening when the media does not fall out?
media) Check the type of media, environment and frequency of occurrence.

1-3 • Is the media that is being used a type that is recommended by Mutoh?
→ Replace it with recommended media and try again.

1-4 • If the environment is outside the recommended working environmental range, or the frequency of occurrence
seems to change at a particular time or day, the cause may be an electrostatic charge due to humidity.
→ Try again after the external environment has been acclimatized within the working environmental range.
→ If static electricity is still a problem within the working environmental range, connect power supply FG.
(For details, refer to “Connecting the Power Cable” in the Operation Manual.)

1-5 • Is the media that has been cut failing to drop because it is caught in the cutter groove?
→ Clean the cutter in accordance with the item on "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual and try again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP6000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6030
93

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Inaccurate media cutting 1-1 • Is the cutter blade chipped or deteriorated as checked in the primary consultation?
→ Refer to the item on "Daily Maintenance" in the Operation Manual and carry out daily maintenance, then try
again.

1-2 • Has the cutter cap been fixed securely on the top of the cutter as a result of checking in the primary consulta-
tion?
→ Fit the cutter cap securely.

1-3 • Does the cutter move up and down smoothly?

→ If it does not move up and down smoothly it will need to be serviced as there may be foreign matter imped-
ing the movement.
X
1-4 • Is there foreign matter in the cutter groove and front surface of the printing board section?
The media cutting accuracy → Remove the foreign matter.
for this plotter is x ≤ 0.3 mm.
❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP6000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6040
94

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6050
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Cutting is delayed for some time after 1-1 Confirm: Has an ink drying time been set?
printing has ended Yes: Ink drying time is basically the period required for the ink to dry and if necessary the ink
must be given time to dry. If the time is only for cutting, try changing it.
2 • White paper is cut However, the ink may be smudged if cutting occurs before the ink is completely dry.
No: Go to 2-1
Reference: For details concerning how to control ink drying time, refer to the item on “Menu”
in “Printer settings and special functions” of the Operation Manual.

1-2 Confirm: Are there any extra lines or points on the output from the application?
Yes: Delete the extra lines or points from the application output
No: Go to 2-1

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the
prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a
file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching
unit.
• If possible, obtain a sample printout.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP6000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT6050
95

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Cannot connect normally with 1-1 • Is the cable connected securely?

Centronics For network connections, make sure of the type of cable that is to be used for the connection environment.
For direct connection of one host and one printer → Use a cross cable (10Base-T)
For connection of several hosts and one printer through a hub → Use a straight cable (10Base-T)
2 • Cannot connect normally with Reference: This does not apply when 10Base-2 is used.
Network
1-2 Confirm: Does the data LED on the panel light up when printing data have been sent from the application (driver)?
No: It is possible that printing data are not being sent from the OS and driver. Advise contact with the computer manufac-
ture and the application/driver manufacturer.
Yes: Go to 1-3
Reference: Note that, depending on the OS settings, printing data may be collected in a device called the spooler before
transmission and it may take a little time for the data to be transmitted to the printer.

1-3 Confirm: Does the Centronics online setup match the communication conditions of the host computer or driver?
No: Reset to match the communication conditions of the host computer or driver.
Yes: Go to 1-4
Reference: For details of Centronics online setup, refer to the item on "Menu" in “Printer settings and special functions” of
the Operation Manual.

1-4 Confirm: Does the currently set type of commands match the commands on the driver side?
No: Set up correctly to match the driver side.
Yes: Go to 2-1
Reference: For details command setup, refer to the item on "Menu" iin “Printer settings and special functions” of the
Operation Manual.

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details, together with printing data
that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to "Control panel" in the Operation Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a file by CAD and the dri-
ver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable
the symptoms to be verified.)
• Confirm network setup the printer connection environment such as host computer, application, type of driver,
cable length, switching device present or not, peripheral devices (Hub, etc.), IP address, AppleTalk, etc.

❈ The option board accessory setup utilities and the PING command are available for checking the IP address and connections. Try using
them to check the connections.
❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.

Go to MAP7000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7000
96

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The scale function does not work cor- 1-1 Confirm: Are scale, rotate, mirror and other function settings made from the panel or the driver?
rectly (There is no rotation function setting on the panel)
No: Make each setting correctly
2 • The rotate function does not work cor- Yes: Go to 1-2
rectly (Refer to “How to set parameters” in the Operation Manual for details of how to each function.)

3 • The mirror function does not work cor- 1-2 Confirm: Are settings made on the application (driver) side?
rectly Yes: If the settings are made on the application (driver) side and the same settings are being
made on the driver and panel side, it is possible that both will be combined and the
4 • Other functions are not working cor- result may not be what was expected. Therefore in this case you should advise that the
rectly settings on the driver and panel side be restored to the initial values.
No: Go to Step 2-1

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the
prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a
file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching
unit.
• If possible, obtain a sample printout.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP7000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7020
97

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Printing position is offset 1-1 • Was the media recognized correctly?

→ Proper recognition is impossible if the media is mounted incorrectly. Please confirm after remounting the
media correctly.

1-2 Confirm: Is the application (driver) media size set to a value that suits the printing range setting in the printer?
No: Specify a value that suits the printing range setting in the printer.
Yes: Go to 1-3

1-3 Confirm: Are the application drawing and driver origin aligned?
No: Align the origin to a suitable position.
Yes: Go to 1-4

1-4 Confirm: Change the printing position and location method settings. Does this solve the problem?
Yes: Advise the use of a setting that solves the problem.
No: Go to 2-1
Reference: For details concerning setting the origin, refer to the item on “Menu” in “Printer
settings and special functions” of the Operation Manual.

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the
prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a
file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching
unit.
• If possible, obtain a sample printout.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP7000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7030
98

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Some data are not printed (omitted) 1-1 • Was the media recognized correctly?
→ Mount the media correctly.

1-2 • Is the media recommended by Mutoh?

→ Make sure media is the recommended type.

1-3 Confirm: Which of the following symptoms applies?

Printing position is offset → Go to ENT7030
Printing position is correct but some lines are missing → Go to 2-1

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to the your local dealer using
the prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a
file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching
unit.
• If possible, obtain a sample printout.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP7000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7040
99

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7050
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Text and printing data are garbled 1-1 • Check whether reciprocal printing positions were able to be aligned.
(extra lines appear) → Misalignment will produce printing that appears to be garbled.

1-2 Confirm: Are the interface setups aligned?

No: Align the printer communication setup with the communication setups on the computer
and driver side.
Yes: Go to 1-3
Reference: For details of the communication setup please refer to the item on “How to set
parameters” in the Operation Manual.

1-3 Confirm: Is the current type of command setup the same as the commands on the driver side?
No: Set up correctly to match the commands on the driver side.
Yes: Go to 2-1
Reference: For details of command setup please refer to the item on “How to set parameters”
in the Operation Manual.

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to the your local dealer using
the prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a
file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching
unit.
• If possible, obtain a sample printout.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP7000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7050
100

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7060
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • There is an extra feed after printing is 1-1 Confirm: Do the application drawing size and driver media size agree?
finished No: Make the media size agree with the drawing size.
Yes: Go to 2-1

2-1 Procedure: Investigate the current printer connection environment and report a printout of the setting details,
together with printing data that will enable the symptoms to be verified, to your local dealer using the
prescribed format.

• For how to take a print of the setting details, refer to “Control panel” in the Operation
Manual.
• Data for printing should be able to be analysed by the printer. If it can not be dumped to a
file by the application and the driver, a data dump list from a comparatively simple diagram
will be satisfactory. (However, the data should enable the symptoms to be verified.)
• Please include in the printer connection environment: the host computer, the application,
type of driver, the interface being used, length of cable, whether or not there is a switching
unit.
• If possible, obtain a sample printout.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP7000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function problems Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT7060
101

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8000
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The printer hangs up 1-1 • Is the AC power supply within the range 100 to 120 V ±10% or 200 to 240 V ±10%?
→ If not, provide power from a suitable outlet.

1-2 • Are there any large power-consuming peripheral devices, such as a copier, on the same outlet?
→ Take power from a separate power source.

1-3 • Is the AC power supply earthed properly?

→ Try again after making an earth connection.

1-4 • Does the problem recur?

→ Switch off the power temporarily and then try again.

1-5 • Are there any special circumstances involved in the method of operation?
→ the special circumstances in a "Query Sheet" and consult your local dealer.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8000
102

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8010
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Power shutdown during printing 1-1 • Has the power supply breaker dropped out?
→ Raise the breaker and try again.
If it drops out again, disconnect the printer power cable and try lifting the breaker again.
If it still drops out, check for a power leakage other than the printer.

1-2 • Has the power plug come out the power outlet?
→ Insert the plug securely.

1-3 • Is the power cable about to come out of the socket on the main unit?
→ Please reconfirm after plugging in the power cable securely.

1-4 • Is there power at the power outlet?

→ Check the power supply.

1-5 • Is the AC power supply within the range 100 to 120 V ±10% or 200 to 240 V ±10%?
→ If not, provide power from a suitable outlet.

1-6 • Are there any large power-consuming peripheral devices, such as a copier, on the same outlet?
→ Take power from a separate power source.

1-7 • The power cable may be broken. Replace it and try again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the power supply section connections may be faulty
or the power board etc. may have developed a fault.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8010
103

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8020
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • The ink cartridges will not go in 1-1 • Ink cartridges may contain dye inks or pigment inks. Each type of ink comes in four colors. Are they all genuine
Mutoh cartridges? Is each color cartridge being inserted into its particular position?
→ Replace with genuine cartridges and try again.

1-2 • Cartridges must be inserted in the right direction. Are they mounted correctly?
→ Check the direction and mount them again correctly.

1-3 • Are the ink cartridges pushed right to the back?

→ Make sure they are inserted properly.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8020
104

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8030
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Mounting the media is difficult 1-1 • Is the pressure lever raised properly?
→ Raise the pressure lever properly.

1-2 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?

→ No assurances can be given if the media is other than a type recommended by Mutoh. Please use recom-
mended media.

1-3 • When the media was mounted, did it tend to curl up?
→ If media is mounted with a tendency to curl up, it may obstruct the right and left movement of the head and
the media may be torn. Mount the media so that it does not curl and try again.

1-4 • Is the printer installed near an airconditioner outlet?

→ Arrange that the printer is not in a direct draft and try again.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8030
105

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8040
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Inserting the scroller is difficult 1-1 • There is a direction and a sequence for mounting the scroller.
→ After checking the direction shown in the "Installation procedures:" in the Operation Manual, insert the
scroller in the support on the left (the cartridge side) as seen from the back of the printer and then insert the
other end in the support on the other side.

1-2 • Does the scroller fitting on the left move smoothly by hand?

1-3 • Is the scroller adjusting screw protruding too far?

→ Reset the scroller after screwing in the adjusting screw a little.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8040
106

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8050
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Ink has overflowed from the waste 1-1 • The waste fluid box is to be replaced periodically.
fluid box If it is not replaced when "Waste Box Full" is displayed and a "Yes" response to the question "Waste Box
Replaced?" is entered, the waster fluid quantity counter will be reset. Further use in this condition will cause the
2 • Ink overflows from flushing box waster fluid box to overflow.
→ The waste fluid box (a separate cost item) must be replaced when "Waste Box Full" is displayed.
3 • Ink is split around the X-rail
❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8050
107

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8060
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Trouble related to ink (consumable 1-1 • Are Mutoh special ink cartridges being used?
item) → Mutoh special ink cartridges must be used.

1-2 • Are out-of-date ink cartridges being used?

2 • Trouble related to media (consumable → The shelf life of an ink cartridge is two years after manufacture if unopened, six months after opening. Using out-of-date
item) cartridges leads to head blockages.
❈ Replace with new cartridges.
3 • Trouble related to cutters (consum- 1-3 • If the symptoms occur after cartridges have been replaced or after cartridges have been removed and re-installed, check
able item) whether any of the following items apply:
1. Ink cartridges are kept in a cool, dark place but they will freeze if they are stored for a long time below -18°C. Avoid stor-
age below freezing point.
If the ink has frozen, leave it for at least three hours at room temperature (25°C) and use it after it has thawed.
2. The seal should not be opened until just before the ink cartridge in inserted in the slot. If an ink cartridge has been left
unsealed for a long time, the printing will be faint and cleaning will be required.
3. The ink cartridge must not be removed and re-installed until “No Ink” appears in the liquid crystal display.
Normal printing may be impossible even if there is ink remaining in the cartridge. If it is removed and re-installed, clean-
ing will be needed and for recovery it may be necessary to replace the cartridge with a new one.
4. If a cartridge has been brought from a cold place into a warm place, dew may condense on the cartridge and it will need
to left for at least one hour until the dew has disappeared before it is used.

1-4 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?

→ If the media is causing the symptoms, and it is not recommended media, the results cannot be guaranteed. Please use
recommended media.

1-5 • Are the back and front of the media being mistaken?
→ Remount the media so that the front of the media is the printing surface and try again.

1-6 • Does the media itself have bruise marks, wrinkles, deformation, discoloration, etc.?
→ Replace it with new recommended media.

1-7 • Is the special cutter for this printer being used?

→ Check the model. The special cutter must be used.

1-8 • Is there any foreign matter stuck to the tip of the blade?
→ The tip of the cutter blade is sharp. Be careful not to cut yourself as you remove the foreign matter.

1-9 • Does it appear to have been damaged in transit?

→ Record details of the damage in a "Query Sheet" and consult your local dealer.

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for some reason.
Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8060
108

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8070
No. Symptom Sequence Items to be Confirmed

1 • Trouble related to extended memory 1-1 • Is the special extended memory for this printer being used?
(optional item) → Check the model. The special extended memory must be used.

1-2 • Check the number of the slot for installing extended memory.
→ If there is one extended memory, it goes in Slot 1.
It will not work if it is installed in Slot 2 and Slot 1 is empty.

1-3 • Does it appear to have been damaged in transit?

→ Record details of the damage in a "Query Sheet" and consult your local dealer.

2 • Trouble related to the network board 2-1 • Are both network board ports connected at the same time?
(optional item) → Disconnect either the 10BASE-T or the 10BASE-2

If the network board will not go online, 2-2 • Can the RJ-4100 network settings be displayed?
got to ENT7000 → There is a risk that the network board is not connected properly. Reconnect and try again.

2-3 • Send data. Does the "Data" LED on the pan el light up?
→ The set up, including IP address setting, may be incorrect. Check it again.

2-4 • Can the board be detected by the optional accessory setup utility program?
→ Revise the settings and check again.

3 • Can not install the printer driver 3-1 • Was printer addition selected?
→ Refer to the Driver section of the Operation Manual and follow the installation procedure again.

3-2 • Specify the floppy disk. Does the display show Mtrj4000.inf (Windows 95), Mtrj4sNt.inf (Windows NT) or RJ-
4000Series (Macintosh)?
→ There may be an error in specifying the drive and directory containing the floppy disk and driver program.
Specify the correct drive and directory and try again.
3-3
• Is the indicator (bar) displayed during the installation operation? (Windows 95, Windows NT)
→ Go to EXA8070

❈ If the above procedures do not improve the symptoms, the main unit has probably developed a fault for
some reason.

Go to MAP8000

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 ENT8070
109

Matrix Map Model Name: RJ–4100 MAP0000

Matrix Map

When Message is Displayed

Printer Status Messages MAP1000

Data Errors MAP1200
Command Errors MAP1250
CPU System Faults MAP1500
Mechanical System Faults MAP1700

When Message is Not Displayed

Trouble with Initialization MAP2000

Trouble with Media Feed MAP3000
Trouble with Printing MAP4000
Problem Involving Noise MAP5000
Trouble with Media Cutting MAP6000
Online/Function Problems MAP7000
Other MAP8000

Matrix Map Model Name: RJ–4100 MAP0000

 110

List
Trouble-

1160
1150
1140
1130
1120
1110
1100
1090
1090
1080
1070
1060
1050
1040
1030
1020
1010
1000
1000
1000
Shooting

ENT. No.

- Lever up

- Not Filled
- [✼✼] No Ink
- Cover open

- [✼✼] Ink Low

- Cover & Lever

- Remove Media
- Roll Media End

- Wrong Ink Type

- Media Cut Error
- Undefined Media

- Ink Type Change

- [✼✼] No Cartridge
- Media Skew Error
- [User 1] Media End

- No Waste Fluid Box

Problem

- Check Waste Fluid Box

- Insert Special Cartridge

When Message is Displayed

When Message is Displayed

Printer Status Display

ENT1000 to ENT1160
When Message is Displayed

- Capping position not specified

- Not enough memory SIMM12MB
Name and Diagram Number of
Replacement Part

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

1140 DF-41524 Main Board Assembly
1160 DF-40097 Panel Board Assembly
1110 DF-40100 Cover Switch Assembly
1170 DF-40114 Panel Cable
1100 DF-40099 Lever Sensor Assembly
1410 DF-40108 Paper Sensor Y Assembly
1420 DF-41525 Head Board Assembly
1190 DF-40102 Paper Sensor F Assembly
1200 DF-40103 Paper Sensor R Assembly
1360 DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1
1520 RJ8-CBS Cutter (supply item)
1490 SIM8M 8 MB Extended Memory (supply item)
1490 SIM16M 16 MB Extended Memory (supply item)
1490 SIM32M 32 MB Extended Memory (supply item)
1380 DF-40113 Cutter Solenoid Assembly
1350 DF-40106 Detector Assembly (Black)
1350 DF-40107 Detector Assembly (Y)
1350 DF-40146 Detector Assembly (M)
1350 DF-40147 Detector Assembly (C)
1330 DF-40127 Cartridge Frame Assembly
1120 DF-40101 Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly
1220 DF-40136 Pressure roller Assembly
1470 DF-41536 Junction Board Assembly
1340 DF-41537 Ink ID Sensor1 Assembly
1340 DF-41538 Ink ID Sensor2 Assembly
1340 DF-41539 Ink ID Sensor3 Assembly
1470 DF-41540 Ink ID Sensor4 Assembly
DF-41541 Ink ID Cable
Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ-4100
Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ-4100

MAP1000
MAP1000

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

1160
1150
1140
1130
1120
1110
1100
1090
1090
1080
1070
1060
1050
1040
1030
1020
1010
1000
1000
1000
111

When Message is Displayed Data Errors, Command Errors Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP1200

Name and Diagram Number of

When Message is Displayed

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

Data Errors, Command Errors
ENT1200 to ENT1250

RJ8-ETH13 Network Interface Board

DF-41524 Main Board Assembly
Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
1200 - I15-1 Error (Online Frame) 1200
1200 - I15-2 Error (Overrun) 1200
1200 - I15-3 Error (Online Parity) 1200
1210 - I11 Error (Undefined ESC) 1210
1210 - I12 Error (Incorrect Character ESC) 1210
1210 - I13 Error (Numerical Error ESC) 1210
1210 - I14 Error (Parameter Error ESC) 1210
1220 - I16 Error (Buffer Overflow) 1220
1230 - Network Detection Error 1230
1230 - Network Initialization Error 1230
1250 - MH01 Error (Undefined Command) 1250
1250 - MH02 Error (Parameter Error) 1250
1250 - MH03 Error (Numerical Error) 1250
1250 - MH04 Error (Undefined Character Set) 1250
1250 - MH07 Error (Buffer Overflow) 1250
1140
1480

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Displayed Data Errors, Command Errors Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP1200
112

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP1500

Name and Diagram Number of

SIM16M Extended Memory 16 MB (Supply item)

SIM32M Extended Memory 32 MB (Supply item)
SIM8M Extended Memory 8 MB (Supply item)
When Message is Displayed

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

CPU System Faults
ENT1500 to ENT1530

DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
1500 - E001 Error DRAM (Standard DRAM error) 1500
1500 - E002 Error Opt.DRAM (Optional DRAM error) 1500
1510 - E016 CPUErr[00] (Interrupt exception error) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[02] (Command boundary exception error) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[03] (Data boundary exception error) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[04] (Address error exception load) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[05] (Address error exception store) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[06] (Bus error exception check) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[07] (Bus error exception load) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[08] (System call exception) 1510
1510 - E016 CPUErr[09] (Break point exception) 1510
1520 - E016 CPUErr[10] (Reserved command exception) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[11] (Processor usage denial exception) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[12] (Operation overflow exception) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[13] (Trap exception) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[15] (Floating point exception) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[22] (Watch exception) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[32] (Watchdog timeout error) 1520
1520 - E016 CPUErr[33] (Abort error) 1520
1520 - E237 Error Transfer memory (Transfer memory error/access error) 1520
1530 - Error E129 NVRAM (Backup memory error) 1530
1140
1490
1490
1490

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP1500
113

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP1700

Name and Diagram Number of

When Message is Displayed

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

Mechanical System Faults
ENT1700 to ENT1720

DF-40109 Origin Sensor Assembly

DF-40095 Power Board Assembly
DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly

DF-40133 Fan Cable C Assembly

DF-40174 Fan Cable A Assembly
DF-40132 Fan Cable B Assembly
DF-40110 X Motor Assembly
DF-40111 Y Motor Assembly
DF-40141 T Fence (A0)
DF-41524 Main Board
Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
1700 - Error E065 X Motor 1700
1700 - Error E069 X Encoder 1700
1700 - Error E071 X Timeout 1700
1700 - Error E073 X Overcurrent 1700
1710 - Error E066 Y Motor 1710
1710 - Error E070 Y Encoder 1710
1710 - Error E072 Y Timeout 1710
1710 - Error E074 Y Overcurrent 1710
1720 - Error E075 Sensor Abnormal 1720
1140
1070
1280
1290
1450
1150
1080
1080
1080
1080

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP1700
 114

List
Trouble-

2070
2060
2050
2040
2030
2030
2030
2030
2030
2020
2010
2000
2000
Shooting

ENT. No.

- Media is not suction

Problem

- Initial filling of inks failed

ENT2000 to ENT2070
Trouble with Initialization

When Message is Not Displayed

When Message is Not Displayed

- Data is received but not plotted

- Power supply does not come on
- LCD faulty (no display/erratic display)

- After power is switched on, nothing works

- After mounting media, initial operation fails

- Ink cartridges are installed but not recognized

- Initial filling is completed but no ink comes out

- Can not make entries from the operating panel

- Printer does not work even with the cover closed
- Printer does not stop even with the cover opened
Name and Diagram Number of
Replacement Part

- When power is applied, “Initializing” appears and then a reset is executed.

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

1140 DF-41524 Main Board Assembly
1160 DF-40097 Panel Board Assembly
1170 DF-40114 Panel Cable
1110 DF-40100 Cover Switch Assembly
1100 DF-40099 Lever Sensor Assembly
1410 DF-40108 Paper Sensor Y Assembly
1420 DF-41525 Head Board Assembly
1190 DF-40102 Paper Sensor F Assembly
1200 DF-40103 Paper Sensor R Assembly
1360 DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1
1130 DF-40115 Switch Cable Assembly
1150 DF-40095 Power Board Assembly
1130 DF-41535 DC Cable Assembly
1480 RJ8-ETH13 Network Interface Board (Supply item)
1350 DF-40106 Detector Assembly (Black)
1350 DF-40107 Detector Assembly (Y)
1350 DF-40146 Detector Assembly (M)
1350 DF-40147 Detector Assembly (C)
1240 DF-40123 Cap Assembly
Trouble with Initialization
Trouble with Initialization

1260 DF-40124 Pump Assembly

1270 DF-40126 Maintenance Station Assembly
1400 DF-40119 Head Cable (Black)
1400 DF-40120 Head Cable (Color)
1390 DF-40121 Print Head Assembly (Black)
1390 DF-40122 Print Head Assembly (Color)
1530 DF-40488 O-rings (Large)
1530 DF-40487 O-rings (Small)
1120 DF-40101 Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly
1490 SIM8M, SIM16M, SIM32M Extended Memory (32 MB)(Supply item)
1080 DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly
Model Name: RJ-4100
Model Name: RJ-4100

1080 DF-40174 Fan Cable A Assembly

1080 DF-40132 Fan Cable B Assembly
1080 DF-40133 Fan Cable C Assembly
MAP2000
MAP2000

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

2070
2060
2050
2040
2030
2030
2030
2030
2030
2020
2010
2000
2000
115

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP2001

Name and Diagram Number of

Trouble with Initialization

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

ENT2000 to ENT2070

DF-41536 Junction Board Assembly

DF-41537 Ink ID Sensor1 Assembly
DF-41538 Ink ID Sensor2 Assembly
DF-41539 Ink ID Sensor3 Assembly
DF-41540 Ink ID Sensor4 Assembly
DF-41541 Ink ID Cable
Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
2000 - Power supply does not come on 2000
2000 - LCD faulty (no display/erratic display) 2000
2010 - Initial filling of inks failed 2010
2020 - Initial filling is completed but no ink comes out 2020
2030 - After power is switched on, nothing works 2030
2030 - When power is applied, “Initializing” appears and then a reset is executed. 2030
2030 - After mounting media, initial operation fails 2030
2030 - Printer does not work even with the cover closed 2030
2030 - Printer does not stop even with the cover opened 2030
2040 - Ink cartridges are installed but not recognized 2040
2050 - Can not make entries from the operating panel 2050
2060 - Data is received but not plotted 2060
2070 - Media is not suction 2070
1470
1340
1340
1340
1340
1470

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP2001
116

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP3000

Name and Diagram Number of

Trouble with Media Feed

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

ENT3000 to ENT3010

DF-40103 Paper Sensor R Assembly

DF-40108 Paper Sensor Y Assembly
DF-40102 Paper Sensor F Assembly
DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly

DF-40133 Fan Cable C Assembly

DF-40174 Fan Cable A Assembly
DF-40132 Fan Cable B Assembly
DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

DF-40134 Grid Roller Assembly

DF-41529 Pressure Assembly

DF-40135 Movable Grid Fixer

DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1
Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
3000 - The media comes off when it is initialized or during printing 3000
3000 - The media is skewed or meanders when it is initialized or during printing 3000
3000 - The media becomes wrinkled when it is initialized or during printing 3000
3000 - The media jams when it is initialized or during printing 3000
3000 - The media tears when it is initialized or during printing 3000
3010 - The media size is different after media mounting and initialization 3010
3010 - Tracing paper and thin media cannot be detected 3010
1140
1080
1080
1080
1080
1110
1410
1190
1200
1360
1210
1210

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP3000
117

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP4000

Name and Diagram Number of

Trouble with Printing

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

DF-40126 Maintenance Station Assembly

DF-40606 Paper Keeper Right Assembly

ENT4000 to ENT4130

DF-40607 Paper Keeper Left Assembly

DF-40121 Print Head Assembly (Black)
DF-40122 Print Head Assembly (Color)

DF-40106 Detector Assembly (Black)

DF-40103 Paper Sensor R Assembly

DF-40608 Paper Keeper Blade Right

DF-40102 Paper Sensor F Assembly

DF-40609 Paper Keeper Blade Left

DF-40095 Power Board Assembly
DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly

DF-40133 Fan Cable C Assembly

DF-40174 Fan Cable A Assembly
DF-40132 Fan Cable B Assembly

DF-40146 Detector Assembly (M)

DF-40112 Pump Motor Assembly

DF-40147 Detector Assembly (C)

DF-40107 Detector Assembly (Y)
DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

DF-40119 Head Cable (Black)

DF-40120 Head Cable (Color)

DF-40135 Movable Grid Fixer

DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1

DF-40124 Pump Assembly

DF-40488 O-rings (Large)

DF-40487 O-rings (Small)
DF-40123 Cap Assembly
DF-41527 Ink Tube (A0)

DF-40141 T Fence (A0)

DF-41525 Head Board

Problem

DF-40125 Wiper
Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
4000 - Does not print continuously 4000
4010 - There is an extra feed after printing is finished 4010
4020 - Dots are missing from the printing 4020
4020 - Cleaning does not cure blockage 4020
4030 - Does not print at all or does not print a specific color 4030
4040 - The entire surface is printed black 4040
4050 - Printing becomes shaded 4050
4050 - The image contains blurs 4050
4050 - Transverse lines appear to be split 4050
4050 - Black and white lines appear in the printed image 4050
4060 - Edges of printing are blurred 4060
4070 - Many satellites (unwanted dots) 4070
4070 - The printing has whiskers 4070
4070 - Printed lines appear blurred 4070
4080 - Mixed color lines do not overlap 4080
4080 - Black and color positions are offset 4080
4090 - Inaccurate line length in the direction of head movement (Main scanning direction) 4090
4100 - Inaccurate straight line in the direction of head movement (straightness) 4100

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

1140
1080
1080
1080
1080
1370
1400
1400
1360
1290
1240
1260
1230
1250
1270
1390
1390
1420
1210
1350
1350
1350
1350
1190
1200
1530
1530
1520
1520
1520
1520
1150
When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP4000
118

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP4001

Name and Diagram Number of

DF-40644 Steel Flexible Cable A0 Assembly

Trouble with Printing

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

ENT4000 to ENT4130

DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly

DF-40133 Fan Cable C Assembly

DF-40174 Fan Cable A Assembly
DF-40132 Fan Cable B Assembly
DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

DF-40642 Cursor Plate Spring

DF-41529 Pressure Assembly
Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
4110 - Inaccurate line distance in the direction of media feed (Subsidiary scanning distance) 4110
4120 - Inaccurate straight line in the direction of media feed (joining precision Y) 4120
4130 - Bad right angle precision 4130

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

1140
1080
1080
1080
1080
1220
1310
1310

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP4001
 119

List
Trouble-

5040
5030
5020
5010
5000
Shooting

ENT. No.
Problem
ENT5000 to ENT5040
Problem Involving Noise

- Abnormal noise when cutting

When Message is Not Displayed

When Message is Not Displayed

- Abnormal noise when media is fed

- Abnormal noise when media is sucked down
- Abnormal noise when standing by ready to print
- Abnormal noise when head is moving left and right
Name and Diagram Number of
Replacement Part

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

1140 DF-41524 Main Board Assembly
1080 DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly
1150 DF-40095 Power Board Assembly
1390 DF-40121 Print Head Assembly (Black)
1390 DF-40122 Print Head Assembly (Color)
1420 DF-41525 Head Board
1320 DF-40144 Y Return Pulley Assembly
1280 DF-40111 Y Motor Assembly
1220 DF-41529 Pressure Assembly
1090 DF-40137 X Speed Reduction Belt
1070 DF-40110 X Motor Assembly
1520 RJ8-CBS Cutter (Supply item)
1360 DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1
1540 DF-40620 Tube Guide (A0) Assembly

Problem Involving Noise

Problem Involving Noise

Model Name: RJ-4100

Model Name: RJ-4100

MAP5000
MAP5000

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

5040
5030
5020
5010
5000
120

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP6000

Name and Diagram Number of

Trouble with Media Cutting

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

DF-40606 Paper Keeper Right Assembly
ENT6000 to ENT6050

DF-40607 Paper Keeper Left Assembly

DF-40608 Paper Keeper Blade Right
DF-40113 Cutter Solenoid Assembly

DF-40609 Paper Keeper Blade Left

DF-41524 Main Board Assembly
RJ8-CBS Cutter (supply item)

DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1

DF-41525 Head Board
Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
6000 - Does not cut normally 6000
6010 - Cutting occurs during printing 6010
6020 - The cutting operation is normal but the media is not cut 6020
6020 - The cutting is bad and the media jams 6020
6030 - The cutting operation is normal but the media does not fall out 6030
6040 - Inaccurate media cutting 6040
6050 - Cutting is delayed for some time after printing has ended 6050
6050 - White paper is cut 6050
1140
1520
1380
1360
1420
1520
1520
1520
1520

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Not Displayed Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP6000
121

When Message is Not Displayed Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP7000

RJ8-ETH13 Network Interface Board (Supply item)

Name and Diagram Number of
Online/Function Problems

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

ENT7000 to ENT7070

DF-40096 Head Board Assembly

DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

DF-40118 Y Cable (A0) x 1

DF-40141 T Fence (A0)

Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
7000 - Cannot connect normally with RS-232C 7000
7000 - Cannot connect normally with Centronics 7000
7000 - Cannot connect normally with Network 7000

7020 - The scale function does not work correctly 7020

7020 - The rotate function does not work correctly 7020
7020 - The mirror function does not work correctly 7020
7020 - Other functions are not working correctly 7020
7030 - Printing position is offset 7030
7040 - Some data are not printed (omitted) 7040
7050 - Text and printing data are garbled (extra lines appear) 7050
7060 - There is an extra feed after printing is finished 7060
1140
1480
1360
1420
1290

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Not Displayed Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP7000
122

When Message is Not Displayed Other Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP8000

Name and Diagram Number of

DF-40101 Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly

Other

Replacement Part

Fault-Tracing Procedure EXA No.

ENT8000 to ENT8070

DF-40127 Cartridge Frame Assembly

DF-40106 Detector Assembly (Black)

DF-40103 Paper Sensor R Assembly

DF-40102 Paper Sensor F Assembly

DF-40095 Power Board Assembly

DF-40173 Vacuum Fan Assembly
DF-40146 Detector Assembly (M)
DF-40147 Detector Assembly (C)
DF-40107 Detector Assembly (Y)
DF-41524 Main Board Assembly

DF-41529 Pressure Assembly

Problem

Trouble-
Shooting
List
ENT. No.
8000 - The printer hangs up 8000
8010 - Power shutdown during printing 8010
8020 - The ink cartridges will not go in 8020
8030 - Mounting the media is difficult 8030
8040 - Inserting the scroller is difficult 8040
8050 - Ink has overflowed from the waste fluid box 8050
8050 - Ink overflows from flushing box 8050
8050 - Ink is split around the X-rail 8050
8060 - Trouble related to ink (consumable item) 8060
8060 - Trouble related to media (consumable item) 8060
8060 - Trouble related to cutters (consumable item) 8060
8070 - Trouble related to extended memory (optional item) 8070
8070 - Trouble related to the network board (optional item) 8070
8070 - Can not install the printer driver 8070
1140
1330
1350
1350
1350
1350
1220
1190
1200
1080
1150
1120

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure REP. No.

When Message is Not Displayed Other Model Name: RJ-4100 MAP8000

123

Fault-Tracing Procedure Model Name: RJ–4000 EXA0000

Fault-Tracing Procedure

When Message is Displayed

Printer Status Messages EXA1000

Data Errors EXA1200
Command Errors EXA1250
CPU System Faults EXA1500
Mechanical System Faults EXA1700

When Message is Not Displayed

Trouble with Initialization EXA2000

Trouble with Media Feed EXA3000
Trouble with Printing EXA4000
Problem Involving Noise EXA5000
Trouble with Media Cutting EXA6000
Online/Function Problems EXA7000
Other EXA8000

Fault-Tracing Procedure Model Name: RJ–4000 EXA0000

124

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Cover Open 1-1 • Is the cover sensor arm loose? (Related to opening and closing the front cover) 1110
This message means that the Front → Tighten the cover sensor arm screw.
Cover is open 1-2 • When the front cover is opened and closed, does the cover switch go on and off normally?
→ Adjust the height of the cover switch assembly. 1110
2 • Lever Up → Adjust the relative positions of the cover shaft R and front cover fulcrum.
This message means that the
Pressure Lever is up. 1-3 • Is the cover switch cable connected securely? (Related to opening and closing the front cover)
→ Connect the sensor cable securely to connector J302 on the panel board assembly. 1110

3 • Cover and Lever 1-4 • Check the panel cable contacts. Are they inserted obliquely? Are they locked securely? Check. J301 (MAIN)
This message means that the Front on the panel board, J113 (PANEL) on the main board
Cover and Pressure Lever are up. → Insert them correctly. 1170

1-5 • Does the pressure move smoothly? (Related to raising and lowering the pressure lever)
→ Adjust the position of the pressure relay plate.
→ Apply grease G-501 to the elongated round hole in the pressure relay plate. (Refer to CAT4000)

1-6 • Is the lever sensor assembly fitted securely? (Related to raising and lowering the pressure lever) 1100
→ Adjust the lever sensor assembly fitting position.

1-7 • Is the sensor unit in the lever sensor assembly dirty? (Related to raising and lowering the pressure lever)
→ Clean the sensor unit with cotton swabs. 1100

1-8 • Is the lever sensor assembly cable fitted securely? (Related to raising and lowering the pressure lever)
→ Connect the lever sensor cable securely to connector J102 on the main board assembly. 1100

1-9 • The panel board assembly may be damaged. (Related to opening and closing the front cover)
→ Replace it. 1160

1-10 • The panel cable may be damaged. (Related to opening and closing the front cover)
→ Replace it. 1170

1-11 • Is the cover limit switch working on "Sensor: Cover" in the printer self-diagnostics? 1040
→ Replace the cover switch assembly 1110

1-12 • Is the lever sensor working on "Sensor: Lever" in the printer self-diagnostics? 1040
→ Replace the lever sensor assembly. 1110

1-13 • The main board assembly may be damaged. (Related to both)

→ Replace it. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1000
125

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Undefined Media 1-1 • Is the paper sensor Y assembly cable that is attached to the head unit securely connect-
This message means that when ed? 1410
media was mounted, it was not able → Connect it securely to connector J204 (P EDGE) on the head board assembly.
to be recognized.
1-2 • Is the paper sensor F assembly cable that is attached below paper guide F securely con-
nected?
→ Connect it securely to connector J101 (XF) on the main board assembly. 1190

1-3 • Is the paper sensor R assembly cable that is attached below paper guide R securely con-
nected?
→ Connect it securely to connector J108 (XR) on the main board assembly. 1200

1-4 • Check the amount of sensor reflection with the printer's self-diagnostic “Sensor: Edge”. 1040
Using thick coated paper, confirm that the difference in the amount of sensor reflection
with and without media is a change of at least “10”.
→ Replace paper sensor Y assembly. 1410

1-5 • Check Y cable contacts. Are they inserted obliquely? Check. Main board J114 (HEAD1),
Head board J201 (MAIN1)
→ Insert them correctly.

1-6 • The head board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-7 • Check with the self-diagnostic “Sensor: X Front” whether the sensor is operating. 1040
→ Replace paper sensor F if “Paper End” is displayed when media is mounted. 1190

1-8 • Check with the self-diagnostic “Sensor: X Rear” whether the sensor is operating. 1040
→ Replace paper sensor R if “Paper End” is displayed when media is mounted. 1200

1-9 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

1-10 • The Y cable assembly (A0/A1) may be damaged

→ Replace it. 1360

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1010
126

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Media Skew Error 1-1 • Reload the media and confirm its current status.
→ If the problem is simply due to poor loading, explain to the user how to load the media properly.

1-2 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic “Examination/Fans”? 1060
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board assembly. 1080
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board
Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.

1-3 • Is the shielding material securely attached in the proper positions?

Shield material GA-A, shield GA-B, shield GA-C
→ Re-attach in the proper positions.

1-4 • Is there a problem with the movement of the pressure lever?

→ Apply grease (G501) and adjust the pressure transfer plate.

1-5 • With the pressure lever lowered, do all pressure rollers make contact with the grid roller?
(Are any of the pressure rollers idling?)
→ Replace the pressure rollers or the pressure assembly. 1220

1-6 • Is there a uniform gap between head and platen? 1520

→ Use the rail height jig (JD-30395) to adjust the position of the platen.

2-1 • After carrying out the adjustments according to the procedure above, run the self-diagnostic “Skew 2030
Verification”.

CAUTION: Since this task will establish the reference position for determining skew,
it should be adjusted carefully.
Rated Value
Condition A0
Cut media Within 1.5 mm
7m Within 2.5 mm
Roll media
50m Within 10 mm

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1020
127

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • [User 1] Media End 1-1 • Is the paper sensor Y assembly cable that is attached to the head unit securely connect-
This message is displayed when no ed?
media is mounted or printing in cut → Connect it securely to connector J204 (P EDGE) on the head board assembly. 1410
media mode has been completed.
1-2 • Is the paper sensor R assembly cable that is attached below paper guide R securely con-
nected?
→ Connect it securely to connector J108 (XR) on the main board assembly. 1200

1-3 • Is the paper sensor F assembly cable that is attached below paper guide F securely con-
nected?
→ Connect it securely to connector J101 (XF) on the main board assembly. 1190

1-4 • Check the amount of sensor reflection with the printer's self-diagnostic “Sensor: Edge”.
Check that the difference with and without media is a change of at least "10". Check 1040
using both tracing paper and ordinary paper.
→ Replace paper sensor Y assembly. 1410

1-5 • The head board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-6 • Check with the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: X Front" whether the sensor is operating. 1040
→ Replace paper sensor F if “Paper End” is displayed when media is mounted. 1190

1-7 • Check with the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: X Rear" whether the sensor is operating. 1040
→ Replace paper sensor R if “Paper End” is displayed when media is mounted. 1200

1-8 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

1-9 • The Y cable assembly may be damaged

→ Replace it. 1360

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1030
128

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1040
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Remove Media 1-1 • Switch off the printer temporarily and check that the message is displayed when you
This message is displayed if, after switch on again.
raising the lever during printing and
cutting the media, the lever is lowered 1-2 • Use the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: Lever" to make sure that the pressure lever is 1040
without the media having been working normally.
removed. → Check that the liquid crystal display unit does not show that the up and down move-
ment of the pressure lever appears to be chattering when the lever is moved slowly up
and down.

1-3 • Check the lever sensor assembly contact.

J102 (LEVER) on the main board
→ Insert it correctly.
If there seems to be chattering, the sensor may be faulty. 1100
Replace the lever sensor assembly.

1-4 • Is the cable of the rear paper sensor assembly that is attached below the rear paper
guide connected securely?
→ Connect it securely to connector J108 (XR) on the main board. 1200

1-5 • Is the cable of the front paper sensor assembly that is attached below the front paper
guide connected securely? 1190
→ Connect it securely to connector J101 (XF) on the main board.

1-6 • Use the self-diagnostic “Sensor: X Front” to check whether there is media. 1190
→ If media is loaded but “No Media” is displayed, replace the front paper sensor.

1-7 • Use the self-diagnostic “Sensor: X Rear” to check whether there is media. 1200
→ If media is loaded but “No Media” is displayed, replace the rear paper sensor.

1-8 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace it.

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1040
129

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1050
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Roll Media End 1-1 • Switch off the printer temporarily and check that the message is displayed when you
This message is displayed when roll switch on again.
media is being used and the trailing
edge of the media is detected. It will 1-2 • Use the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: X Rear" to make sure that the media end detec- 1040
be cancelled by raising the lever. tion is working normally.
→ Cover the paper sensor R with media and confirm that "SENS: Xr Paper On" is dis-
played.

1-3 • Check the paper sensor R contact.

J108 (XR) on the main board
→ Insert it correctly.
If "Media Present" does not appear, the sensor may be faulty. 1200
Replace the paper sensor R assembly.

1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1050
130

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1060
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Media Cut Error 1-1 • Check how the cutter cap is fitted. Refer to
This message is displayed when the → Fit the cutter cap securely. the Basic
Operation
media is not cut and does not fall out
1-2 • Check the up and down movement of the cutter. With the cutter installed, push it down to the bot- Manual
despite the cutting operation having tom with your finger and check that the power of the spring alone brings it back to the top.
been performed. → If it rises, go to 1-4
→ If it does not rise, got to 1-3

1-3 • Remove the cutter and take out the cutter spring. Fit the cutter and check that in this condition, the
cutter will fall to the bottom under its own weight.
→ If it falls the cutter spring may be faulty. Refer to the exploded drawings and replace the cutter Refer to
spring. the Basic
→ If it does not fall, the cutter may be faulty. Replace the cutter. Operation
Manual
1-4 • Check the contact of the cutter solenoid assembly. Head board J206 (SOL)
→ Insert it correctly.

1-5 • Check the up and down movement with the printer's self-diagnostic "Aging: Cutter".
→ If it does not move up and down, the solenoid may be damaged. Replace the cutter solenoid 1380 6030
assembly.

1-6 • The head board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-7 • Check the Y cable contacts. Is it inserted obliquely? Check. Main board J114 (HEAD1), Head
board J201 (MAIN1)
→ Insert it correctly.

1-8 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

1-9 • The Y cable (A0/A1) may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1360

CAUTION: Main board connectors J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) and head board con-
nectors J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are not prop-
erly connected.

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1060
131

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1070
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Not enough memory SIMM✼✼MB 1-1 • Check RAM capacity with the printer's self-diagnostic “Examination: RAM Capacity”. 1010
(Intermediate code buffer overflow) → The capacity without optional extended memory is 8 MB. If SIMM has been extended,
When this printer has insufficient the value “Standard memory 8 MB + Extended memory” will be displayed.
memory for the amount of data sent If two 36 MB SIMMs have been installed, “80 MB” is displayed.
by the personal computer, this mes- “Optional Memory = ** MB” shown in the “Setup List” is the amount of extended memo-
sage indicates the required memory ry only.
size. If there is a difference between the actual memory capacity and the memory capacity
shown on the panel or the memory capacity shown in the setup list, the SIMM may be
damaged. Replace the SIMM.
1140

1-2 • The main board may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1070
132

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1080
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Insert Special Cartridge 1-1 • Switch off the printer temporarily and check that the message is displayed when you
This message is displayed when a switch on again.
cartridge other than a genuine Mutoh
cartridge has been installed. 1-2 • Use the printer’s self-diagnostic “Sensor: Cartridge” to make sure that the ink cartridge 1040
status detection is working correctly.
If normal detection fails, the ink ID sensor assembly, junction board assembly, ink ID
cable, or main board assembly may be at fault.

1-3 • Check the ink ID sensor assembly connector contacts. J406 (Ink ID Sensor1 BK), J407
(Ink ID Sensor2 C), J408 (Ink ID Sensor3 M) and J409 (Ink ID Sensor4 Y) on the junction
board assembly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them. 1340
If there is no change, move to the next step.

1-4 • Using the printer’s self-diagnostic “Sensor: Cartridge”, exchange the position of the con-
nector of the ink ID sensor assembly that is shown as being faulty with the position of any
one of J406 to J409 on the junction board assembly that appears to be normal.
→ If after re-inserting the connectors a different ink cartridge unit now appears to be
faulty, it means that the ink ID sensor assembly that was shown as being faulty is dam-
aged.
→ Replace the faulty ink ID sensor assembly. 1340
→ If after re-inserting the connectors there is no change in the part that was shown as
being faulty, or all units are shown as being faulty, the damage may be between the
junction board assembly and the main board assembly.

1-5 • Check the ink ID cable contacts.

J401 (ink ID cable) on the junction board assembly and J129 on the main board assem-
bly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them.

1-6 • Replace the ink ID cable and repeat procedures 1-3 and 1-4.
(a) If the fault display is cleared, it means that the ID cable may be faulty.
→ Replace the ink ID cable. 1470
(b) If there is no change at all in the symptoms, it means that the junction board assem-
bly or the main board assembly may be faulty.
→ Replace the junction board assembly. 1470
→ Replace the main board assembly. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1080
133

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1090
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • [KCMY] Ink Low 1-1 • Check the no ink cartridge with the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: No Ink".
This message is displayed when the → Remove all cartridges and gently switch the detector assemblies (BK, C, M and Y)
amount of ink shown on the operating (black plastic levers) on and off to confirm that the displays “Sensor: No Ink K (black)”, 1040
panel is low. “Sensor: No Ink C (cyan)”, “Sensor: No Ink M (magenta)” and “Sensor: No Ink Y (yel-
Printing can continue. low)” change.
(Refer to GID2010 for details)
1-2 • Check the detector assembly connector contacts. J406 (Ink ID Sensor1 BK), J407 (Ink ID
2 • [KCMY] No Ink Sensor2 C), J408 (Ink ID Sensor3 M) and J409 (Ink ID Sensor4 Y) on the junction board
This message is displayed when the assembly.
ink shown on the operating panel has → Disconnect and reconnect them. 1350
been used up. If there is no change, move to the next step.
If this message appears while an
image is being printed, stop printing 1-3 • Exchange the position of the connector of the ink detector assembly for the ink for which
immediately. “Ink Low” or “No Ink” is indicated with the position of any one of J402 to J405 on the junc-
(Refer to GID2010 for details) tion board assembly that appears to be normal.
→ If after re-inserting the connectors a different ink now appears to be “No Ink”, it means
that the detector assembly is damaged.
→ Replace the detector assembly. 1350
→ If after re-inserting the connectors there is no change in the “No Ink” display, or “No
Ink” is shown for all inks, the damage may be between the junction board assembly
and the main board assembly.

1-4 • Check the ink ID cable contacts.

J401 (ink ID cable) on the junction board assembly and J129 on the main board assem-
bly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them.

1-5 • Replace the ink ID cable and repeat procedure 1-3.

(a) If the fault display is cleared, it means that the ID cable may be faulty.
→ Replace the ink ID cable. 1470
(b) If there is no change at all in the symptoms, it means that the junction board assem-
bly or the main board assembly may be faulty.
→ Replace the junction board assembly. 1470
→ Replace the main board assembly. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1090
134

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1100
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • [KCMY] No Cartridge 1-1 • Switch off the printer temporarily and check that the message is displayed when you
This message indicates that the ink switch on again.
cartridge that is shown on the operat-
ing panel is missing. 1-2 • Check the no ink cartridge with the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: No Ink". 1350 1040
→ Remove all the cartridges and, using an object with a flat tip such as a ball pen, press
the switch that detects the presence of the cartridge that is to be checked (these
switches are inside the cartridge frame assembly.)
With “Sensor: No Cartridge”, the following is displayed when all cartridges are
removed:

Sensor: No Cartridge KCMY

and the following is displayed when the switch that detects whether the black
cartridge is present is pressed:
Sensor: No Cartridge CMY
The same applies to the other cartridges C, M and Y.

CAUTION: When you operate the switches inside the cartridge frame assembly,
be very careful not to accidentally damage the ink filling meters. 1330
1-3 • Check the cartridge frame connector contacts.
J406 (Ink ID Sensor1 BK), J407 (Ink ID Sensor2 C), J408 (Ink ID Sensor3 M) and J409
(Ink ID Sensor4 Y) on the junction board assembly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them.
If there is no change, move to the next step.

1-4 • Exchange the position of the connector of the cartridge detector assembly for the car-
tridge for which “No Cartridge” is indicated with the position of any one of J402 to J405 on
the junction board assembly that appears to be normal.
→ If after re-inserting the connectors a different ink now appears to have “No Cartridge”, it
means that the detector assembly is damaged.
→ Replace the detector assembly. 1350

→ Continued on next page

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1100
135

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1101
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • [KCMY] No Cartridge → If after re-inserting the connectors “No Cartridge” appears, or “No Cartridge” is shown
This message indicates that the ink for all cartridges, the damage may be between the junction board assembly and the
cartridge that is shown on the operat- main board assembly.
ing panel is missing.
1-5 • Check the ink ID cable contacts.
J401 (ink ID cable) on the junction board assembly and INK ID on the main board assem-
bly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them.

• Replace the ink ID cable and repeat procedure 1-4.

If the “No Cartridge” display is cleared, it means that the Ink ID may be faulty.
→ Replace it.

• If there is no change in the symptoms, it means that the junction board assembly or the
main board assembly may be faulty.
→ Replace the junction board assembly. 1470
→ Replace the main board assembly. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1101
136

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1120
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Not Filled 1-1 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, start self-diagnostic mode and check 1040
This message means "Initial filling has that the detection of cartridges present/absent and ink present/absent is normal.
not been done". → For checking, use the [KCMY] “No Ink” procedure shown in EXA1100.
→ After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnos- 2040
tic “Adjust: Enter Rank”

1-2 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, start self-diagnostic mode and check 1040
that the special cartridge status is working normally.
→ For checking, use the “Insert Special Cartridge” procedure shown in EXA1080.
→ After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnos- 2040
tic “Adjust: Enter Rank”

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing
quality can not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1120
137

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1130
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • No Waste Fluid Box 1-1 • Switch off the printer temporarily and check that the message is displayed when you
This message means that the waste switch on again.
fluid box is not installed.
1-2 • Use the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: Box Exist/Box is not" to make sure that the 1040
waste fluid box detection is working normally.
→ Slowly remove and replace the waste fluid box to confirm that the present/absent dis-
play appears.
If the display is not normal, the sensor position may be faulty.
Remove the R Cover and adjust the position of the waste fluid box detection switch
assembly. 1120

1-3 • Check the waste fluid box detection switch contact.

J109 (INK TANK) on the main board
→ Insert it correctly.

1-4 • The waste fluid box detection switch assembly may be faulty.
→ Replace it. 1120

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1130
138

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1140
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Check Waste Fluid Box 1-1 • Switch off the printer temporarily and check that the message is displayed when you
switch on again.
2 • Waste Fluid Box Full
These messages mean that the waste 1-2 • Use the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: Box Exist/Box is not" to make sure that the 1040
fluid box is filled with waste fluid. waste fluid box detection is working normally.
→ Slowly remove and replace the waste fluid box to confirm that the present/absent dis-
play appears.
If the display is not normal, the sensor mounting position may be at fault.
Remove the R Cover and adjust the mounting position of the waste fluid box detection
switch assembly. 1120

1-3 • Check the waste fluid box detection switch contact.

J109 (INK TANK) on the main board
→ Insert it correctly.

1-4 • The waste fluid box detection switch assembly may be faulty.
→ Replace it. 1120

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1140
139

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1150
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Ink type error 1-1 • Use the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: Cartridge" to check the ink type.
This message is displayed when the → Install all cartridges and check that all four colors have the same type of ink. 1140
wrong type of ink cartridge has been
installed. Sensor: K C M Y

Depending on the ink type, the following symbols will be displayed at locations _.

D : Dye type ink cartridge installed

P : Pigment type ink cartridge installed
W : Wash fluid cartridge installed 1350
NG : Other ink cartridge installed

1-2 • Check the detector assembly connector contacts.

J406 (Ink ID Sensor1 BK), J407 (Ink ID Sensor2 C), J408 (Ink ID Sensor3 M) and J409
(Ink ID Sensor4 Y) on the junction board assembly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them.
If there is no change, move to the next step.

1-3 • Check the ink ID cable contacts.

J401 (ink ID cable) on the junction board assembly and J129 on the main board assem-
bly.
→ Disconnect and reconnect them.

1-4 • Replace the ink ID cable and repeat procedure 1-2.

(a) If the fault display is cleared, it means that the ID cable may be faulty.
→ Replace the ink ID cable. 1470
(b) If there is no change at all in the symptoms, it means that the junction board assem-
bly or the main board assembly may be faulty.
→ Replace the junction board assembly. 1470
→ Replace the main board assembly. 1140

When Message is Displayed Printer Status Messages Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1150
140

When Message is Displayed Data Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1230

GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Network Detection Error 1-1 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140
The optional network board can not → Replace it.
be detected
1-2 • The Ethernet board assembly may be damaged. 1480
2 • Network Initialization Error → Replace it.
An error has occurred during the
optional network board initialization
operation Go to MAP1200

When Message is Displayed Data Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1230

141

When Message is Displayed Command Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1250

GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • MH01 Error (Undefined Command) 1-1 • Try communicating with the available computer and cable.
A command that is not defined in any → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
command mode has been analysed
Confirm: Does the error occur when the RS-232C cable is changed?
2 • MH02 Error (Parameter Error) → There may be a broken signal lead in the RS-232C cable or the cable itself may be too
Wrong number of parameters follow- long for good communication.
ing the command Advise the use of a cable that gives good communication.

3 • MH03 Error (Numerical Error) 1-2 • Is there any record of an error in the printing data?
Wrong number of parameters follow- → Try changing the type of application driver.
ing the command
1-3 • If the symptoms persist despite various application driver changes
4 • MH04 Error (Undefined Character → Obtain the printing data (Report to the your local dealer after you have obtained it).
Set)
A nonexistent character set is present 1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged.
→ Replace it. 1140
5 • MH07 Error (Buffer Overflow)
The polygon buffer or the download-
able character buffer has overflowed

When Message is Displayed Command Errors Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1250

142

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1500
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E001 Error DRAM (Standard DRAM 1-1 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140
error) → Replace it.

This error display means that a fault

has occurred in the standard memory
of the Main Board that controls the
printer.

2 • E002 Error Opt. DRAM (Optional 2-1 • This error may occur when there is dust, etc. in extended memory slot 1 or slot 2. 1490
DRAM error) → Use an air duster to remove the dust and reinstall.

This error display means that a fault 2-2 • Install reliable memory of the same capacity and check with the self-diagnostic 1490 1010
has occurred in the optional memory “Examination/Memory Capacity”.
of the Main Board that controls the → Replace optional memory.
printer.
2-3 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140
→ Replace it.

CAUTION: If only one extended memory is added, it must be installed in Slot 1.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1500
143

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1510
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E016 CPU Err [00] (Interrupt exception 1-1 • Check AC power supply and printer peripheral devices.
error) → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
Indicates that handling an interrupt has
generated an error.
1-2 • Check whether the problem recurs. Even if there is no problem, switch on several times.
2 • E016 CPU Err [02] (Command boundary (Use the same conditions as the customer's)
exception error)
Indicates that the boundary of a command → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
has caused an error.
1-3 • Check the serial number.
3 • E016 CPU Err [03] (Data boundary excep-
tion error) → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
Indicates that the boundary of a command
has caused an error. 1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140
4 • E016 CPU Err [04] (Address error excep- → Replace it.
tion) (Load or command check)
Indicates that an address error has
occurred when checking a load or com-
mand.
5
• E016 CPU Err [05] (Address error excep-
tion) (Store)
Indicates that an address error has
occurred when saving.

6 • E016 CPU Err [06] (Bus error exception)

(Command check)
Indicates that a bus error has occurred
when loading or storing a command.

7 • E016 CPU Err [07] (Bus error exception)

(Data load)
Indicates that a bus error has occurred
when loading or storing a command.

8 • E016 CPU Err [08] (System call exception

error)
Indicates that a system call has caused an
error.

9 • E016 CPU Err [09] (Break point exception

error)
Indicates that a break point has caused an
error.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1510
144

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1520
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E016 CPU Err [10] (Reserved command 1-1 • Check AC power supply and printer peripheral devices.
exception error) → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
Indicates that a reserved command has
caused an error.
1-2 • Check whether the problem recurs. Even if there is no problem, switch on several times.
2 • E016 CPU Err [11] (Unable to use (Use the same conditions as the customer's)
coprocessor exception error) → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
Indicates that the coprocessor has caused
an error.
1-3 • Check the serial number.
3 • E016 CPU Err [12] (Operation overflow → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.
exception error)
Indicates that an overflow has occurred. 1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140
→ Replace it.
4 • E016 CPU Err [13] (Trap exception error)
Indicates that a trap has occurred.

5 • E016 CPU Err [15] (Floating point excep-

tion error)
Indicates that a floating point error has
occurred.

6 • E016 CPU Err [22] (Watchdog timeout

exception error)
Indicates that the watch has caused an
error.

7 • E016 CPU Err [32] (Watchdog timeout

exception error)
Indicates that a watchdog timeout has
occurred.

8 • E016 CPU Err [33] (Abort error)

Indicates that an abort has occurred.

9 • E237 Err Transfer Memory (Transfer

memory error/Transfer memory access
error)
Indicates that a fault has occurred in
transferring printing data that has been
analysed.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1520
145

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1530
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E129 Error NVRAM 1-1 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140
This message indicates that a fault → Replace it.
has occurred in the NVRAM on the
Main board that records printer set-
tings.

When Message is Displayed CPU System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1530
146

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1700
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E065 Error X Motor 1-1 • Use the self-diagnostic “Examination/History” to check the history of faults. 1070
This message indicates that a fault
has occurred in the media feed motor 1-2 • Use the self-diagnostic “Aging/Media Feed Motor” with a setting of 50 times to check 6020
(X axis) while the printer was working. whether the X Motor error occurs.
This occurs when there is a large dif- → Check connectors J120 (X MOT) and J121 (X ENC) on the main board.
ference between the motor command
value and encoder feedback value. 1-3 • Use the self-diagnostic “Examination/Encoders” to check Encoder X. 1050
→ If it is no good, check the J121 (X ENC) cable connector.
2 • E069 Error X Encoder
This message indicates that a fault 1-4 • Check “Power Supply Voltage Check 24 DC” 1650
has occurred in the amount of media
movement (X axis) while the printer 1-5 • The X Motor assembly may be damaged.
was working. → Replace it. 1070
This occurs when there is no encoder
feedback. 1-6 • The main board assembly may be damaged.
→ Replace it. 1140
3 • E071 Error X Timeout
This message indicates that a timeout
has occurred in the amount of media CAUTION: If the Power supply board assembly and Main board assembly are
movement (X axis) while the printer replaced without checking “24 V DC” on those, there is a risk that
was working. the new boards may also be damaged.
This occurs when the pressure does
not reach its designated position.

4 • E073 Error X Overcurrent

This message indicates that a fault
has occurred due to an overload of
the media feed (X-axis) motor while
the printer was working.

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1700
147

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1710
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E066 Error Y Motor 1-1 • Use the self-diagnostic “Examination/History” to check the history of faults. 1070
This message indicates that a fault
has occurred in the head movement 1-2 • With power off, move the carriage to left and right. Is the movement restricted? 6010
motor (Y axis) while the printer was → Clean and lubricate the Y rail rollers.
working.
This occurs when there is a large dif- 1-3 • Use the self-diagnostic “Aging/Carriage Motor” with a setting of 50 times to check whether
ference between the motor command the Y Motor error occurs.
value and encoder feedback value. → Check cable connector J119 (Y MOT) on the main board.

2 • E070 Error Y Encoder 1-4 • Check whether the timing fence (T fence) is dirty or twisted.
This message indicates that a fault → If there is grease or dirt on the fence, wipe it away with a dry cloth.
has occurred in the amount of head → If there is ink on the fence, wet a cloth with neutral cleaner and wipe lightly.
movement (Y axis) while the printer → If the T fence is severely soiled and can not be cleaned, it should be replaced
was working. → Replace the T fence. 1300
This occurs when there is no encoder
feedback. 1-5 • Use the self-diagnostic “Examination/Encoders” to check Encoder Y.
→ If it is no good, check cable connections J115 (HEAD2) on the main board and J202
3 • E072 Error Y Timeout (MAIN2) on the head board.
This message indicates that a timeout → Replace the T fence. 1300
has occurred in the amount of head → Replace the Y motor assembly. 1280
movement (Y axis) while the printer → Replace the head board. 1420
was working. → Replace the Y cable (between J115 (HEAD2) on the main board and J202 (MAIN2) on 1360
This occurs when the carriage has not the head board)
reached its designated position.
1-6 • The main board assembly may be damaged.
4 • E074 Error Y Overcurrent → Replace it. 1140
This message indicates that a fault
has occurred due to an overload of
CAUTION: Main board assembly connector J115 (HEAD2) and head board
the head movement (Y axis) motor
assembly connector J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged in securely.
while the printer was working.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1710
148

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1720
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • E075 Error Sensor Fault 1-1 • Use the self-diagnostic “Sensor/Origin” and carry out the origin sensor test. 1040
This message indicates that condition
has occurred in which the origin can- 1-2 • the origin sensor assembly connection.
not be detected. J205 (H ORIGN) on the main board.
→ Reconnect properly.

1-3 • Check Y cable connections

Are they inserted obliquely? Check.
J114 (HEAD1) on the main board and J201 (MAIN1) on the head board.
→ Insert them properly.
→ Replace the Y cable between J114 (HEAD1) on the main board and J201 (MAIN1) on 1360
the head board.

1-4 • The origin sensor assembly may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1450

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

CAUTION: Main board assembly connector J114 (HEAD1) and head board
assembly connector J201 (MAIN1) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When Message is Displayed Mechanical System Faults Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA1720
149

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • No power 1-1 • Is there a broken or shorted lead in the switch cable assembly (between the switch and 1130
power supply board)?
2 • Faulty liquid crystal display (no dis- Use a tester to check for broken or shorted leads.
play/unstable display) → Replace the switch cable assembly.

1-2 • Do the "Power supply voltage check 100 V AC" 1630

1-3 • Do the "Power supply voltage check 5 V DC" 1640

1-4 • Do the "Power supply voltage check 24, 42 V DC" 1650

1-5 • Check the panel cable connectors on the panel board and main board.
Are they inserted obliquely? Are they securely locked?
Check Main board J113 (PANEL), panel board J301 (MAIN)
→ Reconnect the connectors.

1-6 • The panel cable may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1170

1-7 • Is there a fault in the panel board assembly liquid crystal display?
→ Replace the panel board assembly. 1160

1-8 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2000
150

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Initial filling of inks failed 1-1 • With the printer cover closed, is the liquid crystal display showing cover open?
❈ This symptom means that when new → Adjust cover switch height.
→ Check cover switch assembly connector
cartridges are first installed, or when a
J302 (COVER) on the panel board
new cartridge is fitted as a result of a → Replace cover switch assembly. 1110
"no ink" message, the initial filling
operation is not performed. 1-2 • Check panel cable connectors.
J113 (PANEL) on the main board and J301 (MAIN) on the panel board
→ Reconnect them.
2 • Initial filling begins but the ink does
→ Replace them. 1170
not reach the head or it reaches the
head but is not ejected. 1-3 • With the hold lever down, is the liquid crystal display showing lever up?
Go to EXA2020 → Adjust the lever sensor. 1100

1-4 • Check J102 (LEVER) cable connection on the main board.

→ Re-insert it.
→ Replace the lever sensor assembly.

1-5 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, use the printer’s self-diagnostic “Sensor: No Ink”
or “Sensor: No Cartridge” to check that the detection of whether ink and cartridges are present or
absent is working normally. 1040
→ Use the [KCMY] “No Cartridge” procedure shown in EXA1100 for checking.
→ After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnostic “Adjust:
Enter Rank” 2040

1-6 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, use the printer’s start self-diagnostic
“Sensor/Cartridge” to check that the status and operation of the cartridges is normal.
→ For checking, use the “Insert Special Cartridge” procedure shown in EXA1080. 1040
→ After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnostic “Adjust:
Enter Rank” 2040

1-7 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it.
→ After replacement, start self-diagnostic mode and carry out initial filling. 1140

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes before printing after initial filling. Printing quality
can not be assured unless the ink filling is stabilized.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2010
151

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Initial filling is completed but no ink 1-1 • Is the cap assembly spring fallen out or broken?
comes out → If it has fallen out, refit it.
→ If it is broken, replace the cap assembly. 1240
(Initial filling means to fill the head 1-2 • Is the capping position correct?
with ink to enable it to print.) → Adjust the capping position and check that the ink flows during cleaning.
→ If ink flows, carry out initial filling.

1-3 • Are the pump assembly tubes connected to the cap assembly tubes?
→ Insert the pump assembly tubes into the cap assembly tubes.

1-4 • Is there any looseness in the head unit, the flexible cable keeper unit under the head board, the ink
tubes behind the cartridge unit, or the SUS pipe connectors (all four colors Bk, Y, M and C)? Check
that the O-rings are fitted properly. 1530
→ Remove the head cover and check the damper assemblies at the base of the tubes for all four
black and color ink tubes.
→ Remove the Y Rail cover and cartridge cover and check the flexible cable keeper unit under the
head board and the sides of the cartridge.

1-5 • Is there an air leak in the damper assembly shield unit?

→ Replace the damper assembly and check that ink flows during the cleaning action. 1430
→ If ink flows, carry out initial filling. 2040

1-6 • Are the ink tubes damaged inside the pump assembly?
→ Replace the pump assembly and check that ink flows during the cleaning action. 1260
→ If ink flows, carry out initial filling. 2040

1-7 • Is the pump motor turning during the cleaning action?

→ Check the pump motor cable connector J103 (PUMP MOT) on the main board and try again.
→ Replace the pump motor.
→ If the pump motor does not turn after performing the above tasks, replace the main board 1230
assembly. 1140

1-8 • Was there any mismatching of gears during the cleaning operation?
→ Replace the maintenance station GA assembly. 1270

1-9 • Was the transfer gear shaft damaged during cleaning?

→ Replace the maintenance station GA assembly. 1270

→ Continued on next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2020
152

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2021
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Initial filling is completed but no ink 1-10 • Are there any breaks, cuts or air leaks in the ink tubes?
comes out → Change each ink tube, cleaning each time and checking that ink flows during cleaning. 1370

1-11 • Are connectors J207 (HEAD BK) and J208 (HEAD COL) on the head board assembly, and head
(Initial filling means to fill the head cables 1 and 2 on the print head, inserted obliquely? Are they locked securely? Check.
with ink to enable it to print.) Check connector connections.
→ Insert the connectors again.

1-12 • Is there a broken lead in head cables 1 and 2? 1400

→ Replace head cables 1 and 2.

1-13 • Is the print head assembly damaged?

→ Replace the print head assembly (black). 1390
→ Replace the print head assembly (color).

1-14 • Is the head board assembly damaged?

→ Replace it. 1420

1-15 • Check the Y cable connections

→ Is it inserted obliquely? Check.
J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) on the head board assembly.
J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (Head2) on the main board assembly.
→ Insert the connectors again.

1-16 • Is there a broken lead in Y cables 1 and 2? 1360

→ Replace Y cables 1 and 2.

1-17 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace it.

CAUTION: Main board connectors J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) and head
board connectors J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged
in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2021
153

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • After power is switched on, nothing 1-1 • With the printer cover closed, is the liquid crystal display showing cover open?
works Does the cover switch assembly function work normally with the self-diagnostic 1040
“Examination/Sensors”
→ Adjust cover switch height.
If nothing is displayed on the panel → Check cover switch assembly connector
liquid crystal display unit. J302 (COVER) on the panel board
Go to EXA2000 → Replace cover switch assembly. 1110

1-2 • Check panel cable connectors.

2 • When power is applied, “Initializing”
Are they inserted obliquely? Are they securely locked? Check.
appears and then a reset is executed. J113 (PANEL) on the main board and J301 (MAIN) on the panel board
→ Reconnect them. 1170
3 • Media is mounted but the initialization → Replace them
operation is not done
1-3 • With the hold lever down, is the liquid crystal display showing lever up? 1110
→ Check the lever sensor connector J102 (LEVER) on the main board.
4 • Printer does not work even with the → Replace the lever sensor assembly.
cover closed
1-4 • Check J102 (LEVER) cable connection on the main board.
5 • Printer does not stop even with the → Re-insert it.
→ Replace the lever sensor assembly. 1100
cover opened.
1-5 • Do the front and rear paper sensors detect normally with the self-diagnostic
“Examination/Sensors”? 1190
→ Check the connections of the paper sensor connectors J101 (XF) and J108 (XR) on the main 1200
board.
→ Replace the front and rear paper sensor assemblies.

1-6 • Carry out “5 V DC Power Supply Check” and “24, 42 V DC Power Supply Check” 1640
→ Replace the power board assembly. 1650
1150
1-7 • Is the cable of the switch cable assembly connected properly to J002 on the power board? (Refer
to EXA2000)
→ Reconnect it.

1-8 • The switch cable board assembly may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1130

→ Continued on next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2030
154

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2031
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • After power is switched on, nothing 1-9 • Is cable of the DC cable assembly correctly connected to J002 on the power board and
works J100 (MAIN) on the main board? (Refer to EXA2000)
→ Reconnect them.
If nothing is displayed on the panel → Replace them. 1130
liquid crystal display unit.
Go to EXA2000 1-10 • The main board assembly may be damaged.
→ Replace it. 1140
2 • When power is applied, “Initializing”
appears and then a reset is executed.

3 • Media is mounted but the initialization

operation is not done

4 • Printer does not work even with the

cover closed

5 • Printer does not stop even with the

cover opened.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2031
155

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2040
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Ink cartridges are installed but not 1-1 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, use the self-diagnostic “Sensor: No Ink” 1350 1040
recognized and “Sensor: No Cartridge” to check that the presence or absence of ink and the pres-
ence or absence of cartridges is being detected correctly.
→ For checking, use the [KCMY] “No Ink” procedure shown in EXA1100.
→ After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnos- 2040
tic “Adjust: Enter Rank”

1-2 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, use the self-diagnostic “Sensor: 1040
Cartridge” to check that the status and operation of the cartridges is normal.
→ For checking, use the “Insert Special Cartridge” procedure shown in EXA1080.
→ After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnos-
tic “Adjust: Enter Rank”
2040

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing
quality can not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2040
156

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2050
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Can not make entries from the operat- 1-1 • Is the panel cover key input unit broken?
ing panel → Replace the panel cover.

1-2 • Check the panel cable connectors.

Are they inserted obliquely? Are they securely locked? Check.
J113 (PANEL) on the main board and J301 (MAIN) on the panel board
→ Reconnect them.
→ Replace them 1170

1-3 • The panel board assembly may be damaged. 1160

→ Replace the panel board assembly.

1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace the main board assembly.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2050
157

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2060
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Data is received but not printed 1-1 • For checking, use “Cannot connect properly with Centronics or Ethernet Board” proce-
dures shown in EXA7000.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2060
158

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2070
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Media is not suction 1-1 • Are the media suction fans turning?
→ If they are not turning, go to consultation 1-4.

1-2 • Are XF/XR detecting normally according to the self-diagnostic sensor test?
→ Check the connections of paper sensor F and paper sensor R connectors.
Paper sensor F is the main board connector J101 (XF) and paper sensor R is J108 (XR).
→ Replace paper sensors F and R. 1040

1-3 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic test? 1190
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board 1200
Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board 1060
→ Replace fan assembly
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.

1-4 • Is shielding fixed securely in the specified places?

Shield GA-A 1080
Shield GA-B
Shield GA-C
→ Refit shielding securely.

1-5 • Is the shielding material (6 pieces) fitted to the paper guide inside printer?
→ Fit the shielding material appropriately.

1-6 • Is +24 V being output between Pin 4 (GND) and Pin 3 (+24V) of connector J003 on the power
board assembly?

1-7 • Carry out the "24 V and 42 V power voltage check".

1-8 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it.
1650

1140

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Initialization Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA2070
159

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA3000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The media comes off when it is initial- 1-1 • Do paper sensors XF/XR detect normally with the self-diagnostic “Examination/Sensors”? 1040
ized or during printing → Check the connections of paper sensor F and paper sensor R connectors.
Paper sensor F is the main board connector J101 (XF) and paper sensor R is J108 1190
2 • The media is skewed or meanders (XR).
when it is initialized or during printing → Replace paper sensors F and R. 1200

1-2 • Do the fans work normally with the self-diagnostic “Examination/Sensors”? 1060
3 • The media becomes wrinkled when it → Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board
is initialized or during printing assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board
4 • The media jams when it is initialized Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board
or during printing Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly 1080
5 • The media tears when it is initialized → Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.
or during printing
1-3 • Is shielding fitted in the specified places?
Shielding GA-A, GA-B, GA-C
→ Refit in the specified places.

1-4 • When the pressure lever is raised and lowered, does the pressure unit move up and
down smoothly at the same time?
→ Apply grease (G-501) if it does not move smoothly. 1220

1-5 • Are all the pressure rollers (15) pressurizing the media?
• With the pressure lever raised, do any pressure rollers seem reluctant to turn?
• With the pressure lever lowered, are any of the pressure rollers idling or [kata atari ?]
• With the pressure lever lowered, is the plate pressing strongly on the media?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps near the pressure rollers, wipe with a soft damp cloth.
(Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace pressure assembly, pressure rollers and plate. 1220
→ If the gap between platen and plate is less than 0.2 mm, adjust platen height. 1520

1-6 • Is the rough surface of the grid roller worn in some places?
• Is the grid roller heavy to turn? Or does it not turn smoothly?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps sticking to the grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush.
(Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace the grid roller assembly and coupling assembly. 1210

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA3000
160

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA3010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The media size is different after 1-1 • Is the media mounted recommended by Mutoh?
media mounting and initialization If it is not media recommended by Mutoh (especially thin tracing paper, etc.), the paper
sensors may read incorrectly and be unable to recognize the media.
2 • Tracing paper and thin media cannot → Mount recommended media and try again.
be detected
1-2 • Do paper sensors XF/XR detect normally with the self-diagnostic “Examination/Sensors”? 1040
→ Check the connections of paper sensor F and paper sensor R connectors.
Paper sensor F is the main board connector J101 (XF) and paper sensor R is J108 1190
(XR).
→ Replace paper sensors F and R. 1200

1-3 • Check the amount of sensor reflection with the printer's self-diagnostic “Sensor: Edge”. 1040
Check that the difference with and without media is a change of at least "10". Check
using thick coated paper.
→Check the edge sensor connector.
J204 (PEDGE) on the head board.
→ Replace paper sensors F and R. 1410

1-4 • Check the Y cable connectors.

→ Are they inserted obliquely? Check.
J201 (MAIN1) on the head board.
J114 (HEAD1) on the main board.
→ Insert the connectors again.
→ Replace the Y cable. 1360

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→Replace it. 1140

CAUTION: Main board connector J114 (HEAD1) and head board connector
J201 (MAIN1) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA3010
161

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Does not print continuously 1-1 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?
→ Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-2 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→ Upgrade the RPU version.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4000
162

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • There is an extra feed after printing is 1-1 • Are paper sensors XF/XR working normally according to the diagnostic sensor test? 1040
finished → Check the connections of paper sensor F and paper sensor R connectors.
Paper sensor F is the main board connector J101 (XF) and paper sensor R is J108 1190
(XR).
→ Replace paper sensors F and R. 1200

1-2 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?

→ Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→ Upgrade the RPU version.

1-4 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4010
163

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Dots are missing from the printing 1-1 • Clean twice in succession. 2050
or
Bad example
1-2 • Are the ink tubes filled with ink? PAT1000
→ Carry out initial filling.

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can
not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.

1-3 • Print the self-diagnostic “Printing: Nozzle Check Pattern” and the “Test Printing”.
→ If the nozzle check pattern is printed normally, go to EXA4060.

1-4 • Does the pump motor turn during the cleaning operation?
Good example
→ Check the pump motor connector (J103 (PUMP MOT) on the main board).
→ Replace the pump motor assembly. 1230
→ If the pump motor still does not turn, replace the main board assembly. 1140

1-5 • Are the gears and transfer gear shaft broken or badly meshed during the cleaning operation?
→ Replace the maintenance station GA assembly 1270

1-6 • Is the cap assembly spring fallen out or broken?

→ If it has fallen out, refit it. 1240
→ If it is broken, replace the cap assembly. 1270
2 • Cleaning does not cure clogging or 1-7 • Is the capping position correct?
deflection → Adjust the capping position, carry out strong cleaning and try again.
Clogging: There is a discontinuity in line G of 1-8 • What is the condition of the wiper section?
the “Test Print”. → Dampen the accessory cleaning cloth slightly with clean water and use it to wipe the surface of 1250
the cleaning wiper. After the wiper has been cleaned, carry out two successive cleanings.
→ If it is wet with ink, replace it.

1-9 • Are the nozzle surfaces being wiped and rubbed? 1250
→ Carry out repairs.
Deflection: There is a deflection or offset in → Replace the wiper. 2040
the step pattern in line G of 1390
the “Test Print”. 1-10 • Does the head that is fitted have a rank that is different from the recorded rank? 1400
→ Re-enter the rank of the black head correctly.
→ Re-enter the rank of the color head correctly.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4020
164

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4021
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Dots are missing from the printing 1-11 • Has ink dried on the surface of the print head and inside the nozzles?
→ Use the self-diagnostic “Adjustment/Head Cleaning” to clean the print head, carry out initial filling 1620
Bad example
with “Adjustment/Head Rank Input” and try again.
→ Clean the head nozzle face. 1660

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can
not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.

1-12 • Check that the T-fence and Encoder behind the head board assembly are not touching.
→ If they are touching, adjust them. 1420
→ If adjustment is not effective, replace both the head board assembly and the T-fence. 1300
Good example
1-13 • Are the tubes crushed inside the pump assembly?
→ Replace the pump assembly and check the ink flow. If it is good, carry out initial filling. 1260

1-14 • Is the print head assembly damaged?

Damaged head replacement
→ Replace the black print head assembly. 1390
→ Replace the color print head assembly. 1400

1-15 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140
2 • Cleaning does not cure clogging or
deflection
Clogging: There is a discontinuity in line G of
the “Test Print”.

Deflection: There is a deflection or offset in

the step pattern in line G of
the “Test Print”.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4021
165

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Does not print at all 1-1 • Check “24, 42 V DC Power Supply Check” 1650

1-2 • Is the cap assembly spring fallen out or broken?

2 • Does not print a specific color
→ If it has fallen out, refit it. 1240
Bad example → If it is broken, replace the cap assembly.

1-3 • Is the capping position correct?

→ Adjust the capping position and use the cleaning operation to check ink flow.
→ If ink flow is confirmed, carry out initial filling.

1-4 • Check the Y cable connections.

Check that they are not inserted incorrectly.
J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) on the head board
J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) on the main board
→ Re-connect the connectors.
→ Replace both Y cables 1360

1-5 • Is there any looseness in the head unit, the flexible cable keeper unit under the head board, the ink
tubes behind the cartridge unit, or the SUS pipe connectors (all four colors Bk, Y, M and C)? Check
that the O-rings are fitted properly. 1530
→ Remove the head cover and check the damper assemblies at the base of the tubes for all four
Good example black and color ink tubes.
→ Remove the Y Rail cover and cartridge cover and check the flexible cable keeper unit under the
head board and the sides of the cartridge.

1-6 • Is there an air leak in the damper assembly shield unit?

→ Replace the damper assembly and check that ink flows during the cleaning action. 1430
→ If ink flow is confirmed, carry out initial filling.

1-7 • Are the ink tubes damaged inside the pump assembly?
→ Replace the pump assembly and check that ink flows during the cleaning action. 1260
→ If ink flow is confirmed, carry out initial filling.

1-8 • Is there an air leak in the ink tubes?

→ Replace each ink tube, cleaning each time to check for ink flow. 1370
→ If ink flow is confirmed, carry out initial filling.

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can
not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.
→ Continued on next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4030
166

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4031
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Does not print at all 1-9 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, use the printer’s self-diagnostic “Sensor: No Ink” 1040
or “Sensor: No Cartridge” to check that the detection of whether ink and cartridges are present or
absent is working normally.
2 • Does not print a specific color
→ Use the [KCMY] “No Cartridge” procedure shown in EXA1100 for checking.
Bad example → After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnostic “Adjust:
Enter Rank” 2040

1-10 • Check the connections of head cables 1 and 2.

Are they inserted correctly? Check that they are securely locked.
J207 (HEAD BK), J208 (HEAD COL) on the head board assenmbly
→ Reconnect the connectors.
→ Replace head cables 1 and 2. 1400

1-11 • Is the head board assembly damaged?

→ Replace it. 1420

1-12 • Is the main board assembly damaged?

→ Replace it. 1140

1-13 • Is the print head assembly damaged?

→ Replace the black print head assembly. 1390
Good example → Replace the color print head assembly. 1400

1-14 • Is the pump motor turning during the cleaning action?

→ Check the pump motor cable connector J103 (PUMP MOT) on the main board.
→ Replace the pump motor.
→ If the pump motor does not turn after performing the above tasks, replace the main board
assembly. 1230

1-15 • Was there any gear damage or mismatching of gears during the cleaning operation?
→ Replace the pump assembly. 1260

1-16 • Was the transfer gear shaft damaged during cleaning?

→ Replace the maintenance station GA assembly. 1270

CAUTION: Main board connectors J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) and head board con-
nectors J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are not prop-
erly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4031
167

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4040
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The entire surface is printed black 1-1 • Check the connections for head cables 1 and 2.
Bad example Are they inserted obliquely? Are they locked securely? Check.
J207 (HEAD BK) and J208 (HEAD COL) on the head board assembly
→ Reconnect the connectors.
→ Replace head cables 1 and 2. 1400

1-2 • Check the Y cable connections

→ Are they inserted obliquely? Check.
J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) on the head board assembly.
J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) on the main board assembly.
→ Insert the connectors again.
→ Replace both Y cables 1 and 2. 1360

1-3 • The head board may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420
Good example
1-4 • The head may be damaged.
→ Replace the black print head. 1390
→ Replace the color print head. 1400

1-5 • The main board may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

CAUTION: Main board connectors J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) and head
board connectors J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) should be
plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4040
168

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4050
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Printing becomes shaded. 1-1 • Was the printing done immediately after initial filling?
→ Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can not be assured
unless ink filling has been stabilized.
2 • The image contains blurs.
1-2 • Is the capping position correct?
3 • Transverse lines appear to be split. → Adjust the capping position, carry out strong cleaning and try again.
Shading and Split line
1-3 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic “Examination/Fans”? 1060
blurring
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board
Direction of
media feed

Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board

Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly. 1080

1-4 • Is the shielding material securely attached in the proper positions?

Shield material GA-A, shield GA-B, shield GA-C
• Black and white lines appear in the → Re-attach in the proper positions.
printed image
1-5 • If the media in question is roll paper, does the scroller turn freely?
(Not including gaps in the step pat- → Adjust the position of the scroller bearing so that it turns freely.
terns in locations 1G to 7G of the test
pattern) 1-6 • Is the X speed reduction belt tension adjusted to the prescribed value?
If dots are missing, go to EXA4020 → Adjust the X belt tension (prescribed value is 4.2 kg). 1560
1-7 • Is the X speed reduction pulley set screw loose?
4 Bad example → Tighten it securely.
1090
1-8 • What is the condition of the wiper section?
→ Dampen the accessory cleaning cloth slightly with clean water and use it to wipe the surface of
the cleaning wiper. After the wiper has been cleaned, carry out two successive cleanings.
1250
→ If it is wet with ink, replace it.
Direction of
media feed

1-9 • Are the nozzle surfaces being wiped and rubbed?

→ Carry out repairs. 1250
Good example
→ Replace the wiper.

1-10 • Is the T-fence (timing fence) dirty?

→ Clean it. 1300
→ If the T fence is severely soiled and can not be cleaned, replace it.

→ Continued on next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4050
169

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4051
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Printing becomes shaded. 1-11 • Are all the pressure rollers (15) pressurizing the media?
• With the pressure lever raised, do any pressure rollers seem reluctant to turn?
• With the pressure lever lowered, are any of the pressure rollers idling or [kata atari ?]
2 • The image contains blurs. • With the pressure lever lowered, is the plate pressing strongly on the media?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps near the pressure rollers, wipe with a soft damp cloth. (Refer to CON5010)
3 • Transverse lines appear to be split. → If necessary, replace pressure assembly, pressure rollers and plate.
Shading and Split line → If the gap between platen and plate is less than 0.2 mm, adjust platen height. 1220
blurring 1610
1-12 • Is the rough surface of the grid roller worn in some places?
Direction of

• Is the grid roller heavy to turn? Or does it not turn smoothly?

media feed

→ If there is paper dust or scraps sticking to the grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush. (Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace the grid roller assembly and coupling assembly.

1-13 • Is the pump motor turning during the cleaning action? 1210
→ Check the pump motor cable connector J103 (PUMP MOT) on the main board and try again.
→ Replace the pump motor.
• Black and white lines appear in the → If the pump motor does not turn after performing the above tasks, replace the main board assembly. 1230
printed image 1-14 • Was there any mismatching of gears during the cleaning operation?
(Not including gaps in the step pat- → Replace the maintenance station GA assembly.
terns in locations 1G to 7G of the test
pattern) 1-15 • Is the cap assembly spring fallen out or broken?
If dots are missing, go to EXA4020 → If the part has fallen out, refit it. 1270
→ Replace the cap assembly or the maintenance station GA assembly.

4 Bad example 1-16 • Are the tubes crushed inside the pump assembly? 1240
→ Replace the pump assembly and check the ink flow. If it is good, carry out initial filling. 1270

CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can not be
assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.
Direction of
media feed

1-17 • Does the head that is fitted have a rank that is different from the recorded rank? 2040
→ Re-enter the rank correctly.
Good example
1-18 • The print head assembly may be damaged.
Damaged head replacement
→ Replace the black print head assembly. 1390
→ Replace the color print head assembly. 1400

→ Continued on next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4051
170

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4052
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Printing becomes shaded. 1-19 • Has ink dried on the surface of the print head and inside the nozzles?
→ Use the self-diagnostic “Adjustment/Head Cleaning” to clean the print head, carry out initial filling
with “Adjustment/Head Rank Input” and try again.
2 • The image contains blurs.
→ Clean the head nozzle face.

3 • Transverse lines appear to be split. CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can
Shading and Split line not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.
blurring
Direction of

1-20 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

media feed

→ Replace it. 1140

1-21 • The head board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-22 • With genuine Mutoh cartridges properly inserted, use the printer’s self-diagnostic “Sensor: No Ink” 1040
• Black and white lines appear in the or “Sensor: No Cartridge” to check that the detection of whether ink and cartridges are present or
printed image absent is working normally.
→ Use the [KCMY] “No Ink” procedure shown in EXA1100 for checking.
(Not including gaps in the step pat- → After adjustment and replacement, carry out initial filling with the printer’s self-diagnostic “Adjust:
terns in locations 1G to 7G of the test Enter Rank”. 2040
pattern)
If dots are missing, go to EXA4020

4 Bad example
Direction of
media feed

Good example

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4052
171

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4060
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Edges of printing are blurred 1-1 • Does cleaning restore normal operation?
Bad example → Carry out three successive cleanings.

1-2 • Is media recommended by Mutoh being used?

→ If the media is causing the symptoms, and it is not recommended media, the results
cannot be guaranteed. Please use recommended media.

1-3 • Is there a combination of printing settings?

→ With compound printing such as Panel/User setup/Overprint, etc., last print priority.
(For details, refer to “Parameter Settings” in the Operation Manual.)

1-4 • Does the head that is fitted have a rank that is different from the recorded rank? 2040
→ Re-enter the rank of the black head correctly. 1390
→ Re-enter the rank of the color head correctly. 1400

Good example 1-5 • Check that the T-fence and Encoder behind the head board assembly are not touching.
→ If they are touching, adjust them. 1420
→ If adjustment is not effective, replace both the head board assembly and the T-fence. 1300

1-6 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4060
172

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4070
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Many satellites (unwanted dots) 1-1 • Do three cleanings in succession. 2050

or
1-2 • Have the Test Print printed. (Refer to PAT1000) PAT1000
2 • The printing has whiskers
→ If the nozzle check pattern is printed normally, return to EXA4020.

3 • Printed lines appear blurred (printing 1-3 • Is the printing less than 30 minutes after initial filling?
is dirty) → Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can not be assured
unless ink filling has been stabilized.
[ Bad example ] 1-4 • Is the steel belt tension adjusted properly?
A0 = 150 g ±20 g 1550
1. Satellites
1-5 • Make sure the encoder and T-fence mounted on the back of the head board are not touching.
→ If they are touching, adjust them. 1420
→ If adjustment does not solve the problem, replace both the head board and the fence. 1300

1-6 • Is there a loose set screw on the Y drive pulley?

→ Re-tighten the set screw.
2. Whiskers
1-7 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic “Examination/Fans”?
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board assembly. 1060
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board
Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.
3. Blurring
1-8 • Is the capping position correct?
→ Adjust the capping position and try again after strong cleaning.

1-9 • What is the condition of the wiper section?

→ Dampen the accessory cleaning cloth slightly with clean water and use it to wipe the surface of 1250
the cleaning wiper. After the wiper has been cleaned, carry out two successive cleanings.
→ If it is wet with ink, replace it.
[ Good example ]
1-10 • Is it able to wipe/rub the nozzle face normally?
→ Fix it.
→ Replace the wiper. 1250

→ Continued on next page

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4070
173

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4071
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Many satellites (unwanted dots) 1-11 • Does the head that is fitted have a rank that is different from the recorded rank? 2040
→ Re-enter the rank of the black head correctly. 1390
→ Re-enter the rank of the color head correctly. 1400
2 • The printing has whiskers
1-12 • Are the ink tubes damaged inside the pump assembly?
3 • Printed lines appear blurred (printing → Replace the pump assembly and check that ink flows during the cleaning action. If ink flows, 1260 2040
is dirty) carry out initial filling.

1-13 • Is the pump motor turning during the cleaning action?

[ Bad example ] → Check the pump motor cable connector J103 (PUMP MOT) on the main board and try again.
→ Replace the pump motor assembly.
1. Satellites → If the pump motor does not turn after performing the above tasks, replace the main board 1230
assembly.

1-14 • During the cleaning operation, was there any mismatching or damage to the gears or transfer gear
shaft?
→ Replace the maintenance station GA assembly. 1270
2. Whiskers 1-15 • Has the cap assembly spring fallen out or been broken?
→ If a part has fallen out, refit it. 1240
→ Replace the cap assembly or maintenance station. 1270

1-16 • Has ink dried on the surface of the print head and inside the nozzles?
→ Use the self-diagnostic “Adjustment/Head Cleaning” to clean the print head, carry out initial filling 1620 2040
with “Adjustment/Head Rank Input” and try again.
→ Clean the head nozzle face. 1660
3. Blurring
CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after initial filling before printing. Printing quality can
not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.

1-17 • Is the print head assembly damaged?

Damaged head replacement
[ Good example ] → Replace the black print head assembly.
→ Replace the color print head assembly. 1390

1-18 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4071
174

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4080
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Mixed color lines do not overlap 1-1 • Is the steel belt tension adjusted properly?
Bad example 150 g ± 20 g 1550

1-2 • Is the Y drive pulley set screw loose?

→ Re-tighten the set screw securely. 1310

1-3 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic test? 1060
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board
assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN 1) on the main board
Good example Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN 2) on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN 3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly 1080
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.

1-4 • Is there any mistake in the rank of the head that is actually installed and the rank that is 2040
recorded?
→ Re-enter the rank of the black head correctly. 1390
→ Re-enter the rank of the color head correctly. 1400
2 • Black and color positions are offset
Bad example 1-5 • Is the problem with the black head tilt adjustment? 2060
→ Adjust it.

1-6 • Is the problem with the color head tilt adjustment? 2070
→ Adjust it.

1-7 • Is there a problem with the reciprocal printing position alignment? 2080
→ Adjust it.
Good example 1-8 • Is there a problem with the CW adjustment? 2090
→ Adjust it.

1-9 • Make sure the encoder and fence mounted on the back of the head board are not touch-
ing.
→ If they are touching, adjust them.
→ If adjustment does not solve the problem, replace the T fence. 1300

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4080
175

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4090
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Inaccurate line length in the direction 1-1 • Are environmental conditions within the range recommended for assured operation as
of head movement (Main scanning checked in the primary consultation?
direction) → After checking compliance with the range recommended for assured operation, please
explain these points in detail.

1-2 • Is the steel belt tension adjusted properly?

150 g ± 20 g
→ Re-adjust steel belt tension. 1550

1-3 • Is the timing fence dirty or has foreign matter stuck to it?
→ Clean it.

1-4 • Is the timing fence scared or damaged? 1300

→Replace it.

1-5 • Is the Y drive pulley set screw loose?

→ Re-tighten the set screw securely. 1280

1-6 • The internal processing operation of the main board may be faulty. 5010
→ Initialize, re-enter or re-adjust the parameters and try again. 2000
Direction of media feed

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4090
176

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4100
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Inaccurate straight line in the direction 1-1 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic “Examination/Fans”? 1060
of head movement (straightness) → Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board
Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly 1080
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.

1-2 • Are the front paper guide and platen securely screwed?
→ Tighten it.

1-3 • Is the shielding material securely attached in the proper positions?

Shield material GA-A, shield GA-B, shield GA-C
→ Re-attach in the proper positions.

1-4 • Is the X drive pulley set screw loose? 1670

→ Tighten it securely.

1-5 • Is the X speed reduction pulley set screw loose? 1670

→ Tighten it securely.

1-6 • Is the X speed reduction belt tension adjusted to the prescribed value (4.2 kg +-0.2 kg)
→ Readjust it. 1560
Direction of media feed
1-7 • If the media in question is roll paper, does the scroller turn freely?
→ Adjust the position of the scroller bearing so that it turns freely.

1-8 • Are all the pressure rollers (15) pressurizing the media?
• With the pressure lever raised, do any pressure rollers seem reluctant to turn?
• With the pressure lever lowered, are any of the pressure rollers idling or [kata atari ?]
• With the pressure lever lowered, is the plate pressing strongly on the media?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps near the pressure rollers, wipe with a soft damp cloth. (Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace pressure assembly, pressure rollers and plate. 1220
→ If the gap between platen and plate is less than 0.2 mm, adjust platen height. 1520

1-9 • Is the rough surface of the grid roller worn in some places?
• Is the grid roller heavy to turn? Or does it not turn smoothly?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps sticking to the grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush. (Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace the grid roller assembly and coupling assembly. 1210

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4100
177

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4110
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Inaccurate line distance in the direc- 1-1 • Are environmental conditions within the range recommended for assured operation as
tion of media feed checked in the primary consultation?
(Subsidiary scanning distance) → After checking compliance with the range recommended for assured operation, please
explain these points in detail.

1-2 • Has distance been compensated using the existing media as checked in the primary con-
sultation?
→ Carry out distance compensation. 2120
→ Even if the distance has been compensated using the existing media, do it for verifica-
tion.

1-3 • Is the X drive pulley set screw loose? 1670

→ Re-tighten the screw.

1-4 • Is the X speed reduction pulley set screw loose? 1670

→ Tighten it securely.

1-5 • Is the X speed reduction belt tension adjusted to the prescribed value (4.2 kg ± 0.2 kg) 1560
→ Readjust it.

Direction of media feed

1-6 • Are all the pressure rollers (15) pressurizing the media?
• With the pressure lever raised, do any pressure rollers seem reluctant to turn?
• With the pressure lever lowered, are any of the pressure rollers idling or [kata atari ?]
Standard Value
• With the pressure lever lowered, is the plate pressing strongly on the media?
500 mm ±0.1%
→ If there is paper dust or scraps near the pressure rollers, wipe with a soft damp cloth.
Since the adjustment here is 300 mm,
(Refer to CON5010)
the measured value, x is such that
→ If necessary, replace pressure assembly, pressure rollers and plate. 1220
299.7 mm ≤ x ≥ 300.3 mm
→ If the gap between platen and plate is less than 0.2 mm, adjust platen height. 1520

1-7 • Is the rough surface of the grid roller worn in some places?
• Is the grid roller heavy to turn? Or does it not turn smoothly?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps sticking to the grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush.
(Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace the grid roller assembly and coupling assembly. 1210

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4110
178

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4120
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Inaccurate straight line in the direction 1-1 • Is there any mistake in the rank of the head that is actually installed and the rank that is
of media feed (joining precision Y) recorded?
→ Enter the rank correctly. 1390 2040
→ Enter the rank correctly. 1400

1-2 • Is the problem with the black head tilt adjustment?

→ Adjust it. 1390 2060

1-3 • Is the problem with the color head tilt adjustment?

→ Adjust it. 1390 2070

1-4 • Is the steel belt tension adjusted properly?

150 g ± 20 g
→ Re-adjust steel belt tension. 1550 1550

1-5 • Is the Y drive pulley set screw loose?

→ Re-tighten the set screw securely.

1-6 • Is there a problem with the reciprocal printing position alignment?

Direction of media feed → Adjust it. 2080

1-7 • Is there a problem with the CW adjustment?

→ Adjust it. 2090

1-8 • Is the T fence dirty?

→ Clean it.
→ If it is still dirty or scarred after cleaning, replace it. 1300

1-9 • Although the step pattern of the self-diagnostic "Head Nozzle Check" is well adjusted, if
the vertical lines of the "Black Head Tilt Check" do not join, carry out the following tasks.
→ Replace the cursor plate spring, steel flexible belt assembly and flexible plate H. 1310
CAUTION: The three items must be replaced as a set.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4120
179

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4130
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Bad right angle precision 1-1 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic “Examination/Fans”? 1060
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board
assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 (FAN1) on the main board
Fan cable B assembly is J117 (FAN2) on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 (FAN3) on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly 1080
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.

1-2 • Is the shielding material securely attached in the proper positions?

Shield material GA-A, shield GA-B, shield GA-C
→ Re-attach in the proper positions.

1-3 • Are all the pressure rollers (15) pressurizing the media?
• With the pressure lever raised, do any pressure rollers seem reluctant to turn?
• With the pressure lever lowered, are any of the pressure rollers idling or [kata atari ?]
• With the pressure lever lowered, is the plate pressing strongly on the media?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps near the pressure rollers, wipe with a soft damp cloth.
Direction of media feed (Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace pressure assembly, pressure rollers and plate. 1220
→ If the gap between platen and plate is less than 0.2 mm, adjust platen height. 1520

1-4 • Is the rough surface of the grid roller worn in some places?
• Is the grid roller heavy to turn? Or does it not turn smoothly?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps sticking to the grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush.
(Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace the grid roller assembly and coupling assembly. 1210

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA4130
180

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Abnormal noise when media is 1-1 • Is the shielding material securely attached in the proper positions?
sucked down Shield material GA-A, shield GA-B, shield GA-C
→ Re-attach in the proper positions.

1-2 • Are the rotating fins of the suctions fans touching the cable or are there paper scraps and
foreign matter?
→ Remove obstructions and foreign matter.

1-3 • Check for a broken cable and connections.

→ Replace any parts that are broken.

1-4 • The fan itself may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1080

1-5 • The main board assembly may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1140

1-6 • The power board assembly may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1150

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5000
181

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Abnormal noise when standing by 1-1 • Is there something touching or some foreign matter at the place producing the abnormal
ready to print noise?
→ Remove the obstruction or foreign matter.

1-2 • It a board producing the noise?

→ Replace the board in question.
• Power board assembly 1150
• Main board assembly 1140
• Head board assembly 1420
• Print head assembly (black) 1390
• Print head assembly (color) 1400

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5010
182

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Abnormal noise when head is moving 1-1 • Is the abnormal noise the sound of ink being ejected during printing that was checked in
left and right the primary consultation?
→ Explain specifications.

1-2 • Is the abnormal noise caused by a loose screw on the cover?

→ Tighten the screws.

1-3 • Is it a rattle when the cursor moves left and right?

→ Remove dirt from the carriage bearings and roller tracks.
→ Be sure to apply a light Sumi-grease spray to the roller tracks when you clean them.

1-4 • Is the noise coming from the Y flexible plate?

→ Repair it by taking out warping.
→ If the noise is coming from between the steel flexible belt and the tube guide, replace
the A1/A0 tube guide assembly. 1540

1-5 • Check whether the cable connected to the head board on the carriage is touching the
cover. Also, check whether is it touching the encoder and fence mounted at the back of
the head board.
→ If adjusting the position does not solve the problem, replace it.

1-6 • Is the noise coming from the Y pulley box assembly bearing?
→ Replace the Y Motor assembly. 1280

1-7 • Is the noise coming from the Y return pulley bearing?

→ Replace it. 1320

1-8 • Is the steel belt tension adjusted properly?

150 g ± 20 g
→ Re-adjust steel belt tension. 1550

1-9 • Is the Y drive pulley screw loose?

→ it securely. 1280

1-10 • Is the noise coming from the Y motor assembly?

→ Replace it. 1280

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5020
183

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Abnormal noise when media is fed 1-1 • Is the abnormal noise due to pressure roller deformation?
→ Replace them. Also, explain the need to raise the lever, as shown in the caution label, 1220
when the printer is not printing.

1-2 • Is the X drive pulley set screw loose?

→ Re-tighten the screw. 1670

1-3 • Is the X speed reduction pulley set screw loose?

→ Tighten it securely. 1670

1-4 • Is the X speed reduction belt out of tooth with the X speed reduction pulley?
→ Replace the X speed reduction belt. 1090

1-5 • Is the noise coming from the X motor?

→ Replace it. 1070

1-6 • Is the rough surface of the grid roller worn in some places?
• Is the grid roller heavy to turn? Or does it not turn smoothly?
→ If there is paper dust or scraps sticking to the grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush. 1210
(Refer to CON5010)
→ If necessary, replace the grid roller assembly and coupling assembly.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5030
184

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5040
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Abnormal noise when cutting 1-1 • Has the cutter cap been fixed securely on the top of the cutter as a result of checking in
the primary consultation?
→ Refit it.

1-2 • Does the cutter move up and down smoothly?

→ Refit the spring and remove any foreign matter.

1-3 • Is there foreign matter in the cutter groove and front surface of the printing board section?
→ Remove the foreign matter.

1-4 • Is the cutter blade parallel with the printing board cutter groove?
→ Adjust it.

1-5 • The cutter itself may be no good.

→ Replace it. 1510

1-6 • The head board may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-7 • The Y cable may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1360

1-8 • The power board may be faulty.

→ Replace it. 1150

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Problem Involving Noise Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA5040
185

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Does not cut normally 1-1 • Is the cutter blade chipped or deteriorated as checked in the primary consultation? 1510
→ Replace the cutter.
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet
1-2 • Has the cutter cap been fixed securely on the top of the cutter as a result of checking in the primary
media, this item applies only to roll consultation?
media) → Refit it.

1-3 • Does the cutter move up and down smoothly?

→ Refit the spring and remove any foreign matter.

1-4 • Is there foreign matter in the cutter groove and front surface of the printing board section?
→ Remove the foreign matter.

1-5 • Is the cutter blade parallel with the printing board cutter groove?
→ Adjust it. 1470

1-6 • Use self-diagnostic "Aging:Cutter" to confirm up and down movement. 6030

→ Check the cutter solenoid connector.
J206 (SOL) on the head board.
→ If there is no up and down movement, the solenoid may be damaged. 1380
Replace the cutter solenoid assembly.

1-7 • Check the Y cable connectors

→ Are they inserted obliquely? Check.
J114 (HEAD1) on the main board assembly and J201 (MAIN1) on the head board assembly.
→ Insert the connectors again.
→ Replace. 1360

1-8 • The head board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-9 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

CAUTION: Main board assembly connector J114 (HEAD1) and head board assembly
connector J201 (MAIN1) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are not
properly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6000
186

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Cutting occurs during printing 1-1 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?
→ Upgrade the printer driver version.
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet
media, this item applies only to roll 1-2 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?
media) → Upgrade the RPU version.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-4 • Check the Y cable connectors

→ Are they inserted obliquely? Check.
J114 (HEAD1) on the main board and J201 (MAIN1) on the head board.
→ Insert the connectors again.
→ Replace. 1360

1-5 • The head board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1420

1-6 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

Cut → Replace it. 1140

CAUTION: Main board assembly connector J114 (HEAD1) and head board
Direction of media feed assembly connector J201 (MAIN1) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6010
187

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The cutting operation is normal but 1-1 • Is the cutter blade chipped or deteriorated as checked in the primary consultation?
the media is not cut → Replace the cutter.

2 • The cutting is bad and the media jams 1-2 • Is the cutter blade chipped or deteriorated as checked in the primary consultation? 1510
→ Replace the cutter.
(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet
media, this item applies only to roll 1-3 • Has the cutter cap been fixed securely on the top of the cutter as a result of checking in
media) the primary consultation?
→ Refit it.

1-4 • Is there foreign matter in the cutter groove and on the surface of front paper guide?
→ Remove the foreign matter.

1-5 • Is the cutter blade parallel with the front of the paper guide?
→Adjust it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6020
188

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The cutting operation is normal but 1-1 • Are the paper guide surfaces being maintained as a result of the primary consultation?
the media does not fall out → Clean the surfaces.

(Since there is no cutting of cut sheet 1-2 • Is the cutter blade chipped or deteriorated as checked in the primary consultation? 1510
media, this item applies only to roll → Replace the cutter.
media)
1-3 • Has the cutter cap been fixed securely on the top of the cutter as a result of checking in
the primary consultation?
→ Refit it.

1-4 • Is there foreign matter in the cutter groove and front surface of the printing board section?
→ Remove the foreign matter.

1-5 • Is the cutter blade parallel with the printing board cutter groove?
→ Adjust it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6030
189

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6040
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Inaccurate media cutting 1-1 • Is the cutter blade chipped or deteriorated as checked in the primary consultation? 1510
→ Replace the cutter.

1-2 • Has the cutter cap been fixed securely on the top of the cutter as a result of checking in
the primary consultation?
→ Refit it.

1-3 • Does the cutter move up and down smoothly?

→ Refit the spring and remove any foreign matter.

1-4 • Is there foreign matter in the cutter groove and front surface of the printing board section?
X
→ Remove the foreign matter.

1-5 • Is the cutter blade parallel with the printing board cutter groove?
→ Adjust it.
Direction of media feed
1-6 • The cutter itself may be no good. 1510
→ Replace it.

The media cutting precision of this

machine is x ≤ 0.3 mm

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6040
190

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6050
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Cutting is delayed for some time after 1-1 • Are internal sample prints output without trouble? PAT1000
printing has ended → Refer to EXA4030 "Does not print at all"

2 • White paper is cut 1-2 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?
→ Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→Upgrade the RPU version.

1-4 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version. 1140

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Trouble with Media Cutting Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA6050
191

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Cannot connect normally with RS- 1-1 • Try communicating with the available computer and cable.
232C → Contact your Mutoh local dealer.

2 • Cannot connect normally with 1-2 Confirm: Does the error occur after the interface cable has been changed?
→ There may be a broken lead in the interface cable or the cable itself may be too long for good
Centronics
communication.
Advise the use of a cable that conforms to specifications.
3 • Cannot connect normally with
Network 1-3 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?
→ Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-4 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→ Upgrade the RPU version.

1-5 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-6 • For network connections, make sure of the type of cable that is to be used for the connection envi-
ronment.
For direct connection of one host and one printer → Use a cross cable (10Base-T)
For connection of several hosts and one printer through a hub → Use a straight cable (10Base-T)

Reference: This does not apply when 10Base-2 is used.

❈ To check connections to the network board, use the board accessory setup utilities or connect
directly to the computer (using a crossed cable in the case of 10BASE-T) and use the PING
command.

Example of use of PING

PING (ping) is run from the MS-DOS prompt under Windows 95/NT.
Example: C:\WINDOWS>PING 192.168.41.34 [Enter]
PING may be upper or lower case.
Connection is indicated by a response such as:
Reply from 192.168.41.32: bytes=32 time=4ms TTL32

1-7 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7000
192

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The scale function does not work cor- 1-1 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?
rectly → Upgrade the printer driver version.

2 • The mirror function does not work cor- 1-2 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?
rectly → Upgrade the RPU version.

3 • Other functions are not working cor- 1-3 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?
rectly → Upgrade the version. 1140

1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7020
193

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Printing position is offset 1-1 • Is there a problem with the CW adjustment? 2090
→ Adjust it.

1-2 • Is the front-sensor-to-head distance or the cutter-to-head distance causing a problem for 2130
top and bottom margin distance adjustments?
→ Adjust them.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?

→ Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-4 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→ Upgrade the RPU version.

1-5 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-6 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1140

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7030
194

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7050
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Text and printing data are garbled 1-1 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?
(extra lines appear) → Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-2 • there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→ Upgrade the RPU version.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-4 • Check whether the timing fence is dirty or twisted.

→ If it is greasy or dusty, wipe it clean. 1300
→ If it is ink stained wipe it lightly with a cloth damped in a neutral detergent.
→ If it is severely soiled and can not be cleaned, replace the T fence.

1-5 • Check Encoder: Y that is in the self-diagnostics examinations.

→ If it is no good, check the cable connections of J115 (HEAD2) on the main board and
J202 (MAIN2) on the head board.
→ Replace the T fence. 1300
→ Replace the Y motor assembly. 1280
→ Replace the head board. 1420
→ Replace the Y cable (between J115 (HEAD2) on the main board and J202 (MAIN2) on 1360
the head board)

1-6 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

CAUTION: Main board assembly connector J115 (HEAD2) and head board
assembly connector J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied when they are
not properly connected.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7050
195

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7060
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • There is an extra feed after printing is 1-1 • Are the printing position and location method settings suitable?
finished → Set them to suitable values.

1-2 • Is there a problem with the printer driver software?

→ Upgrade the printer driver version.

1-3 • Is there a problem with the remote panel utility (RPU)?

→ Upgrade the RPU version.

1-4 • Is there a problem with the program ROM?

→ Upgrade the version.

1-5 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Online/Function Problems Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA7060
196

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8000
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The printer hangs up 1-1 • Bad internal processing in the main board?
→ Initialize parameters after switching the printer off and on temporarily, enter settings
manually and the check the operation.
→ Install the program and try again. 1600

1-2 • The main board assembly may be damaged.

→ Replace it. 1140

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8000
197

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8010
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Power shutdown during printing 1-1 • Is there a short in the power cable. 1630
→ Check it with a tester.

1-2 • Is there a power leak?

→ Check for contact with the frame due to frayed covering.

1-3 • Check power voltages

"Power supply voltage check 100 V AC" 1630
"Power supply voltage check 5 V DC" 1640
"Power supply voltage check 24, 42 V DC" 1650

1-4 • The main board assembly may be damaged. 1150

→ Replace it.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8010
198

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8020
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • The ink cartridges will not go in 1-1 • Is the cartridge holder assembly needle deformed or broken? (Check 4 colors)
→ Fix it.
→ Replace the cartridge frame assembly. 1330

1-2 • Is the ink present/absent sensor (a black plastic lever switch) on the detector damaged
(Check 4 colors)
→ Replace it.
1350

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8020
199

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8030
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Mounting the media is difficult 1-1 • Is there a problem with the movement of the pressure lever?
→ Apply grease (G501) and adjust the pressure transfer plate.

1-2 • Is there a problem with the movement of the pressure assembly?

→ Replace pressure assembly. 1220

1-3 • Are XF/XR detecting normally according to the self-diagnostic sensor test? 1040
→ Check the connections of paper sensor F and paper sensor R connectors.
Paper sensor F is the main board connector J101 (XF) and paper sensor R is J108
(XR). 1190
→ Replace paper sensors F and R. 1200

1-4 • Are the fans working normally according to the self-diagnostic tests? 1060
→ Check the connectors between fan assembly, fan cable assembly and main board
assembly.
Fan cable A assembly is J116 on the main board
Fan cable B assembly is J117 on the main board
Fan cable C assembly is J118 on the main board
→ Replace fan assembly 1080
→ Replace Fan cable A assembly, Fan cable B assembly, Fan cable C assembly.

1-5 • Is shielding fixed securely in the specified places?

Shield GA-A
Shield GA-A
Shield GA-A
→ Refit in the specified positions.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8030
200

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8040
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Inserting the scroller is difficult 1-1 • Is the scroller support roller fitted securely, not loose?
→ Refit the roller.

1-2 • Is the scroller adjusting screw protruding too far?

→ Bring the scroller adjusting screw in. (Turn counter-clockwise to bring it in)
(Refer to "Mounting Roll Media" in the Basic Operation Manual.)

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8040
201

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8050
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Ink has overflowed from the waste fluid 1-1 • Check inside the waste fluid box. If it is full of ink, explain to the customer as you replace the waste 1460
box fluid box.

1-2 • Use the self-diagnostic "Sensor: No Ink" to check the cartridge that has no ink.
→ Remove all cartridges and check that the "No Ink" display changes when you gently press the
black plastic switches of the detector assemblies (Bk, C, M and Y) on and off. 1040

1-3 • Use the printer's self-diagnostic "Sensor: Box Exist/Box is not" to make sure that the waste fluid box
detection is working normally.
→ Slowly remove and replace the waste fluid box to confirm that the present/absent display
appears. 1350
→ If the display is not normal, the sensor mounting position may be at fault.
Remove the R Cover and adjust the mounting position of the waste fluid box detection switch 1040
assembly.

1-4 • Check the waste fluid box detection switch contact.

J109 (INK TANK) on the main board
→ Insert it correctly. 1120
→ Replace it.

1-5 • Is the waste fluid tube from the flushing box kinked?
→ Fix it and attach it again.

2-1 • Is the flushing box choked with trash? 1120

→ Remove the trash.
2 • Ink overflows from flushing box → Replace it.

2-2 • The extension tube under the pump assembly may have come away.
→ Remove the maintenance station GA assembly and check whether the extension tube has come
away.
→ Replace the pump assembly.
3-1 → Replace the pump motor assembly.
3 • Ink is spilt around the X rail → Replace the cap assembly.
1270

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8050
202

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8060
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Trouble related to ink (consumable 1-1 • The ink cartridge may be damaged.
item) → Return it to the dealer and request that it be checked.

2 • Trouble related to media (consumable 2-1 • The media (consumable item) may be damaged.
item) → Return it to the dealer and request that it be checked.

3 • Trouble related to cutters (consum- 3-1 • The cutter (consumable item) may be damaged.
able item) → Return it to the dealer and request that it be checked.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8060
203

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8070
GO TO Ref. Pages
No. Symptom Items to be Confirmed
Sequence R E P B A C

1 • Trouble related to extended memory 1-1 • The extended memory (optional item) may be damaged.
(optional item) → Return it to the dealer and request that it be checked.

2 • Trouble with the Ethernet board 2-1 • The mother board assembly that is connected to the main board assembly by a connec-
(optional item) tor may be damaged.
→ Replace it. 1180
If the network will not go online, go to
EXA7000 2-2 • The Ethernet board (optional item) may be faulty.
→ Return the Ethernet board (optional item) to the dealer and request that it be checked. 1480

3 • Can not install the printer driver 3-1 • The floppy disk or some program files may be corrupted.
→ Contact your local dealer.

When No Error is Displayed on the Printer's Liquid Crystal Display Other Model Name: RJ–4100 EXA8070
204

Replacement and Adjustment Procedures Model Name: RJ–4100 REP0000

Replacement and Adjustment Procedures

Replacement and Adjustment Procedures Model Name: RJ–4100 REP0000

205

Replacement and Adjustment Procedures Model Name: RJ–4100 REP0010

Replacement and Adjustment Procedure

Right and Left Covers REP 1010 Y Cable (A0) REP 1360
Front Cover REP 1020 Ink Tubes (A0) REP 1370
Panel Cover REP 1030 Cutter Solenoid Assembly REP 1380
Y Rail Cover REP 1030 Print Head Assembly (Black) REP 1390
Front Paper Guide and Rear Paper Guide / Right Side Cap and Left Side Cap REP 1040 Head Cable (Black) REP 1390
Control Box REP 1050 Print Head Assembly (Color) REP 1400
Head Cover REP 1060 Head Cable (Color) REP 1400
X Motor Assembly REP 1070 Y Paper Sensor Assembly REP 1410
Fan Assembly and Fan Cable REP 1080 Head Board Assembly REP 1420
X Speed Reduction Belt REP 1090 Dampers (Black) REP 1430
Lever Sensor Assembly REP 1100 Dampers (Color) REP 1430
Cover Switch Assembly REP 1110 Cursor Assembly REP 1440
Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly REP 1120 Origin Sensor Assembly REP 1450
Switch Cable Assembly REP 1130 Waste Fluid Box REP 1460
DC Cable Assembly REP 1130 Junction Board Assembly REP 1470
Main Board Assembly REP 1140 Network Interface Board REP 1480
Power Supply Board and Fuse REP 1150 Extended Memory (8 MB) (16 MB) (32MB) REP 1490
Panel Board Assembly REP 1160 Scroller (Flange: 2 inch, Flange: 3 inch) REP 1500
Panel Cable REP 1170 Cutter Blade REP 1510
Mother Board Assembly REP 1180 Platen Height Adjustment REP 1520
Front Paper Sensor Assembly REP 1190 O-rings (Small) and (Large) REP 1530
Rear Paper Sensor Assembly REP 1200 Tube Guide Assembly (A0) REP 1540
Grid Roller Assembly and Coupling Assembly REP 1210 How to Adjust Steel Belt Tension REP 1550
Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade REP 1220 How to Adjust X Speed Reduction Belt Tension REP 1560
Pump Motor Assembly REP 1230 How to Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) REP 1570
Cap Assembly REP 1240 How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) REP 1580
Wiper REP 1250 How to Capture and Install Backup Parameters REP 1590
Pump Assembly REP 1260 How to Install a Program (Software Upgrade) REP 1600
Maintenance Station GA Assembly REP 1270 How to Measure the Y Rail Fitting Precision REP 1610
Y Motor Assembly REP 1280 Head Cleaning Procedure REP 1620
Steel Belt (A0) REP 1290 How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC REP 1630
T Fence Assembly (A0) REP 1300 How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/5 V DC REP 1640
Cursor Plate Spring REP 1310 How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/24 V DC and 42 V DC REP 1650
Steel Flexible Guide Assembly (A0) REP 1310 How to Clean the Head Nozzle Face REP 1660
Y Return Pulley Assembly REP 1320 X Speed Reduction Pulley Assembly REP 1670
Cartridge Frame Assembly REP 1330
Ink ID Sensor Assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) REP 1340
Detector Assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) REP 1350

Replacement and Adjustment Procedures Model Name: RJ–4100 REP0010

206

How to remove and replace the Right and Left Covers Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1010

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, ❈ Before carrying out this operation, switch off the power supply and remove the power
Replacement plug.
❈ Before removing the covers, remove roll media with scroller from scroller receiver.

A
Right Cover Cover R

1. Remove four screws. Screw Screw

2. The cover is caught at the place shown by arrow A. Remove the cover while lifting in the
direction of arrow B.
3. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Left Cover

1. Remove in the same way as for the Right Cover.

Cover R

Screws

How to remove and replace the Right and Left Covers Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1010
207

How to remove and replace the Front Cover Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1020

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, Front Cover
Replacement
1. Remove the Right Cover.
2. Loosen the two fastening screws on the right side of the Front
Cover. (Refer to the diagram on the right)
3. Loosen the Panel Cover Screw and remove the Panel Cover by slid- Right Cover Shaft
ing it about 3 mm to the left. fastening screws
4. Slide the right side Front Cover Shaft to the right.
5. Remove the Front Cover by sliding it to the right.
6. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure but before Slide Right
replacing the Right Cover, open and close the Front Cover to check Cover Shaft
that the Cover Switch is being pressed correctly.

Front Cover

Pull
out

How to remove and replace the Front Cover Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1020
208

How to remove and replace the Panel Cover and Y Rail Cover Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1030

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, Panel Cover
Replacement
1. Loosen the two screws on the Front Cover Right Cover Shaft and
push the Front Cover to the left
2. Loosen the Panel Cover Screw by 3 mm or remove it.
3. Slide the Panel Cover to the left (in the direction of arrow A) and
B
remove it towards you (in the direction of arrow B).
4. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Panel Cover

A
Y Rail Cover
Screw
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Cartridge Cover. (2 screws) Y Rail Cover
4. Remove the Y Rail Cover Screws (5 screws).
5. Remove the Y Rail Cover by lifting it upwards.
6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Y Rail Cover

How to remove and replace the Panel Cover and Y Rail Cover Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1030
209

How to remove and replace the Front Paper Guide and Rear Paper Guide Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1040

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, Front Paper Guide
Replacement
1. Open the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
2. Remove the eight screws on the Front Paper Guide. Screws
Front of Unit
3. Lift the Front Paper Guide and pull it out towards you.
4. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Front Paper Guide

Rear Paper Guide

1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Rear of Unit

2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the eight screws of the Rear Paper Guide. Rear Paper Guide
5. Lift the Rear Paper Guide from the back of the unit as you pull it
out towards you.
6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

→ Continued on next page

How to remove and replace the Front Paper Guide and Rear Paper Guide Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1040
210

How to remove and replace the Right Side Cap and Left Side Cap Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1041

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, Right Side Cap
Replacement
1. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
2. Bring the Head to the middle.
3. Hold up the Front Box.
4. Remove two screws from the Front Side Cap.
5. Turn the Right Side Cap clockwise and remove it. Front Box
6. Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Left Side Cap

1. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)

2. Remove three screws from the Left Side Cover.
3. Remove two screws from the Side Cap.
4. Remove the Left Side Cap upwards.
5. Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Right Side Cap

Left Side Cap

How to remove and replace the Right Side Cap and Left Side Cap Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1041
211

How to open and close the Control Box Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1050

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, ❈ Since the Control Box will hit the roll media when it is
Replacement opened and can not be opened completely, the scroller
must be removed.

Open the Control Box

1. Remove the three screws holding the Control Box.

❈ Since the Control Box will fall open when the three fastening
screws are removed, support it with your hand as you
remove the screws.

2. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Control Box

Screws

How to open and close the Control Box Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1050
212

How to remove and replace the Head Cover Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1060

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Removal, Head Cover
Replacement
1. Open the Front Cover.
2. Slide the Head out from the Maintenance Station.

Caution! When you pull the Head, don’t press the cutter
cap or the cutter blade will be damaged. Screws

3. Remove the Head Cover. (2 fastening screws)

4. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Head

How to remove and replace the Head Cover Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1060
213

How to replace the X Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1070

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement How to replace the X Motor Assembly
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040) TEST5
2. Remove the Left Cover. (Refer to REP1010)
3. Remove the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) Front X Reinforcement
4. Remove the Rear Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
5. Disconnect connectors J120 and J121 from the Main Board.
6. Remove the cable clamp on the Rear Frame X
Reinforcement.
7. Remove the two cable clamps on the Front Frame X
Reinforcement and pull out the cable from the holes in the
Front X Reinforcement.
8. Remove the X Motor Assembly. (4 fastening screws).
9. Remove the two screws that hold the X motor to the X motor
X Motor Assembly
mounting plate and pull out the motor.
fastening screws
10. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
X Motor fastening
(Refer to REP1040)
screws
2. Adjustment Adjust X Motor tension. (Refer to REP1560)
Slide
and
Examination
Procedure
X Motor Assembly
fastening screws

Pull out

How to replace the X Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1070

214

How to replace the Fan Assembly and Fan Cable Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1080

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Fan Assembly
Procedure 1003
Fan assembly
1. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040) TEST11
2. Remove the Fan Duct. (3 fastening screws)
3. Remove the Fan Cable Connector. Fan Duct
4. Remove the Fan. (1 fastening screw) fastening screws
5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Cable Clamp Fan Duct

Replace Fan Cables 1, 2 and 3 Fastening screw

1. Remove the Front Paper Guide.

2. Remove the Rear Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040) Fan Connector
3. Remove each Fan Cable Connectors.
4. Remove each Cable Clamp.
5. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
6. Remove the two cable clamps on the Front Frame X
Reinforcement.
7. Remove the cable clamp on the Rear Frame X Reinforcement.
8. Disconnect connectors (J116, J117 and J118) from the Main
Board Assembly and remove the cables.
Connector
9. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. J118, J117, J116

How to replace the Fan Assembly and Fan Cable Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1080
215

How to replace the Speed Reduction Belt Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1090

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Speed Reduction Belt
Procedure 1001
1. Loosen the four screws that fasten the X Motor Assembly to X Motor Assembly
fastening screws TEST5
loosen the belt tension. (Refer to REP1070)
X Motor fastening
2. Remove the X Motor (2 fastening screws) from the X Motor
screws
Mounting Plate and take off the X Speed Reduction Belt.
3. Loosen the one bearing stopper hexagon set screw and Slide
remove the four screws that hold the Speed Reduction Pulley
Support.
4. Remove the X Speed Reduction Belt from the X Speed Speed Reduction
Reduction Pulley. Pulley Support X Motor Assembly
5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. fastening screws

X Speed
Reduction Belt
2. Adjustment Adjust X Motor tension. (Refer to REP1560)
and
Examination
Procedure

Bearing Stopper Screw

(hexagon set screw)

Speed Reduction
Pulley Support

How to replace the Speed Reduction Belt Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1090
216

How to replace the Lever Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1100

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Lever Sensor Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040) TEST9
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
3. Remove the Right Cover. (Refer to REP1010)
4. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
5. Disconnect connector J102 (Lever) from the Main Board.
6. Remove the Panel Cable Connector and Tube Guide (1 fas-
tening screw) and disconnect connectors J301 and J302.
7. Remove the Panel Mounting Plate. (2 fastening screws)
8. Open two cable clamps, one attached to the front X reinforce-
ment and one beneath the rear felt.
9. Remove the Lever Sensor Mounting Plate. (1 fastening screw)
10. Remove the Lever Sensor. (2 fastening screws)
11. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. Connector J302
Connector J301

2. Adjustment Open the Lever and confirm that “Lever Up” is displayed. Tube Guide
and
Examination
Procedure
Sensor
Fastening Lever Sensor
Screws Felt

Lever Sensor
Mounting Plate
Cable Clamp
Screw

How to replace the Lever Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1100
217

How to replace the Cover Switch Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1110

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Cover Switch Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Right Cover. (Refer to REP1010) TEST9
2. Disconnect connector J302 from the Panel Board.
3. Remove the Sensor Mounting Plate (1 fastening
screw). Sensor Mounting Plate
4. Remove the Cover Switch (2 fastening screws). Cover Sensor Arm
5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal proce-
dure.
Screw
Screw

2. Adjustment Open the Front Cover and confirm that “Cover

and Open” is displayed.
Examination
CAUTION:
Procedure Fastening Screws
If the cover sensor arm does not press the cover switch
when the front cover is opened and closed, carry out
the “Right cover axle and front cover fulcrum adjustment”. Cover Switch

“Right cover axle and front cover fulcrum adjustment”

1. Turn and stick the loose part as shown in the diagram below.
(Degrease the right cover axle before sticking)

Front Cover
Right cover axle Fulcrum

How to replace the Cover Switch Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1110
218

How to replace the Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1120

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 1. Remove the Right Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
Procedure 2. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) 1002
3. Disconnect connector J109 (TANK) from the Main Board. TEST9
4. Remove the Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly.
(2 fastening screws)
5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to over-tighten when mounting the Waste
Screw
Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly.
Tightening torque is 29.4 N•cm (3 kg•cm) Waste Fluid Box
Detector Switch
Assembly
Reference:
Since the Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly cable
passes below the Cartridge Unit, the work will be easier if Waste Fluid Box
you remove the two Cartridge Base screws and push it back.

How to replace the Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1120
219

How to replace the Switch Cable Assembly/CD Cable Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1130

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO

CAUTION: The power cable connector must be discon-

nected before this operation. 1000
TEST2
Switch Cable
1. Replacement Switch Cable Replacement
Procedure
1. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
2. Disconnect connector J100 from the Main Board Assembly.
3. Remove power supply cover. (2 screws)
4. Disconnect connector J002 from the Power Board Assembly.
5. Press the Switch Lock and remove it by pushing it out.
6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

DC Cable Replacement Main Board Assembly

1. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) Power Board Assembly

2. Remove power supply cover. (2 screws) J002
3. Disconnect connector J003 from the Power Board.
4. Disconnect connector J100 (MAIN) from the Main Board and
remove the cable.
5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. J100
J003

How to replace the Switch Cable Assembly/CD Cable Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1130
220

How to replace the Main Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1140

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
The Main Board is constructed so that backup parameters (“user
parameters” and “adjustment parameters”) can be captured by a 1000
flash memory card. TEST2
Caution: Be sure to capture these backup parameters
before the board is replaced. Communications
1. Capture back- 1. Be sure to take up backup parameters before the Main Board is Connectors
up parame- replaced. (Refer to REP1590)
ters If you are unable to do this operation, ask to see the user setup
list.

Caution: If you are unable to do this operation, ask to see

the user setup list.

Main Board Assembly

fastening screws
2. Replacement 2. Replace the Main Board
Procedure 1) Disconnect all communications connectors.
2) Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
3) Disconnect all Main Board Assembly connectors. Mother Board
Assembly
4) Remove the Mother Board Assembly. (4 fastening screws) Main Board Assembly
5) Remove the Main Board Assembly. (5 fastening screws)
6) Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

3. Set DIP 3. The DIP Switches on the Main Board Assembly are for board test-
Switches ing, not for making settings. Main Board Assembly
fastening screws
Mother Board Assembly
fastening screws

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Main Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1140
221

How to replace the Main Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1141

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
4. Install latest 4. Install the latest program. (Refer to REP1600)
program 1000
TEST2
5. Install backup 5. Install the backup parameters that were taken up in Step 1 in the
parameters new Main Board. (Refer to REP1590)

CAUTION:
If backup parameters were not taken up in Step 1, enter
them manually.
For the user setup list, refer to the section on “How to set
parameters” in the Users Guide and Functional Operation
Edition.
Also, for adjustment parameters, refer to BAC5020 (parame-
ter update)

CAUTION:
Replace the “Waste Fluid Box” if backup parameters were
not taken up in Step 1. (Refer to REP1460)
The message “Change Tank?:” will appear on the panel dis-
play. You should confirm by answering “Yes”.

How to replace the Main Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1141
222

How to replace the Power Supply Board and Fuse Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1150

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: The power cable connector must be discon-
nected before this operation. 1000
TEST2
CAUTION: Since the power supply remains hot after the
power is switched off, wait until it has
cooled before performing this operation.

Inlet Holding Screws

1. Replacement Replace the Power Supply Board Assembly
Procedure
1. Remove two inlet holding screws.
2. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
3. Remove power supply cover. (2 screws)
4. Remove the earth wire from the rear X reinforcement.
5. Disconnect the 100 V AC connectors J001 and J002 from the
Power Supply Board. Fuse
6. Remove the Power Supply Board. (4 fastening screws)
7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Replace the Fuse

1. Pull the fuse up and out.

2. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Fastening Screws

How to replace the Power Supply Board and Fuse Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1150
223

How to replace the Panel Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1160

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Panel Board Assembly
Procedure 1003
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST10
2. Disconnect connectors J301 and J302 from the Panel Board.
3. Remove the Panel Board Assembly. (4 fastening screws)
4. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. Panel Board Assembly J302

Screws

J301

How to replace the Panel Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1160
224

How to replace the Panel Cable Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1170

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Panel Cable
Procedure 1003
1. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) TEST10
2. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
3. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Disconnect connector J301 from the Panel Board.
5. Remove the Tube Guide. (1 fastening screw)
J301Connector
6. Disconnect connector J113 (PANEL) from the Main Board and
remove the cable.
7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. Panel Cable

Panel Cable
Fastening Screw

Screw

J113 Connector

How to replace the Panel Cable Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1170

225

How to replace the Mother Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1180

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Mother Board Assembly
Procedure 1000
1. Disconnect all communications connectors. TEST1
2. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
3. Remove the Mother Board Assembly. (4 fastening screws)
4. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Communications
Connector

Mother Board
Assembly
Main Board
Assembly

Screws

How to replace the Mother Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1180
226

How to replace the Front Paper Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1190

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Front Paper Sensor Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) TEST9
Screws
2. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
3. Undo the Cable Clamp attached to the Front X Reinforcement.
4. Remove connector J101 (XF) from the Main Board.
5. Remove the Front Paper Sensor. (2 fastening screws)
6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Adjustment 1. Carry out Front Head and Cutter Head distance adjustment.
and (This adjusts the distance from the leading edge of the media
Examination to the printing position)
Procedure (Refer to BAC2130)

Front Paper Sensor Assembly

How to replace the Front Paper Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1190
227

How to replace the Rear Paper Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1200

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Rear Paper Sensor Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) TEST9
2. Remove connector J108 (XR) from the Main Board.
3. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020) Flexible Cable
5. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Joining Screw
Keeper C
6. Remove the Rear Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
Flexible Cable Keeper
7. Remove the Media Keeper while pressing the tabs to the
inside. Joining Screw
Flexible Cable
Caution: If you press too hard on the tabs they will Fitting C
break.
Flexible Cable
8. Remove the flexible cable keeper. (four fastening screws)
9. Through the Steel Flexible Guide hole, remove the two fas-
Holes for inserting
tening screws holding the sensor mounting plate.
Philip screwdriver
10. Remove the sensor from the sensor mounting plate (2
screws) on the Rear Frame X Reinforcement.
11. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Adjustment 1. Adjust the bundle of Y cable, N cable and ink tubes.

and (Make sure the pressure arm is lowered then move the head
Examination left and right and fasten flexible cable fitting C so that there is
Procedure no twisting.) Fastening Screws
2. Carry out Front Head and Cutter Head distance adjustment.
(This adjusts the distance from the leading edge of the media
to the printing position) Rear Paper Sensor
(Refer to BAC2130)
3. Carry out the Linear Sensor Position adjustment.
(Refer to BAC2140)

How to replace the Rear Paper Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1200
228

How to replace the Grid Roller and Coupling Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1210

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replacing the Grid Roller Assembly and Coupling 1001
Procedure Assembly TEST5
Slide 1000
1. Remove the Pressure Unit. (Refer to REP1220 to 1222) Self-tapping screw
TEST3
2. Remove the self-tapping screw from the Grid Roller Keeper.
3. Slide the grid roller keeper towards the back and remove it. Bearing keeper
4. Use an Allen key to loosen the set screws on the coupling (6).

Grid roller

5. Lift the grid roller and remove it by sliding it to the left.

6. Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Coupling
CAUTION: Never loosen the platen fastening screw.
If it is loosened, it will be necessary to adjust Bearing
the platen position with the height adjustment
jig. Grid roller

CAUTION: When tightening the coupling set screws, be

sure to use a 1.5 mm Allen key. Printing qual-
ity will be affected if it is not absolutely tight.
Lift

Slide
Grid roller

How to replace the Grid Roller and Coupling Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1210
229

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1220

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replacing the Pressure Assembly 1001
Procedure TEST5
1. Remove right and left covers. (Refer to REP1010) 1000
2. Remove panel cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST3
3. Remove Front cover. (Refer to REP1020
4. Remove Y rail cover. (Refer to REP1030)
5. Remove Front paper guide Tensioning Screws
6. Remove Rear paper guide
7. Loosen two steel belt tensioning screws.

8. Remove one steel belt fastening screw.

9. Remove the steel belt.

Steel Belt
CAUTION: Be careful not to cut your finger on the end of
the steel belt.
Screw

10. Remove the Y motor assembly. (3 screws)

Screws Screw

X Motor Assembly

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1220
230

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1221

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 1001
Procedure TEST5
11. With the pressure lever down, loosen the set screw on the 1000
pressure shaft fastening spacer. TEST3
X rail

Fastening spacer

Ball driver

12. With the pressure lever down, loosen the stepped screws on
the pressured transfer plate.
Remove link
13. Raise the pressure lever as you remove the pressure trans-
fer plate and pressure link.

Pressure transfer plate

Loosen stepped screws

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1221
231

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1222

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 14. Pull out the pressure shaft from the right side of the frame. 1001
Procedure TEST5
CAUTION: When the pressure shaft is pulled completely 1000
out, the pressure shaft fastening spacer will TEST3
fall into the printer main unit.
Pressure shaft

15. Remove the Y cable guide fastening screws. (5 screws)

Screws

Screw

Screw

16. Remove the screw holding the Y rail reinforcement plate and
take out the pressure assemblies. Hexagon screw

CAUTION: You will need a special tool such as a ratchet Y rail reinforcement plate
for the fastening screw on the bottom of the
Y rail reinforcement plate (a 4 x 10 mm hexag-
onal double SEMS).

17. Remove the pressure assemblies (15) from the Y rail rein-
Pressure Assembly Ratchet
forcement plate. (2 screws for each assembly)

18. Refitting is the reverse of the removal precedure.

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1222
232

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1223

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Blade Replacement 1001
Procedure TEST5
1. Open the front cover. 1000
2. Use a fine straight screwdriver to slightly prize apart the blade TEST3
attachment and remove the blade.
Pressure arm
CAUTION: When removing the blade, don’t use exces-
sive force to part it as there is a risk of dam-
Open
aging the blade.
Blade
3. To refit, insert the blade on the pressure arm.

Pressure Roller Replacement

1. Follow the blade replacement procedure to remove the blade. Pressure arm
2. Use a fine straight screwdriver to slightly prize apart the pres-
sure roller attachment and remove the pressure roller.

CAUTION: When removing the blade, don’t use exces-

sive force to part the blade and pressure arm Pressure roller Open
as there is a risk of damaging the pressure
arm and the blade.

3. To refit, insert the pressure roller and then the blade on the
pressure arm.

How to replace the Pressure Assembly, Pressure Roller and Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1223
233

How to replace the Pump Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1230

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Pump Motor Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST7
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
4. Remove the Right Cover. (Refer to REP1010)
5. Remove the Panel Cable Connector and Tube Fixer (1 fas- Panel
tening screw) and disconnect connectors J301 and J302.
6. Remove the Panel Mounting Plate (2 fastening screws) Connector
7. Open the Control Box. J301
8. Disconnect connector J119 (PUMP) from the Main Board. Connector
9. Remove the cable clamp fastened to the front X reinforce- J302
Tube Fixer
ment.
10. Slide the Head to the left (X Motor side) and remove the Fastening
Pump Motor Assembly. (2 fastening screws) Screw
11. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Screw

Screw

How to replace the Pump Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1230
234

How to replace the Cap Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1240

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Cap Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Spring Hook TEST7
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Spring
4. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
5. Remove the Panel Mounting Plate. (Refer to REP1230- 1.
Center
to 6.)
Section
6. Remove the Cap Assembly Spring.
7. Disconnect the two tubes from the Cap Assembly.
8. Grasp the plug on the right side of the Cap Assembly, lift it up Tubes Flag
and remove the right side of the Cap.
9. Grasp the center section of the Cap Assembly, lift it up and
take out the Cap.
Wiper
CAUTION: Be careful not to touch the surface of the Cap
or the Cleaner Head ASP.

10. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION: When inserting tubes on the Cap Assembly,

turn the tubes clockwise through 45 to 90
degrees. (Refer to the diagram on the right)
If this is not done, you may be unable to
lower the Cap Assembly to the bottom.

CAUTION: When screwing the cap assembly to the main-

tenance frame, push it right back before fas-
tening.

How to replace the Cap Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1240

235

How to replace the Wiper Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1250

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Wiper
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Panel Mounting Plate. (Refer to REP1230- 1. to TEST7
6.)
2. Move the Wiper back and, with the Wiper rack disconnected,
pull the Wiper up and remove it.
3. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION: When refitting the Wiper, be careful not to

damage the Head contact surface by touching
it with your hand or with forceps.

Pull up

2 Adjustment 1. Initialize the wiper count. (Refer to BAC5010)

and
Inspection
Procedure

Cleaner Head ASP Rack section

How to replace the Wiper Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1250

236

How to replace the Pump Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1260

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Pump Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST7
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
5. Remove the Panel Mounting Plate.
(Refer to REP1230- 1. to 6.)
6. Take out the Maintenance Station Assembly.
(Refer to REP1270)
7. Disconnect and remove the tubes between the Pump
Assembly and the Cap Assembly. Pump Assembly Screw
8. Remove the Cap Assembly. (Refer to REP1240)
9. Pick out the Transfer Gear Shaft with your finger. (Refer to the Transfer Gear
diagram on the right) Shaft

CAUTION: Be careful not to break the claw on the

Transfer Gear Shaft.

10. Remove the Pump assembly (1 fastening screw) up and to

the right. (Refer to the diagram on the right)
11. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the Capping Position Adjustment.

and (Refer to BAC2010)
Examination 2. Initialize the wiper count. (Refer to BAC5010)
Procedure
CAUTION: When inserting tubes on the Cap Assembly,
turn the tubes clockwise through 45 to 90
degrees. (Refer to the diagram on the right)
If this is not done, you may be unable to
lower the Cap Assembly to the bottom.

How to replace the Pump Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1260

237

How to replace the Maintenance Station Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1270

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Maintenance Station Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST7
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the Front Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
5. Remove the Panel Mounting Plate. (Refer to REP1230- 1. to
6.)
6. Take out the Maintenance Station Assembly. (3 fastening
screws)
Screws
CAUTION: Be careful not to disconnect the Waste Fluid
Tube which is connected to the bottom.

7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the Capping Position Adjustment. Screw

and (Refer to BAC2010)
Examination 2. Initialize the wiper count. (Refer to BAC5010)
Procedure

How to replace the Maintenance Station Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1270

238

How to replace the Y Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1280

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Y Motor Assembly
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Left and Right Covers. (Refer to REP1010) TEST4
2. Remove the Rear Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
3. Remove the Steel Belt. (Refer to REP1290)
4. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) Screws
5. Disconnect connector J119 (YMOT) from the Main Board
Assembly. Screw
6. Remove the Y Motor Assembly. (3 fastening screws)
7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Reference: Since the Y Motor Assembly Cable passes below

the Cartridge Unit, the work will be easier if you
remove the two Cartridge Base screws and push
it back.

Y Motor Assembly
2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the Steel Belt Tensioning Adjustment. (Refer to
and REP1550)
Examination
Procedure

How to replace the Y Motor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1280

239

How to replace the Steel Belt Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1290

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Steel Belt
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST4
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the Left and Right Covers. (Refer to REP1010)
5. Remove the Head Cover. (2 fastening screws)
6. Loosen the two Steel Belt Tensioning Screws.
7. Remove the Steel Belt. (2 fastening screws)
8. Take off the steel belt from the Y Motor or Y Drive Pulley side.
9. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION: Work carefully to avoid cutting your fingers Tension

on the end of the steel belt. Adjustment
Screw
2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the Steel Belt Tensioning Adjustment. (Refer to
and REP1550)
Examination
Procedure
Steel Belt

Fastening
Screw

How to replace the Steel Belt Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1290

240

How to replace the T Fence Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1300

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the T Fence 1001
Procedure TEST4
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) 1000
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020) TEST2
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Loosen the 10 screws holding the T Fence Pressure Plate and
remove the T Fence.

CAUTION: Mind the Head Board and take out the T

Fence on the X Motor side.

5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Cleaning How to clean the T Fence

Procedure
1. Gently wipe the T Fence with a lint-free cloth which has been
wet with water or ethanol. (Lint-free cloth is closely woven from Screws
extremely fine threads and has no nap and produces no dust.)

CAUTION: When wiping the T Fence, be careful not to

rub it vigorously. T Fence

How to replace the T Fence Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1300

241

How to Replace the Steel Flexible Guide Assembly and Cursor Plate Spring Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1310

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Steel Flexible Guide Assembly
Procedure 1000
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST2
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer C. (2 fastening screws)
5. Remove the Tube guide Assembly. (Remove the Steel Flexible Screw M3x6W
Guide which is clipped to the ink tubes)
6. Remove the Steel Flexible Guide Assembly. (2 fastening Tube Guide
Y Cable keeper
screws) (including the flexible cable fitting H.) Assembly
7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Flexible
Cable Screw M3x6W
Fitting C
1. Replacement Replace the Cursor Plate Spring
Procedure
Screw Steel Flexible Guide
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
A1/A0 Assembly
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
(including Flexible Guide
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
Fitting H)
4. Bring the head to center of the printer, press down the left and
Screw Tube Guide Assembly
right ends of the cursor plate spring and pull it out to the right.
5. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Press Cursor plate spring Press

Ink Tube

Remove to right
Steel Flexible
Guide

Tube Guide
Assembly

How to Replace the Steel Flexible Guide Assembly and Cursor Plate Spring Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1310
242

How to replace the Y Return Pulley Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1320

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Y Return Pulley Assembly
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST4
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the Left and Right Covers. (Refer to REP1010)
5. Move the Head to the left (X Motor side).
6. Loosen the Steel Belt tension (loosen two tensioning screws). Tensioning
7. Remove the Steel Belt fastening screws on the left side and screws
slide it out to the Return Pulley.
8. Remove the Y Return Pulley.
9. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Head

2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the Steel Belt Tensioning Adjustment. (Refer to

and REP1550)
Examination
Procedure
Screws

Return Pulley

Steel Belt

How to replace the Y Return Pulley Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1320
243

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1330

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Carry out Head Cleaning. (Refer to REP1620) Ink ID Sensor Connector Detector assembly connector TEST8
2. Take out all cartridges.
3. Remove the right paper guide. (Refer to REP1040)
4. Disconnect junction board connectors J402 (Detector BK),
J403 (Detector C), J404 (Detector M), J405 (Detector Y) and
J406 (Ink ID BK), J407 (Ink ID C), J408 (Ink ID M), J409 (Ink
ID Y). (Refer to REP1470)
5. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
6. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
7. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)

8. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer C. (2 fastening screws)

Flexible
Guide
Fastening
Fixer C
Screws

9. Remove the Y Rail Cover Support. (2 fastening screws) Y Rail Cover

Support

Fastening
Screws

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1330
244

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1331

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 10. Remove the cartridge mounting plate from the X reinforce-
Procedure ment R. (2 fastening screws on upper surface) Separate from X Reinforcement R 1002
TEST8

Cartridge Unit

Fastening screws
Cartridge Unit
11. Slide the cartridge unit a little way in the direction of Arrow A,
Separate from Cartridge Base
then hold it there while you remove it from the cartridge base
by lifting it out in the direction of Arrow B.
B: Lift up
2. Adjustment 12. Remove the cartridge mounting plate from the cartridge
and base. (2 fastening screws on the side) A: Draw out
Examination
Procedure
Fastening Fastening screw
screw
X Reinforcement R

Cartridge mounting plate

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1331
245

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1332

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 12. Remove the cartridge mounting plate. (Grasp the part that is
Procedure caught in the groove) 1002
TEST8

Grasp
Cartridge Mounting Plate

Pull down to remove

13. Cut the cable tie holding the ink ID sensor cable and detec-
tor assembly cable.
Cartridge Unit

Cut cable tie

2. Adjustment 14. Undo the screw joints on each cartridge pipe in the cartridge
and frame assembly.
Examination
Procedure 15. Remove the cartridge unit by pulling it forward.

Screw joints

Cartridge Unit

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1332
246

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1333

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 12. Remove the cartridge frame assembly for each ink. (Two
Procedure fastening screws x four colors) 1002
CAUTION: Be careful that the ink needles on the TEST8
Cartridge Frame Assembly do not prick your Cartridge
finger. Frame
Assembly

13. Slide the Cartridge Frame Assembly in the direction shown

by arrow A.
14. Move the Cartridge Slide in the direction shown by arrow B.
15. Remove the Cartridge Slide from the Cartridge Frame
Assembly.
16. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. Fastening Screws

CAUTION: Don’t use a tool to tighten the coupling

screws but get them as tight as possible with Ink Needle
your fingers. If you use a tool, there is a risk
of breaking the plastic taps.
Cartridge Slide
2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the initial filling. (Refer to BAC2040) Cartridge Frame Assembly
and
Examination CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after the initial filling
Procedure before printing. Otherwise the printing quali-
ty can not be assured.
A
2. Carry out a test print. (TST1002, test 8) B
3. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to BAC2040)

CAUTION: About 100 cc of waste fluid will be expelled

into the Waste Fluid Box from head cleaning
and initial filling. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box.
(Refer to REP1460)
The message “Change Tank?:” will appear on
the panel display. You should confirm by
answering “Yes”.

How to replace the Cartridge Frame Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1333
247

How to replace the Ink ID assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1340

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement How to replace the Ink ID assembly
Ink ID Sensor Connector 1002
Procedure (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan)
TEST8
1. Remove Cartridge.
2. Remove Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
5. Remove Paper Guide R. (Refer to REP1040)
Junction Board Assembly
6. Disconnect Junction Board Connectors J406 (Ink ID BK),
J407 (Ink ID C), J408 (Ink ID M), J409 (Ink ID Y).
7. Remove Flexible Cable Attachment C (two fastening
screws).
8. Remove Y Rail Cover Support. (Refer to REP1330)
9. Remove the Cartridge Mounting Plate from X Reinforcement
R. (Refer to REP1331)
10. Slide the Cartridge Unit a little way forward and lift it up.
(Refer to REP1331)
11. Remove Ink ID Sensor 1 Assembly (BK). (One fastening
screw) Lift up
Fastening screw (1)

• Ink ID Sensor Assemblies 2 to 4 are handled as follows:

Slide
12. Remove the Cartridge Mounting Plate. (Refer to REP1332)
13. Cut the cable tie holding the Ink ID Sensor Cables.
14. Undo the screw joints on each cartridge pipe in the Cartridge
Frame Assembly. (Refer to REP1332)
15. Remove the Cartridge Unit by pulling it forward. (Refer to
REP1332)
16. Remove the Cartridge Frame Assembly. (Refer to REP1333)
Ink ID Sensor Assembly (BK)
17. Remove Ink ID Sensor Assemblies 1 (C) to 4 (Y). (One fas-
tening screw)
18. Assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

How to replace the Ink ID assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1340
248

How to replace the Detector Assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1350

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Detector Assembly
Procedure (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) 1002
TEST8
1. Remove the Cartridge Frame Assembly. (Refer to REP1330) Detector Assembly
2. Remove paper guide R. (Refer to REP1040) Ink Detector Switch
3. Disconnect junction board connectors J402 (Detector BK),
J403 (Detector C), J404 (Detector M), J405 (Detector Y) and
J406 (Ink ID BK), J407 (Ink ID C), J408 (Ink ID M), J409 (Ink
ID Y). (Refer to REP1340) Fastening Screw
4. Remove the Ink Detector Switch on the Detector Assembly.
(One fastening screw)
5. Remove the switch that determines whether the Cartridge
Frame Assembly is present. (One fastening screw)
6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Cartridge Frame
CAUTION: Assembly
Be careful not to over-tighten when refitting the Waste
Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly. Fastening Screw
Tightening torque is 29.4 N•cm (3 kg•cm)

7. Remove the Ink Tube keeper. (2 fastening screws)

✼ The same procedure applies to Black, Yellow, Magenta and

Cyan. Switch that determines whether
the Cartridge Frame Assembly is present

How to replace the Detector Assembly (Black) (Yellow) (Magenta) (Cyan) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1350
249

How to replace the Y Cable Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1360

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Y Cable
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST2
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Head Board
4. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050) Assembly Screw
5. Remove the Rear Paper Guide.
6. Disconnect connectors J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) from
Cable Keeper
the Main Board.
7. Remove the Head Board Cable keeper. (2 fastening screws) Y Cable
8. Disconnect connectors J201 (MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) from Screw
the Head Board.
9. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer C. (2 fastening screws)
10. Remove the Flexible Cable Keeper (4 M3x6W SEMS fasten-
ing screws).
M3 x 6W Screw
11. Take out the Y Cable.
12. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Flexible Guide Fixer C

CAUTION: The new Y cable has no fold crease. Make a M3 x 6W Screw

fold crease in the new cable to match the old
cable. Cable Keeper

CAUTION: Head board assembly connectors J201 Junction Board

(MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged Assembly
in securely.
X Reinforcement R Y Cable
The main board may be damaged if power is
applied when they are not properly connect- Screw
ed.

How to replace the Y Cable Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1360

250

How to replace the Ink Tubes Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1370

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Ink Tubes
Procedure 1000
1. Carry out Head Cleaning and empty the ink inside the tubes. TEST2
(Refer to REP1620)
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
3. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
4. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
5. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer H. (2 fastening screws)
6. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer C. (2 fastening screws) Head
7. Remove the four joining screws and O-rings on the Flexible Cursor
Cable Guide. Unit Coupling
8. Remove the four joining screws and O-rings below the cursor. Screw

CAUTION: Be careful not to lose the O-rings. Initial fill- Tube

ing and printing can not be done if the O- Stop Ink Tube
rings are missing. Screw
CAUTION: Don’t use a tool to tighten the coupling
screws but get them as tight as possible with
your fingers. If you use a tool, there is a risk
of breaking the plastic taps. View after removal of Flexible Guide Fixer C
Flexible
Cable
Coupling Guide
Coupling screw
DE-49778
Screw
Coupling
O-ring Screw
DE-49777
Coupling screw
DE-49992
O-ring
DE-49777
Tube stop screw
DE-49778 Ink Tube

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Ink Tubes Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1370

251

How to replace the Ink Tubes Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1371

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
2. Adjustment 1. Carry out the initial filling. (Refer to BAC2040)
and 1000
Examination CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after the initial fill- TEST2
Procedure ing before printing. Otherwise the printing
quality can not be assured.

2. Carry out a test print. (TST1002, test 8)

3. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to BAC2040)

CAUTION: About 100 cc of waste fluid will be expelled

into the Waste Fluid Box from head cleaning
and initial filling. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box.
(Refer to REP1460) The message “Change
Tank?:” will appear on the panel display.
You should confirm by answering “Yes”.

How to replace the Ink Tubes Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1371

252

How to replace the Cutter Solenoid Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1380

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Cutter Solenoid Assembly
Procedure 1001
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST6
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020) Y Rail
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Disconnect connector J206 (SOL) from the Head Board.
5. Remove the Head Cover. (Refer REP1060)
6. Move the Head 20 to 30 cm to the left. Screws Cutter Blade is
7. From the back, remove the two fastening screws holding the in here
solenoid.
8. Remove the cutter cap, remove the solenoid. Cutter Mat
9. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION: When the cutter blade is to be removed, the

head must first be moved to a position over
Cutter Cap
the cutter mat.
The tip of the cutter blade will be chipped
and no longer able to cut if it touches paper
guide F.

Cutter Solenoid
Assembly

Cutter Solenoid
Assembly

How to replace the Cutter Solenoid Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1380
253

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1390

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Black)
Procedure Head Board J207 1000
Tube Fixer
1. Carry out Head Cleaning. (Refer to REP1620) Head Cable J208 TEST2
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
3. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
4. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
5. Disconnect connectors J207 (HEAD BK) and J208 (HEAD
COL) from the Head Board.
6. Remove the Tube Fixer.
7. Remove the coupling screw and shift the ink tube up out of the Ink Tubes
way
8. Remove the damper fixer. (2 fastening screws) Damper Fixer
9. Remove the black damper
Fastening Screws
CAUTION: When removing the black damper, be careful Coupling
not to grip the transparent film surface of Screws
the damper. Rough handling of the trans- Damper
parent film surface may cause an air leak
Head (Black)
and prevent printing.

10. Remove the Head (Black). (1 fastening screw)

Transparent
11. Remove the Cable by disconnecting it from the Cursor.
Film Surface
12. Remove the Head and disconnect the Head Cable.
Fastening
13. Remove the Cable from the Head.
Screw

Head (Black) Head Cable

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1390
254

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1391

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 14. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Procedure 1000
CAUTION: Before the new head is fitted, check the head rank
(the five digits of the number on the side of the head TEST2
are the rank) and write the number with a marker pen
on the black head cable. (Delete the old head rank by
drawing two lines through the number)

CAUTION: When fitting the head into the head mount, put the
black head cable on top.

2. Adjustment and 1. Reset the head nozzle ejection count. (Refer to BAC5010)
Examination 2. Carry out initial filling. (Refer to BAC2040)
Procedure
CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after the initial filling before
printing. Otherwise the printing quality can not be
assured.

3. Carry out the Print Head (Black) Tilt Adjustment. (Refer to REP1570)
4. Carry out the Print Head (Color) Tilt Adjustment. (Refer to REP1580)
5. Carry out a test print. (TST1000, Test 2) Head Rank
6. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to BAC2040)

CAUTION: About 100 cc of waste fluid will be expelled into the

Waste Fluid Box from head cleaning and initial filling.
Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to REP1460)
The message “Change Tank?:” will appear on the
panel display. You should confirm by answering
“Yes”.

CAUTION: Head board assembly connectors J201 (MAIN1) and

J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is applied
when they are not properly connected.

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1391
255

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1400

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable
Procedure (Color) Head Board 1000
Assembly J207
Tube Fixer TEST2
1. Carry out Head Cleaning. (Refer to REP1620) Head Cable J208
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
3. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
4. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
5. Disconnect connectors J207 (HEAD BK) and J208 (HEAD
COL) from the Head Board.
6. Remove the Tube Fixer.
7. Remove the coupling screw and shift the ink tube up out of the Ink Tubes
way.
8. Remove the damper fixer. (2 fastening screws) Damper Fixer
9. Remove the color damper. (3 pieces) Fastening
Coupling Screws
CAUTION: When removing the color damper, be careful
Screws
not to grip the transparent film surface of the
damper. Rough handling of the transparent Damper
film surface may cause an air leak and pre-
Head (Color)
vent printing.

10. Remove the Head (Color). (1 fastening screw)

Damper
11. Remove the Cable by disconnecting it from the Cursor.
12. Remove the Head and disconnect the Head Cable.
13. Remove the Cable from the Head. Fastening
Screw
Head Cable Head (Color)
(Black on top)

→ Continued on next page

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1400
256

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1401

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 14. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Procedure 1000
CAUTION: Before the new head is fitted, check the head
TEST2
rank (the five digits of the number on the side of
the head are the rank) and write the number with
a marker pen on the black head cable. (Delete
the old head rank by drawing two lines through
the number.)

CAUTION: When fitting the head into the head mount, put
the black head cable on top.

2. Adjustment 1. Reset the head nozzle ejection count. (Refer to BAC5010)

and 2. Carry out initial filling. (Refer to BAC2040)
Examination
Procedure CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after the initial filling
before printing. Otherwise the printing quality
can not be assured.

3. Carry out the Print Head (Color) Tilt Adjustment. (Refer to

REP1580) Head Rank
4. Carry out a test print. (TST1000, Test 2)
5. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to BAC2040)

CAUTION: About 100 cc of waste fluid will be expelled into

the Waste Fluid Box from head cleaning and ini-
tial filling. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to
REP1460)
The message “Change Tank?:” will appear on
the panel display. You should confirm by
answering “Yes”.

CAUTION: Head board assembly connectors J201 (MAIN1)

and J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged in secure-
ly. The main board may be damaged if power is
applied when they are not properly connected.

How to replace the Print Head Assembly and Head Cable (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1401
257

How to replace the Y Paper Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1410

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 1. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
Procedure 2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) 1002
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST9
4. Disconnect connector J204 (PEDGE) from the Head Board.
5. Remove the Head Cable keeper. (Refer to REP1400)
6. Remove the Paper Sensor. (1 fastening screw) Y Paper Sensor
7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure. Assembly

CAUTION: Be careful not to over-tighten when refitting

the Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Head (Black)
Assembly. Damper
Tightening torque is 29.4 N•cm (3 kg•cm)

Screw

How to replace the Y Paper Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1410
258

How to replace the Head Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1420

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Head Board Assembly
Procedure 1000
1. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020) TEST2
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Disconnect all connectors from the Head Board.
5. Remove the Head Board. (4 fastening screws)
Screw Screws

6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Head Board Assembly

Connector J201 (MAIN1)
and J202 (MAIN2)

CAUTION: Head board assembly connectors J201

(MAIN1) and J202 (MAIN2) should be plugged
in securely.
The main board may be damaged if power is Screws
applied when they are not properly connect-
ed.

How to replace the Head Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1420
259

How to replace the Dampers (Black and Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1430

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Dampers (Black and Color)
Procedure 1000
1. Carry out Head Cleaning. (Refer to REP1620) Head Board
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST2
Assembly J207
3. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
Head Cable Tube Fixer
J208
4. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
5. Disconnect connectors J207 (HEAD BK) and J208 (HEAD COL) from
the Head Board.
6. Remove the Tube Fixer.
7. Remove the coupling screw and shift the ink tube up out of the way
8. Remove the damper fixer (2 fastening screws).
9. Remove the color dampers.

CAUTION: When removing the color dampers, be careful not

Ink Tubes
to grip the transparent film surface of the damper.
Rough handling of the transparent film surface
Damper Fixer
may cause an air leak and prevent printing.

10. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Fastening
Screw
2. Adjustment and 1. Carry out initial filling. (Refer to BAC2040)
Examination Coupling
Procedure CAUTION: Wait at least 30 minutes after the initial filling Screw
before printing. Otherwise the printing quality can
not be assured.

2. Carry out a test print. (TST1000, Test 2) Damper Damper (Color)

3. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to BAC2040) (Black)
CAUTION: About 100 cc of waste fluid will be expelled into
the Waste Fluid Box from head cleaning and initial
filling.
Fit a new Waste Fluid Box. (Refer to REP1460)
The message “Has it been replaced?” will appear
on the panel display. You should confirm by
answering “Yes”.

How to replace the Dampers (Black and Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1430
260

How to replace the Cursor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1440

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Cursor Assembly 1001
Procedure TEST4
1. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020) Fastening 1000
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) screw TEST2
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove the Right and Left Covers. (Refer to REP1010)
5. Loosen the tension of the Steel Belt. (Refer to REP1290)
6. Disconnect connectors J204, J206, J207 and J208 from the
Head Board Assembly.
7. Remove the Y Cable. (Refer to REP1360)
8. Remove the Ink Tubes. (Refer to REP1370)
Fastening
9. Remove the Head Cover. (Refer to REP1060)
screw
10. Remove the two Steel Belt fastening screws from the Cursor
unit. (Refer to REP1290)
11. Remove the setscrew and remove each damper tube.
(Refer to REP1430)
12. Remove the Head Mount. (2 fastening screws)

CAUTION: Be careful not to touch or damage the Head

Nozzles. Head Mount Cursor Plate Spring

13. Remove the Cursor Plate Spring.

14. Lift up the Head Board Mounting Plate and take it from the
Cursor.

CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the Timing Fence

and Sensor which are underneath the Head
Board.

15. Remove the Cursor.

16. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

How to replace the Cursor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1440

261

How to replace the Origin Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1450

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Origin Sensor Assembly
Procedure 1002
1. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020) TEST9
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Disconnect connector J205 (HORIGN) from the Head Board
Assembly.
5. Remove the Origin Sensor. (2 fastening screws)
6. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Screws

Origin Sensor
(J205)

How to replace the Origin Sensor Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1450
262

How to replace the Waste Fluid Box Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1460

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement How to replace the Waste Fluid Box
Procedure
1. Take out the Waste Fluid Box (under the Right Cover).
2. Fit a new Waste Fluid Box.

2. Adjustment 1. The message “Change Tank?:” will appear on the panel dis-
and play. You should confirm by answering “Yes”.
Inspection
Procedure

Waste Fluid Box

How to replace the Waste Fluid Box Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1460
263

How to replace the Junction Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1470

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: Junction Cable

1. Replacement How to replace the Junction Board Assembly

Procedure
1. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
2. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Main Board
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Assembly
4. Remove the Rear Paper Guide. (Refer to REP1040)
5. Open the board box. (Refer to REP1050)
6. Disconnect junction cable connector J129 (INK ID).
7. Disconnect all junction board assembly connectors.
8. Remove the junction board assembly. (4 fastening screws)
9. Assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Fastening Screws

Ink ID Sensor Detector Assembly

Connector Connector
Junction Board
Assembly

Fastening Screw
Fastening Screw Junction Cable

How to replace the Junction Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1470
264

Network Interface Board Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1480

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO

CAUTION: Before starting work, be sure to disconnect 1000

the power supply cable connector. TEST1
Screws
1. Replacement Network Interface Board (Optional Item)
Procedure
1. Disconnect all Ethernet communications cables.
2. Remove the 2 screws holding the Ethernet board and pull out
the board towards you.
3. Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Ethernet Board

Network Interface Board Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1480

265

How to replace Extended Memory (8 MB) (16 MB) (32MB) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1490

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO

CAUTION: Switch off the power before performing this

operation.

Main Board
1. Replacement Replace Extended Memory (8 MB) (16 MB) (32MB) Assembly
Procedure
1. Open the Control Box. (Refer to REP1050)
2. While pulling the stop pins at both ends of the SIMM slot on
the Main Board to left and right, push the SIMM over towards SLOT 2
the rear and remove it from the slot. SLOT 1
3. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Adjustment 1. Use self-diagnostic “Examination” to confirm memory capacity. Extended Memory (SIMM)
and (Refer to BAC1010)
Examination Standard memory capacity is 8 MB.
Procedure When two 32 MB extended memory boards are added to Slot
1 and Slot 2, memory capacity will be shown as 72 MB (8 MB
+ 32 MB + 32 MB) on the LCD.

CAUTION: If only one extended memory is to be

installed, it must be installed in Slot 1. Stop Pin

How to replace Extended Memory (8 MB) (16 MB) (32MB) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1490
266

How to replace the Scroller Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1500

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Remove the Scroller from the printer.
Procedure
1. Go to the back of the printer and push the Scroller Lock Lever
while you lift the right end of the Scroller and slide the Scroller
Remove while pressing the Scroller Lever
to the right to remove it.

CAUTION: Loosen the scroller adjustment screws com-

pletely.

Mount the Scroller in the printer.

1. Fit the Scroller, with media loaded, to the Scroller Support.

Hold the fixed flange end with your left hand and insert the left
side into the Scroller Support from the inside, then insert the
right end from the top.

CAUTION: Loosen the scroller adjustment screws com-

pletely.

Scroller Adjustment Screw

Scroller Support Fixed end of scroller

Scroller Support

How to replace the Scroller Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1500

267

How to replace the Cutter Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1510

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO

CAUTION: Before starting work, be sure to disconnect

the power supply cable connector. 1001
TEST6

1. Replacement Replace the Cutter Blade

Procedure
1. Pull the Head to the left.
2. Lift the Cutter Cap and slide it to the towards you.
3. Lift out the Cutter Blade.
4. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.

CAUTION: When the cutter blade is to be removed, the

head must first be moved to a position over
the cutter mat. Lift up
The tip of the cutter blade will be chipped Head Cutter Cap
and no longer able to cut if it touches paper
guide F.

Cutter Blade

Cutter Mat

How to replace the Cutter Blade Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1510

268

How to Adjust the Platen Height Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1520

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment Platen Height Adjustment
and
Inspection 1. Adjust the rail height jig. (Refer to REP1610)
Procedure
Mount the rail height jig on the standard base and set the
dial gauge to “0”.
Rail height jig Standard value : 0

Standard base

Mount the rail height gauge over the ribs at both ends of the
platen, loosen the platen retaining screws and adjust the
platen up and down until the dial gauge reads 2.6 to 2.7 mm.
Measuring position (rib)
Standard value
2.6 to 2.7 mm by dial gauge Slide

Platen

Adjusting screw

How to Adjust the Platen Height Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1520

269

How to replace the O-rings (Small) and (Large) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1530

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: 16 O-rings small and large are used. Be care- Head Damper
ful not to mistake them. (Both small and Unit 1000
large O-rings are supplied as maintenance O-rings TEST2
parts in packets of 100) (Small)

1. Replacement 1. For replacement of Head Damper Unit O-rings, refer to O-rings

Procedure REP1430. (Large)
2. For replacement of Head Board Unit O-rings, refer to
REP1370.
3. For replacement of Flexible Cable Guide Unit O-rings, refer to Head Board
REP1370. Unit O-rings
4. For replacement of Cartridge Frame Unit O-rings, refer to (Large)
REP1330. O-rings
(Small)
CAUTION: Be careful not to lose the O-rings. Initial fill-
ing and printing can not be done if the O-
rings are missing.
CAUTION: Don’t use a tool to tighten the coupling
screws but get them as tight as possible Flexible Cable
with your fingers. If you use a tool, there is Guide Unit O-rings
(Large)
a risk of breaking the plastic taps. in all four
O-rings
Coupling screw (Large)
DE-49778 in all four
O-ring
DE-49777
Coupling screw
DE-49992
Cartridge
O-ring
Frame Unit
DE-49777
Tube stop screw
DE-49778 O-rings
(Large)
in all four

How to replace the O-rings (Small) and (Large) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1530
270

How to replace the Tube Guide Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1540

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement Replace the Tube Guide Assembly
Procedure M3 x 6W 1000
1. Remove the Panel Cover. (Refer to REP1030) Screw TEST2
2. Remove the Front Cover. (Refer to REP1020)
3. Remove the Y Rail Cover. (Refer to REP1030)
4. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer H. (2 fastening screws) Y Cable Fixer
Tube Guide
5. Remove Flexible Guide Fixer C. (2 fastening screws) M3 x 6W
Assembly
6. Remove the Tube Guide Assembly. Screw
(Since it is clipped to the Ink Tubes and Steel Flexible Guide,
remove them)
Flexible Guide
7. Assembling is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Fixer C
Screw
Flexible Guide
Fixer H

Screw Tube Guide

Assembly

Ink Tube

Steel Flexible
Tube Guide Guide
Assembly

How to replace the Tube Guide Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1540
271

How to Adjust Steel Belt Tension Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1550

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: Steel belt are highly susceptible to breakage
and end damage and must be handled care-
fully.
CAUTION: Be careful not to cut your hands when han-
dling the steel belt. Adjusting
Screws

How to Adjust Steel Belt Tension

Steel Belt
1. Adjustment 1. Set the steel belt in the middle of the return pulley and motor
and pulley.
Verification 2. While moving the cursor left and right, turn the return pulley
adjusting screw until the steel belt does not tend to come off
the pulley or move across the pulley.
3. When the belt adjustment is completed, use a belt tensioning
jig to adjust the tension. Move the cursor to the capping posi-
tion and measure the deflection of the belt at the center of the Belt Tension Attachment
Y rail. JD-42050

Specification values: 150 g ± 20 g

(1.47N)

4. Finally, move the cursor left and right to check for belt skew.

How to Adjust Steel Belt Tension Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1550

272

How to Adjust X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1560

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: When the Speed Reduction Belt has been
replaced, apply grease to the belt evenly.
(Silicone Grease G501)

How to Adjust X Speed Reduction Belt Tension

1. Adjustment 1. Hook a 5 kgf Bar Tension Gauge to the X motor mounting

and plate, tension the belt and fasten the mounting plate.
Verification
Specification value: 41.16 N ± 1.96 N (4.2 kg ± 0.2 kg)

41.16 N ± 1.96 N (4.2 kg ± 0.2 kg)

How to Adjust X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1560
273

How to Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1570

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment CAUTION: When the Print Head Assembly is to be replaced,
and the Head must first be cleaned. Otherwise air bub-
Verification bles and clogged ink will prevent proper printing.
CAUTION: Avoid touching, knocking or rubbing the nozzle
face of the Print Head Assembly.
CAUTION: Each Print Head Assembly has a “rank” that has a
major effect on the ejection of ink. Entering a
wrong rank will adversely affect the life of the
head and the emission of inks. “Rank” is
inscribed on the print head assembly (see dia-
gram on right). The value to be input is a 5-digit
number.

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black)

When the Print Head (Black) and the Head Cable (Black) are removed,
make the following adjustments in Diagnostic Mode.
“Capping Position Adjustment” Head Rank
“Head Rank Input” (5-digit)
“Head Nozzle Verification”
“Black Head Tilt Verification”
“Color Head Tilt Verification”
“Repeatability Printing Positioning”
“CW Adjustment”
“Flush Pointer Adjustment”
“Front and Cutter to Head Distance Adjustments”

1. Run Diagnostic Mode.

2. Lower the Pressure Lever and select “Adjustment”.
3. After initialization, load media on the printer.

❈ If the Print Head is not replaced or removed, go to Step 7.

→ Continued on next page

How to Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1570
274

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1571

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 4. Implement the “Capping Position Adjustment”. (Refer to BAC2010)
and
Verification 5. Implement the “Head Rank Input”. (Refer to BAC2020)

6. Implement the “Head Nozzle Verification”. (Refer to BAC2030)

7. Enter the rank of Black. (Refer to BAC2040) CCW

(The rank of Color will be registered as it is.) Fourth line
CCW
8. For “Ink Fill”, implement “Black”. (Refer to BAC2040)
After the ink has been filled, return to the previous level. Third line
CW
9. Load media in the printer. Second line
CW
10. Implement the “Black Head Tilt Verification”
This will make four single-pass, unidirectional printing runs. Use First line
Head Adjuster B to bring the first and second lines and the third
Paper eject
and fourth lines to approximately straight lines.
direction
11. Check the printing and move the carriage to the center. Head Adjuster B
If the first line is offset to right relative to the second line, slide Head
Slide
Adjuster B down and fasten it. If the first line is offset to left relative
to the second line, slide Head Adjuster B up and fasten it. When
fastening the Print Head, push it towards the taper of the Head
Mount for depth and towards the taper of Adjuster B for tilt.
(The scale on Head Adjuster B represents a change of about 0.1
mm per graduation.)

12. Implement the “Black Head Tilt Verification”.

Repeat Steps 9 and 10 until the Black Head tilt disappears.

13. After completing the tilt adjustment, press [BACK] to return to the
previous menu.

→ Continued on next page

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1571
275

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1572

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 14. Implement the “Color Head Tilt Verification”. (Refer to
and BAC2070)
Verification This will run unidirectional printing with four colors. Here,
Head Adjuster A is used to adjust the depth of the Color
Head relative to the Black Head.

15. Check the printing and move the carriage to the center. Yellow Black Cyan
If the cyan or yellow printing appears is more forward than
the black printing, slide Head Adjuster A up and fasten it. If
the opposite applies, slide it down. When fastening the Print
Head, push it towards the taper of the Head Adjuster A for
depth and towards the taper of Adjuster B for tilt.
(The scales on Head Adjusters A and B represent a change
of about 0.1 mm per graduation.)

16. Implement the “Color Head Tilt Verification”.

Repeat Steps 13 and 14 until the positioning matches that of
the Black Head. Head Adjuster A

17. After completing the Black Head and Color Head positioning
adjustment, return to the previous menu level. Slide

→ Continued on next page

Color Head

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1572
276

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1573

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 18. Implement “Repeatability Printing Positioning”. (Refer to Media eject
and BAC2080) direction
Verification This will run single-pass, bidirectional printing three times
and compensate for any offset of the second line (CCW
printing) relative to the first and third lines (CW printing). Third line

19. Check the printing and enter a positive value to move the Second line
second line (CCW printing) towards the Cap, or a negative
value to move it in the opposite direction. Register first for First line
Black, then for Color. (After registering, follow the message
on the LCD.)

Repeat until all bidirectional printing is aligned.

20. After completing Repeatability Printing Positioning, return to Plus Minus

the previous level.

21. Implement the “CW Adjustment”. (Refer to BAC2090)

This will compensate for any difference between the printing
start position (5 mm from the edge of the media) and the
Color printing position relative to Black (pitch between
heads).

22. Use a steel ruler to measure the distance between the right
hand edge of the media and the Black printing position.
Enter the measured value.
Distance to edge of media (5 mm)

→ Continued on next page

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1573
277

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1574

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 23. Next, check the printing and enter a positive value to move
and the Color towards the Cap with respect to the Black or a
Verification negative value to move in the opposite direction. Register
Pitch between heads
this value.

Repeat Steps 20 and 21 until the printing start position and

the Black and Color positions are aligned.

24. When the compensating numbers have been entered, press

[BACK] to return to the previous menu.

25. Implement the “Flush Pointer Adjustment”. (Refer to

BAC2110)

26. Implement the “Front and Cutter to Head Distance

Adjustments”. (Refer to BAC2130)
This will correct the distances between the Front Paper Cutter to Head (25 mm)
Sensor and the Head, and the Cutter and the Head.

27. Use a steel ruler to measure from the leading edge of the
media to the printing position (set at 5 mm) and from the bot- Front of Paper to
tom edge of the media to the printing position (set at 25 Sensor Head (5 mm)
mm). Enter these measurements and return to the previous
menu.

28. Switch off the power to the printer and the adjustments are
finished.

Adjust the Tilt of the Print Head (Black) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1574
278

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1580

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment CAUTION: When the Print Head Assembly is to be replaced, the Head must first be
and cleaned. Otherwise air bubbles and clogged ink will prevent proper
Verification printing.
CAUTION: Avoid touching, knocking or rubbing the nozzle face of the Print Head
Assembly.
CAUTION: Each Print Head Assembly has a “rank” that has a major effect on the
ejection of ink. Entering a wrong rank will adversely affect the life of the
head and the emission of inks. “Rank” is inscribed on the print head
assembly (see diagram on right). The value to be input is a 5-digit num-
ber.

Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color)

When the Print Head (Color) and the Head Cable (Color) are removed, make the following
adjustments in Diagnostic Mode.
“Capping Position Adjustment”
“Head Rank Input” Head Rank
“Head Nozzle Verification” (5-digit)
“Color Head Tilt Verification”
“Repeatability Printing Positioning”
“CW Adjustment”
“Flush Pointer Adjustment”

1. Run Diagnostic Mode.

2. Lower the Pressure Lever and select “Adjustment”.
3. After initialization, load media on the printer.

❈ If the Print Head is not replaced or removed, go to Step 7.

→ Continued on next page

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1580
279

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1581

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 4. Implement the “Capping Position Adjustment”.
and (Refer to BAC2010)
Verification 5. Implement the “Head Rank Input”. (Refer to BAC2040)
6. Implement the “Head Nozzle Verification”. (Refer to BAC2050)
7. Enter the rank of Black as it is and register the Color rank.
(Refer to BAC2040)
8. For “Ink Fill”, implement “Color” only.
After the inks have been filled, return to the previous menu.
9. Load media in the printer.
10. Implement the “Color Head Tilt Verification”.
(Refer to BAC2070) Magenta Yellow Cyan Black Yellow Cyan
Black
This will run an adjustment print. Any offset between cyan
and yellow (Color Head Tilt) will be adjusted by Head
Adjuster B and any offset between Color and Black (depth Head Adjuster A
relative to Black) will be adjusted by Head Adjuster A.
11. Check the printing and move the carriage to the center. Slide Head Adjuster B
Slide
If the cyan or yellow printing appears more forward than the
black printing, slide Head Adjuster A up and fasten it. If the
cyan or yellow printing is behind the black printing, slide
Head Adjuster A down and fasten it. When fastening the
Print Head, push it towards the taper of the Head Adjuster A
for depth and towards the taper of Adjuster B for tilt. (The
scales on Head Adjusters A and B represent a change of
about 0.1 mm per graduation.)
Color Head

→ Continued on next page

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1581
280

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1582

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 12. Implement the “Color Head Tilt Verification”.
and
Verification Repeat Steps 9 and 10 until the positioning matches that of
the Black Head.

13. After completing the tilt adjustment, press [Back] to return to

the previous menu.
Media eject
14. Implement “Repeatability Printing Positioning”. (Refer to direction
BAC2080) Third line
This will run single-pass, bidirectional printing three times
and compensate for any offset of the second line (CCW
Second line
printing) relative to the first and third lines (CW printing).

15. Check the printing and enter a positive value to move the First line
second line (CCW printing) towards the Cap, or a negative
value to move it in the opposite direction. Register first for
Black, then for Color. (After registering, the printer will print
again.)
Repeat until all bidirectional printing is aligned.

16. After completing Repeatability Printing Positioning, press

[Back] to return to the previous menu. Plus Minus

→ Continued on next page (Go to REP1583)

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1582
281

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1583

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Adjustment 17. Implement the “CW Adjustment”. (Refer to BAC2090)
and This will compensate for any difference between the printing
Verification start position (5 mm from the edge of the media) and the
Color printing position relative to Black (pitch between
heads).

18. Next, check the printing and enter a positive value to move
the Color towards the Cap with respect to the Black or a
negative value to move in the opposite direction. Register
this value. Distance to
edge of media (5 mm)
Repeat Steps 20 and 21 until the printing start position and
the Black and Color positions are aligned.

19. When the compensating numbers have been entered, press

[Back] to return to the previous menu.

20. Implement the “Flush Pointer Adjustment”. (Refer to

BAC2110) Pitch between heads

21. Switch off the power to the printer and the adjustments are
finished.

How to Adjust the Tilt and Depth of the Print Head (Color) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1583
282

How to Capture and Install Backup Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1590

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: Failure to switch off the power before mounting and unmounting flash memory card may cause damage to the Main
Board and make it impossible to install data properly. 1000
TEST2
1. Capture 1. Switch off power to the printer.
Backup
Parameters 2. Mount a backup-only flash memory card in the slot at the back of the printer.

3. Turn on the power. All LEDs light up instantly and “PLOTTER” → CARD” appears in the printer’s LCD display unit.

4. When “ENTER” is pressed, “P → C Started” appears in the printer’s LCD display unit and parameters start to be absorbed.

5. When parameters have been completely absorbed, “P → C Completed” appears in the printer’s LCD display unit to indicate that the comparison of
absorbed parameters has ended normally.

6. Switch off and remove the flash memory.

2. Install 1. Switch off power to the printer.

2. Mount a backup-only flash memory card in the slot at the back of the printer.

3. Turn on the power. All LEDs light up instantly and “PLOTTER” → CARD” appears in the printer’s LCD display unit.
“Menu Up” or “Menu Down” will change this to “CARD → PLOTTER”.

4. When “ENTER” is pressed, “C → P Started” appears in the printer’s LCD display unit and parameters start to be installed.

5. When parameters have been completely installed, “C → P Completed” appears in the printer’s LCD display unit to indicate that the comparison of
installed parameters has ended normally.

6. Switch off and remove the flash memory card.

3. Verify 1. Switch on power to the printer and verify that it is working normally.

How to Capture and Install Backup Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1590
283

How to Install a Program (Software Upgrade) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1600

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION: Failure to switch off the power before mounting and unmounting flash memory may cause damage to the Main
Board and make it impossible to install data properly. 1000
TEST2

1. Install 1. Switch off power to the printer.

2. Mount the latest program flash memory card in the slot at the back of the printer.
3. Switch on the power.
4. The following message will appear in the liquid crystal display:

Erase

Copy

Compare

End

The buzzer will sound. (It will end after about 70 seconds)

5. Switch off power to the printer.

6. Remove the flash memory card.

2. Verify 1. Switch on power to the printer and verify from the initialization and panel display that the version has been upgraded.

REFERENCE:

◆ The following flash memory cards are used for program installation:
RJ-4100 4 MB
RJ-4000 2 MB

How to Install a Program (Software Upgrade) Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1600

284

How to Measure the Y Rail Fitting Precision Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1610

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
CAUTION:
The Y Rail fitting precision affects picture quality and rec-
tangular accuracy. If, for any reason, you think the preci-
sion has altered or the frame and XY rails have been
removed and readjustment is necessary, special jigs are L1
available for taking measurements. If the Y Rail height has
changed, this will affect picture quality precision and cap- L2
ping precision. If the amount of change is minimal, it can
be recovered by picture quality adjustment and zone delay
compensation but if it exceeds a certain amount (maximum
value - minimum value ≥ 0. *), it will be beyond the range
of control by zone delay.
If Y Rail parallelism (L2) has altered, this will affect rectan-
gular precision, XF sensor and cutter head distance, cap-
ping precision, etc.

Y Rail height measurement can be measured with the cov- Rail Height Jig Assembly
ers fitted but the jig must be fitted in a place where there is (JD-30395)
no pressure unit. Fit the Jig Assembly to the Y Rail and
read the measurements with slight pressure. For Y Rail Y Rail Height Reference
parallel precision, the position of the Frame and Y Rail is Base Assembly
controlled by the gauge jig. The gauge jig is used with the (JD-30432)
Steel Belt, Y Pulley Box and Y Return Pulley removed.
1/100mm

1. How to use the 1. Set up by pressing the Rail Height Jig Assembly (JD-30395) into the
special jig Y Rail Height Reference Base Assembly (JD-30432) and set the dial
gauge to “0”.

2. Mount the rail height gauge over the rib and adjust the platen up and
down until the dial gauge reads 2.6 to 2.7 mm (Refer to REP1520).
1/1mm
✼ 2.6 to 2.7 is the absolute height dimension L1

→ Continued on next page

How to Measure the Y Rail Fitting Precision Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1610
285

How to Measure the Y Rail Fitting Precision Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1611

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
2. How to con- 1. In fitting the Y Rail, the height is fixed by pressing on frame
trol precision guide pins (left and right in each of two places) and parallelism
and specifica- is fixed by the inserting the Y Rail fitting control jig (JD-42051)
tion value between the Y Rail and the Frame. At this time, it doesn’t mat-
ter whether you use the capping side as the reference and the
opposite side becomes the contact point (where there are
guide pins).

Rail Fitting Control Jig

Exterior view

Guide Pin

How to Measure the Y Rail Fitting Precision Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1611
286

Head Cleaning Procedure 1 Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1620

CAUTION 1: When to Clean the Head 3. Select Black, Color or Both and press the “Confirm” key.
(In the case of Both, the Head Cleaning sequence will be Black followed by Color.
“Head Cleaning” must be carried out whenever this printer is moved by truck (refer
to CON 6000) or when the parts shown below are replaced. (Refer to REP1620)
When this operation is performed, there is a risk that the inks remaining in the head WASH: Black & Color
and ink tubes may be spilt and soil the printer. Next menu
< Replacement Parts > Head, Damper, Head Cable, Cartridge Frame Assembly,
WASH: Black
Ink Tubes
Next menu
CAUTION 2: Head Cleaning Jig WASH: Color
Next menu
When you are using the Head Cleaning Jig, the 100 cc jig bottle should contain at
least 50 cc of cleaning fluid and its cap should be loosened.
If the cap of the jig bottle is tightly closed, the ink will flow back into the bottle. ! CAUTION: If Black & Color is selected, first remove the black cartridge and
Also, when you have finished using the Head Cleaning Jig, return the cleaning fluid carry out Steps 4 to 8 shown below, the take out the color car-
from the 100 cc bottle to the 500 cc cleaning fluid bottle (JD-42054). tridge and similarly carry out Steps 4 to 8.

CAUTION 3: What to do After the Initial Filling 4. [Rm Cartridge K] or [Rm Cartridge CMY]
When this display appears, take out the specified cartridge.
Wait for at least 30 minutes after the initial filling before you use the printer for print- (Alternatively, the ink cartridges may be removed beforehand.)
ing. Otherwise picture quality can not be assured. 5. [Fit Cleaning Jig]
When this display appears, mount the cleaning jig.
★ Head Cleaning is a self-diagnostic function not available to the user.
6. [Head Cleaning in Progress]
The following two methods can be used. Refer to BAC2150 for details.
When this display appears, cleaning fluid is being sucked from within the head
• “Panel Diagnosis” implemented from the panel only, and
and tubes.
• “Personal Computer Diagnosis” implemented by connecting a personal com-
puter. 7. [Remove Cleaning Jig]
★ Black and color head cleaning may be done separately or all four colors may be When this display appears, remove the cleaning jig.
done together. 8. [Head Cleaning in Progress]
When this display appears, cleaning fluid remaining inside the head and tubes is
Panel Diagnostic Functions (when implemented from the panel only) being ejected.
9. [AJST: Home]
1. To run panel diagnostics, turn on the power while holding down the [Cleaning], When this display appears, it is the end.
[Menu] and [Shift] keys on the panel.

2. Select self diagnostic “Adjustment” and “Home”.

Head Cleaning Procedure 1 Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1620

287

How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC, 200 V AC Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1630

Power Cable
1. Turn off the Power Switch and open the Control Box.
(The Power Cable may remain connected.)
N E L
2. With the Power Switch off, check that 100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC is
being output between pins 2 and 3 of connector J001 on the Power Board.
If not, take the following steps to identify the cause: J001 Fuse
Inlet
→ Is the power outlet providing 100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC?
→ Replace the Power Cable.
→ Replace the Power Board Assembly.
3 6
3. Turn on the Power Switch and check that 100 to 120 V AC or 200 to 240 V AC is 2 5
1 4
being output between pins 4 and 6 of connector J002 on the Power Board. J002
→ Replace the fuse if it is blown.
→ Replace the Power Switch Assembly.
→ Replace the Power Board Assembly.
Power Board Assembly

1 6 VR1
7 12 VR2 J1
J003 J004

Power Switch
Assembly

How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC, 200 V AC Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1630
288

How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/5 V DC Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1640
1. Turn off the power switch and open the Control Box. → Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J110 (Cartridge Sensor
(The power cable may remain connected.) Assembly Black) from the Main Board and check again.
If this is successful, the Cartridge Sensor Assembly Black is faulty.
2. With Power Board connector J003 disconnected, turn on the Power Switch and
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J111 (Cartridge Sensor
check that +5 V ±0.5 V is being output between pins 2 and 1 of J003.
Assembly Color) from the Main Board and check again.
If not, take the following steps to identify the cause:
If this is successful, the Cartridge Sensor Assembly Color is faulty.
→ Go to REP1630 (How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC or 200 V
AC) → Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J109 (Waste Fluid Box
→ If the 100 V AC or 200 V AC check is normal and there is no +5 V output, Detector Switch Assembly) from the Main Board and check again.
replace the Power Board. If this is successful, the Waste Fluid Box Detector Switch Assembly is faulty.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J101 (Paper Sensor Front
3. Turn off the power supply momentarily to restore the J003 connector to the
Assembly) from the Main Board and check again.
Power Board. Turn on the Power Switch and check that +5 V ±0.5 V is being out-
If this is successful, the Paper Sensor Front Assembly is faulty.
put between pins 2 (GND) and 1 (+5 V) of J100 on the Main Board.
If not, take the following steps to identify the cause: → Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J108 (Paper Sensor Rear
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J113 (PANEL) from the Assembly) from the Main Board and check again.
Main Board and check again. If this is successful, the Paper Sensor Rear Assembly is faulty.
If this is successful, either the Panel Board Assembly or the Panel Cable is
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J102 (Lever Sensor
faulty.
Assembly) from the Main Board and check again.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J114 (HEAD1) and J115 If this is successful, the Lever Sensor Assembly is faulty.
(HEAD2) from the Main Board and check again.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J121 (X Encoder) from the
If this is successful, either the Head Board or the Print Head Assembly or the
Main Board and check again.
Y Cable Assembly or the Head Cable Assembly or the Origin Sensor
If this is successful, the X Motor is faulty.
Assembly or the Paper Sensor Assembly is faulty.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to take out the Extended Memory
4. If there is still no +5 V output with all the above connectors disconnected,
(SIMM) and check again.
→ Replace the DC Cable Assembly
If this is successful, the Extended Memory (SIMM) is faulty.
→ Replace the Main Board.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to take out the Option Interface Board
and check again.
If this is successful, the Extended Memory (SIMM) is faulty.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J129 (INK ID) from the
Main Board and check again.
If this is successful, the Junction Board Assembly, the Detector Assembly, the
Ink ID Sensor (either Y/M/C/K) are faulty.

How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/5 V DC Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1640
289

How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/24 V DC and 42 V DC Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1650
24 V DC Check 42 V DC Check

1. Turn off the power switch and open the Control Box. 1. Turn off the power switch and open the Control Box.
(The power cable may remain connected.) (The power cable may remain connected.)

2. With Power Board connector J003 disconnected, turn on the Power Switch and check that 2. With Power Board connector J003 disconnected, turn on the Power Switch and check that
+24 V ±0.5 V is being output between pins 4 and 3 of J003. +42 V ±0.5 V is being output between pins 10 and 11 of J003.
If not, take the following steps to identify the cause: If not, take the following steps to identify the cause:
→ Go to REP1630 (How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC or 200 V AC) → Go to REP1630 (How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/100 V AC or 200 V AC)
→ If the 100 V AC or 200 V AC check is normal and there is no +24 V output, replace the → If the 100 V AC or 200 V AC check is normal and there is no +42 V output, replace the
Power Board. Power Board.

3. Turn off the power supply momentarily to restore the J003 connector to the Power Board. 3. Turn off the power supply momentarily to restore the J003 connector to the Power Board.
Turn on the Power Switch and check that +24 V ±0.5 V is being output between pins 4 Turn on the Power Switch and check that +42 V ±0.5 V is being output between pins 10
(GND) and 3 of J100 on the Main Board. (GND) and 11 of J100 on the Main Board.
If not, take the following steps to identify the cause: If not, take the following steps to identify the cause:
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J114 (HEAD1) and J115 (HEAD2) → Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J103 (PUMP) from the Main Board
from the Main Board and check again. and check again.
If this is successful, either the Head Board or the Print Head Assembly or the Y Cable If this is successful, the Pump Assembly is faulty.
Assembly or the Head Cable Assembly or the Origin Sensor Assembly or the Paper
Sensor Assembly is faulty. → Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J207 (Head Black) from the Head
Board and check again.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J119 from the Main Board and If this is successful, either the Print Head Black Assembly or the Head Cable Black
check again. Assembly is faulty.
If this is successful, the Y Motor Assembly is faulty.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J120 from the Main Board and → Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J208 (Head Color) from the Head
check again. Board and check again.
If this is successful, the X Motor Assembly is faulty. If this is successful, either the Print Head Color Assembly or the Head Cable Color
Assembly is faulty.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J116 (FAN1) from the Main Board
and check again. → Turn off the power supply momentarily to restore connectors J207 and J208 and discon-
If this is successful, either the Fan Assembly or Fan Cable 1 is faulty. nect J114 and J115 (Y Cable Assembly) from the Main Board and check again.
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J117 (FAN2) from the Main Board If this is successful, either the Head Board or the Y Cable Assembly is faulty.
and check again.
If this is successful, either the Fan Assembly or Fan Cable 2 is faulty. 4. If there is still no +42 V output with all the above connectors disconnected,
→ Turn off the power supply momentarily to disconnect J118 (FAN3) from the Main Board → Replace the DC Cable Assembly
and check again. → Replace the Main Board.
If this is successful, either the Fan Assembly or Fan Cable 3 is faulty.

4. If there is still no ±24 V output with all the above connectors disconnected,
→ Replace the DC Cable Assembly
→ Replace the Main Board.

How to Check the Power Supply Voltages/24 V DC and 42 V DC Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1650
290

How to Clean the Head Nozzle Face Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1660
If the nozzles are clogged by paper dust or foreign matter clinging to the Head
Nozzle Face, use the following procedure to remove it.

CAUTION: Be careful not to touch the nozzle face directly with your fin-
gers otherwise normal ejection may not be possible.

1. Turn off the Power Switch and return the Head to the home position.
(The Power Cable may remain connected)

2. Open the Front Cover and remove the Plotting Board and Front Paper Guide
(You will need a short Phillips screwdriver to remove the Plotting board.)

3. Bring the Head to the printing area.

4. Soak a lint-free cloth in water or distiled water and gently wipe the Head Nozzle
Face.
(Lint-free cloth is closely woven from extremely fine threads and has no nap and
produces no dust.)

CAUTION: Don’t wipe with fluffy cloth or tissue paper as these tend to
make the clogging worse.

CAUTION: Be careful not to rub the nozzle face too hard.

5. Return the Head to the home position.

6. Refit the Plotting Board and Front Paper Guide.

7. Turn on the Power Switch and print out a diagnostic pattern. If there are no dots
missing from the G-line step pattern, the task is completed.
If some dots are missing, repeat Steps 1 to 7.

How to Clean the Head Nozzle Face Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1660
291

How to replace X Speed Reduction Pulley Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1670

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO
1. Replacement 1. Remove left and right covers. (Refer to REP1010)
Procedure 2. Remove the front cover. (Refer to REP1020) 1000
3. Remove the Y rail cover. (Refer to REP1030) TEST2
4. Remove the left side cover (Four fastening screws).
(Refer to REP1040)
Left Side Cover Fastening Screws

5. Loosen the four screws holding the X motor assembly and X Motor Assembly
loosen the belt tension. Fastening Screws

Speed Reduction
Pulley Support Slide

X Motor Assembly
Fastening Screws

6. Remove the bearing stopper. (1 hexagon set screw)

7. Remove the speed reduction pulley support. (Four fastening
screws)
Bearing Stopper
(Hex. Set Screw)

→ Continued on next page

How to replace X Speed Reduction Pulley Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1670
292

How to replace X Speed Reduction Pulley Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1671

Item Replacement and Adjustment Procedure GO TO

TEST NO

1000
TEST2
1. Replacement 8. Loosen two B stopper hexagon set screws.
Procedure

B Stopper
Hex. Setscrews (2)

9. Slide and remove the X speed reduction pulley assembly. X Speed Reduction
Pulley Assembly
10. Assembly is the reverse of the removal procedure.

2. Adjustment Adjust X motor tension. (Refer to REP1560)

and
Examination
Procedure
Slide

How to replace X Speed Reduction Pulley Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 REP1671
293

Test Procedures Model Name: RJ–4100 TST0000

Test Procedures

Test 1 Printing from User's Host Computer TST1000

Test 2 Print a Test Print TST1000
Test 3 Skew Check TST1000
Test 4 Head Movement Aging Test TST1001
Test 5 Media Feed Aging Test TST1001
Test 6 Cutter Aging Test TST1001
Test 7 Maintenance Unit Aging Test TST1002
Test 8 Head (Black/Color) Aging Test TST1002
Test 9 Sensor Test TST1002
Test 10 Panel Test TST1003
Test 11 Fan Operating Test TST1003

Test Procedures Model Name: RJ–4100 TST0000

294

Test Procedures (Test 1 to Test 3) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1000

Item Test Procedure

Test 1: 1. With the cooperation of the user/operator, have the user's data printed in the user's operating environment.
Printing from User's Host 2. Check that the printing is normal.
Computer

Test 2 : 1. Load A3 size media in the printer.

Print a Test Print 2. Print a “Test Print”. Press the [Resolution] key while you hold down the [Shift] key.
3. Check that the printing is normal. (Refer to PAT1000 for checking printing quality)

Test 3: 1. Load roll media in the printer (thick coated paper).

Skew Check 2. Select “Adjustments/Skew Verification” from the self-diagnostics menu. (Refer to BAC2030)
3. When “Please input paper feed length [m] (default 1.0 m)” is displayed, set the paper feed length
using the “Setting Value +” key to increase the setting or “Setting Value -” key to decrease the setting.
4. End if “Measurement result ± ✼.✼✼✼, ± ✼.✼✼✼” (skew values on left and right sides of the media) are both within
the standard values shown below.
5. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Standard values
Conditions Standard values Specified Media
Cut Media Within ±1.5 mm Thick
7m Within ±2.5 mm coated
Roll Media
50m Within ±10 mm paper

Test Procedures (Test 1 to Test 3) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1000

295

Test Procedures (Test 4 to Test 6) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1001

Item Test Procedure

Test 4 : 1. Remove media from the printer.

Head Movement 2. Under “Aging/Carriage Motor” in the self-diagnostics menu, select “Aging/Unidirectional Y” then set the number of agings
Aging Test to 50 times and begin aging (Refer to BAC6010)
3. Under “Aging/Carriage Motor” in the self-diagnostics menu, select “Aging/Bidirectional Y” then set the number of agings to
50 times and begin aging (Refer to BAC6010)

Note:
Use the “Setting Value +” or “Setting Value -” key to increase or decrease the number of agings.
If you wish to stop the aging process, press the “Cancel” or “Back” key.

4. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test 5 : 1. Load roll media in the printer.

Media Feed Aging Test 2. Under “Aging/Media Feed Motor” in the self-diagnostics menu, set the number of agings to 50 times and begin aging
(Refer to BAC6020)

Note:
Use the “Setting Value +” or “Setting Value -” key to increase or decrease the number of agings.
If you wish to stop the aging process, press the “Cancel” or “Back” key.

3. Check that there is no step out or abnormal noise during the media feed motor aging process.
4. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test 6 : 1. Load roll media in the printer (thick coated paper).

Cutter Aging Test 2. Under “Aging/Cutter” in the self-diagnostics menu, set the number of agings to 50 times and begin aging (Refer to BAC6030)

Note:
Use the “Setting Value +” or “Setting Value -” key to increase or decrease the number of agings.
If you wish to stop the aging process, press the “Cancel” or “Back” key.

3. Check that the cutting action is normal, that there is no abnormal noise and that the cut media falls.
Also check that the cutter joining accuracy (step difference) is no more than 0.3 mm.
4. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test Procedures (Test 4 to Test 6) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1001

296

Test Procedures (Test 7 to Test 9) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1002

Item Test Procedure

Test 7: 1. Under “Aging/Maintenance Unit” in the self-diagnostics menu, set the number of agings to 50 times and begin aging
Maintenance Unit (Refer to BAC6040)
Aging Test
Note:
Use the “Setting Value +” or “Setting Value -” key to increase or decrease the number of agings.
If you wish to stop the aging process, press the “Cancel” or “Back” key.

2. Check that there is no abnormal noise during the maintenance unit aging test.
3. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test 8: 1. Load roll media in the printer (thick coated paper).

Head (Black/Color) 2. Under “Aging/Head” in the self-diagnostics menu, select “Aging/Black” then set the number of agings to 50 times and
Aging Test begin aging (Refer to BAC6050)
3. Under “Aging/Head” in the self-diagnostics menu, select “Aging/Color” then set the number of agings to 50 times and
begin aging (Refer to BAC6050)

Note:
Use the “Setting Value +” or “Setting Value -” key to increase or decrease the number of agings.
If you wish to stop the aging process, press the “Cancel” or “Back” key.

4. Check that both black and color printing are normal during head aging.
5. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test 9: 1. Load media in the printer.

Sensor Test 2. Use the self-diagnostic “Examination/Sensors” to check the condition of all sensors (X Front, X Rear, Cover, Lever, Origin,
No Ink, No Cartridge, Cartridge, Media Edge, Temperature, Waste Fluid Tank). (Refer to BAC1040)
3. Check that sensors that have been adjusted or replaced are working normally.
4. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test Procedures (Test 7 to Test 9) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1002

297

Test Procedures (Test 10 to Test 11) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1003

Item Test Procedure

Test 10: 1. Verify “Key Input Check” when “Panel Test” is displayed in the “Examination/Panel” self-diagnostic menu.
Panel Test (Refer to BAC1030)
2. Shift from key input test to “LCD Check” by pressing the “Enter” key.
3. Shift to “LED/Buzzer Check” by pressing the “Next Menu” key during the LCD test.
4. Check that “Keys”, “LCD” and “LED/Buzzer” are all working normally.

Note:
If you wish to stop the panel test, press the “Back” key.

5. Switch off the power when the test is completed.

Test 11: 1. Remove the front paper guide. (Refer to BAC1040)

Fan Operating Test 2. Use the self-diagnostic “Examination/Fans” to test that fans switch on and off. (Refer to BAC1060)
3. Check by observing that the fans turn.

To check with the front paper guide attached, carry out the following procedure:
Mount one A4 sheet to the right, one A3 sheet in the center and one A3 sheet to the left on the paper guide and
check that the paper is held down by the fans.

Test Procedures (Test 10 to Test 11) Model Name: RJ–4100 TST1003

298

Fundamental Knowledge Model Name: RJ–4100 GID0000

Fundamental Knowledge

Basic Specifications GID1000

• Name of Parts GID1100

Principles of Operation GID2000

Explanation of Operations Around the Head GID2010
Explanation of Printing Operation GID2100

System Block Diagram GID3000

Explanation of Boards GID3010
Connector Layout Diagram
• Main Board Assembly GID3020
• Head Board Assembly GID3030
• Panel Board Assembly GID3040
• Mother Board Assembly GID3050
• Power Supply Board Assembly GID3060
• Junction Board Assembly GID3070

Operating Sequence
• Power On Sequence GID4010
• Power Off Sequence GID4020
• Media Detection Sequence GID4030
• Normal Standby Sequence GID4040
• Encoder Disconnected Check Sequence GID4050
• Origin Detection Sequence GID4060
• Media Cutting Sequence GID4070
• Printing Sequence (Including Flushing) GID4080

Fundamental Knowledge Model Name: RJ–4100 GID0000

299

Basic Specifications Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1000

System RJ-4100 System RJ-4100
Printing System On-demand piezo driving system Area Available for Printing (Margins) Front Back Right Left
(Large capacity, 4-color, independently removable ink cartridges: 220 cc ± 5 cc) Standard: Cut media 25mm 20mm 10mm 10mm ❉ Printing quality is assured
within standard margins
Printing Direction Shortest distance printing (bidirectional or unidirectional) Roll media 25mm 20mm 10mm 10mm
Resolution 360 dpi x 360 dpi Compatible: Cut media 25mm 20mm 5mm 5mm
720 dpi x 720 dpi Roll media 25mm 20mm 5mm 5mm
Media Transport Multi-point pressure grid roller system Media holding system Pressure roller lowered by manually operated lever
Media Supply and Eject Cut Media: Front supply/front eject Roll Media: Rear supply/front eject Media cutting system Built-in automatic crosscut mechanism (free fall to ejected paper tray)
CPU 64 bit RISC CPU Ink Cartridges Black, cyan, magenta, yellow: each 220 cc ± 5 cc,
Standard: 8 MB (main) + 1 MB (plain) Dye and pigment (RJ-4100 Series only)
Input Buffer
Extended: 64 MB [ Up to 72 MB (main) + 1 MB (plain) ]
Kanji Conforms to JIS1, JIS2 (1990 edition stroke font built-in)
Two expansion slots: 8 MB, 16 MB, 32 MB
(Export models have 8 MB in Slot-1 as standard equipment) (Font has some independent codes unspecified by JIS)

Commands Printer commands: MH-GL, MH-GL/2, (MH-RTL), RTL-PASS Interfaces Standard Bidirectional Centronics: IEEE 1284 (compatible, nibble, ECP modes)
Linear Precision The larger of ±0.1% of movement distance or ±0.5 mm Option Ethernet: WindowsNT, Windows95, TCP/IP, NetWare, EtherTalk support

Media: Thick coated paper (roll media) Head Life Averages more than 2 billion dots per nozzle
Working temperature: 20°C, Humidity: 60%, Printing mode: High quality/720 dpi (for continuous ejection in dust-free environment at 20°C)
Angular Precision Within ±0.5 mm/500.0 mm Environmental Operating environment Temperature: 10°C to 35°C, humidity 20% to 80% (no condensation)
Media: Thick coated paper (roll media) conditions
Rate of change Temperature: 2°C/h, Humidity: 5%/h
Working temperature: 20°C, Humidity: 60%, Printing mode: High quality/720 dpi
Storage environment Temperature: -10°C to 60°C, humidity 20% to 90% (no condensation)
Media Types High quality paper, coated paper, thick coated paper, art paper, glossy paper, Power Supply (Voltage) AC100 ~ 120 V ±10%, AC200 ~ 240 V ±10%
glossy photographic paper, glossy film, Yupo film, Yupo tac film, cloth,
fire-resistant cloth, glossy PVC tac film Power Supply (Frequency) 50 Hz / 60 Hz ±1 Hz

Roll Media Tube Diameter Standard 2-inch Option: 3-inch Power Printing 75 W or less
Consumption
Maximum Media Width 954 mm Standby 60 W or less

Media Sizes 934 mm Cleaning 100 W or less

Maximum Roll Media Length 50 m (maximum size roll that can be mounted) External Height 1264 mm
Dimensions
Maximum Cutting Media Length 1300 mm (media longer than this is treated as roll media) Width 1520 mm

Media Sizes (Width) 210 ~ 915 mm Depth 580 mm

(Length) 297 ~ 1300 mm Weight Body 46 kg

Roll Media Maximum Printing Length 13 m (RTL-PASS) Legs 11 kg

Basic Specifications Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1000

300

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1100

1. Names of exterior parts of the Main Unit

(2) Front Cover

(3) Left Cover (11) Y Rail Cover (1) Operating Panel (10) Cartridge Cover (7) Rear Paper Guide

(4) Right Cover

(8) Pressure Lever

(6) Front Paper Guide
(12) Scroller
(5) Control Box
(9) Pressure Lever Knob

(14) Ink Cartridge Slots

(13) Scroller Adjusting Screw

(16) Paper Basket (15) Waste Fluid Box

Front View Rear View

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1100

301

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1110

2. Names of parts of the Main Unit media transport system and left and right frames
Flushing Box

Y Rail

Platen

Y Rail

Speed Reduction Pressure roller

Pulley Support

Suction Fan Assembly

Pressure bracket
Shielding
Speed Reduction X Motor GA
Pulley X Speed Reduction Belt Pressure arm

Blade

Grid roller

Main Unit media transport system and left and right frames

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1110

302

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1120

3. Names of Main Unit Y Drive Unit

Y Return
Head Board
Y Driven Pulley Pulley Shaft Y Cable Head Cover Assembly Cover Switch

Drive Pulley

Left Frame

Y Motor Assembly

Right Frame
Steel Belt
Waste Fluid Tube

Waste Fluid Box

Platen Detector Switch

Cutter Groove

Front Paper Guide

Waste Fluid Box (Supply)

Head Mount

Pressure Pressure Relay Lever Sensor Assembly

Lever Plate
Main Unit Y Drive Unit

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1120

303

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1130

4. Names of Head Unit

Ink Tubes Origin Sensor Head Board Assembly

Printer Head (Black)

Cutter Cap

Cutter Blade T Fence

Cursor Roller

Cutter Holder Cursor

Connecting Screw
H Adjustor A

Paper Sensor Assembly

Cursor Roller

Printer Head (Color)

H Adjustor B Damper Fixer

Ink Dampers (B:1, Color:3)

Head Mount

Head Unit

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1130

304

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1140

5. Names of maintenance station GA parts

Tube Fastening Spring

Ink Tubes
Wiper

Extension Tubes

Pump Transfer
Assembly Gears Cap Assembly

Maintenance Frame

Transfer Gears

Speed Reduction Gear

Maintenance Unit Idler Gear

Pump Motor Assembly

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1140

305

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1150

6. Names of Cartridge Unit

Cartridge Sensor

Ink Tubes

Joint 1

Connecting Screw

Cartridge Pipe Cartridge Side Plate

Ink Cartridge Needle Insertion Error Prevention Plate

Cartridge Base
Ink ID Sensor
(Ink type identification sensor)
Detector Assembly
(remaining ink sensor)

Cartridge Unit

Names of Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 GID1150

306

Principles of Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2000

Principles of Operation

1. Ink ejection principle

The printing system of RJ-4100 Series heads is an on-demand piezoelectric operated system. The principle of this system is that, using the vibration of a piezo element,
ink enters the flow path and the path expands and contracts when the piezo element vibrates, ejecting the ink.
Therefore, when the head is to be used in a stable condition, it is vital that the ink enters and remains in the flow path in a stable condition. Also, at the leading edge of
the head (the ends of the nozzles) it is extremely important that the ink is kept in a condition (meniscus) such that it can be ejected at any time.

2. For stabilizing and ejecting ink

So long as the meniscus of the nozzle section is kept in a constant condition, the piezo head ought to be capable of stable ejection throughout its physical life. However,
the ink is not being ejected from the nozzle at constant intervals. In the periods when there is no ejection, the ink hardens in the nozzle and the meniscus may be
destroyed.
Therefore, restoring these conditions is a mandatory requirement for using the piezo head in a stable condition. Accordingly, a piezo type system is provided with a clean-
ing unit and it would be no exaggeration to say that the reliability of the cleaning system is more important than the ejection. (Causes of nozzle clogging include dust and
hardening of the ink that has been left too long.)

3. Printing sequence

The piezo head is most stable when ink is being ejected regularly. Therefore, ink is ejected from all nozzles at certain regular intervals during printing. Naturally, it would
be wrong if this were to be ejected onto the media so a place for this ejection is provided near the cleaning unit. (For flushing: the flushing box)

4. Initial filling operation

After the user has purchased a printer, this operation is required once only and it is intended to enable the head to print by filling the head with ink from the ink cartridges.
ink filling uses the cleaning unit pump motor to suck ink from the ink cartridges until it arrives at the head.

5. Cleaning and strong cleaning

This operation is to restore the head to normal condition by removing any foreign matter clinging to the head face or when the ink at the ends of the nozzles has hard-
ened.

Principles of Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2000

307

Principles of Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2001

6. RJ-4100 Series ink system

A RJ-4100 Series printer has one monochrome head and one head for three colors (cyan, magenta, yellow).
Both dye inks and pigment inks can be used (but all four colors must be the same type).

Inside head
Ink container
(Damper)
Ink container Supply path Piezo-electric element
Pressure element B (Ink Cartridge)
C (Ink Cartridge)
M (Ink Cartridge)
Y (Ink Cartridge)
Tube

Pressure chamber
Ink Damper

Head Black Head Color

Cap

to Waste Fluid Box

RJ-4100 Series ink system

Principles of Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2001

308

Explanation of Operations Around the Head Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2010

• Head cleaning
This function is to remedy head nozzle blockage.
When ink is ejected by the pump attached to the capping unit, head maintenance is carried out by wiping and rubbing actions.
Cleaning modes include normal cleaning and powerful cleaning as well as periodic cleaning after each hour of accumulated printing time.
When the panel cleaning key is pressed, normal cleaning is done first.
After that, if the cleaning key is pressed again before three pages have been plotted, powerful cleaning will be carried out automatically.

• Function to prevent head drying out

During a printing operation, if the head is stationary for more than 20 seconds while waiting for data for instance, the head will be made to stand by at the capping to posi-
tion to prevent it from drying out.
Printing will be resumed automatically when data are supplied.

• Function to detect no ink

The no ink sensor for each cartridge will react when the amount of ink in the cartridge is low. At this time the panel LCD will display an “ink low” warning. However, a cer-
tain amount of ink will remain in the cartridge. When this remaining ink has been ejected, “no ink” will be indicated on the panel.
When “no ink” appears on the panel during printing,
if the data are vector data only, printing will continue to the end,
if the data include raster data, printing will stop.
No further printing will be done until the cartridge is replaced.

• Function to detect waste fluid full

When waste fluid initial filling and cleaning accumulates in the waste fluid box, the printer will ask for the waste fluid box to be replaced. No more cleaning will be possible
until the replacement of the waste fluid box has been confirmed by an operation.
The absorption capacity of the waste fluid box is 372 cc and the amount of ink sucked out during cleaning is roughly as shown below:
Normal cleaning . . . . Monochrome mode: 0.3 cc, color mode: 0.6 cc
Strong cleaning. . . . . Monochrome mode: 0.7 cc, color mode: 1.4 cc
Head washing and initial filling: about 100 cc total.
When the waste fluid has accumulated up to 90% of the absorption capacity of the waste fluid box, “Change Tank?” will appear in the panel, warning that it is nearly time
to replace the waste fluid box.
Then, when 100% of the absorption capacity of the waste fluid box has accumulated, “Waste fluid box full” will appear.
When the “Waste fluid box full” message has appeared during printing,
printing will continue to the end whether the data are vector data only or raster data are included.
No further printing will be done until the cartridge “Change Tank?” is replaced.
When the waste fluid box is replaced, “Has it been replaced?” will appear in the panel display and when this is confirmed by answering “Yes”, the waste fluid counter will
be cleared.
The waste fluid box may also be replaced before the “Waste fluid box full” appears.

Explanation of Operations Around the Head Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2010

309

Explanation of Operations Around the Head Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2011

• Head washing
This function is operated only from Self-Diagnostic mode. (Refer to BAC2160)
It is a function intended for removing ink from the heads and tubes and for washing them when the printer is shipped and whenever it is moved.
The operation is broken into the following three stages. You will need the head washing jig. (Refer to CAT2000)
(1) Suck out the ink from the head and ink tube. (Do this with no ink cartridge)
(2) Suck out the washing fluid and wash the head and ink tube. (Install the washing jig in place of the cartridge)
(3) Suck out the washing fluid, leaving the head and ink tube empty)
If “Black & Color” is selected, do steps (1) to (3) above for black and then repeat steps (1) to (3) above for color.
“Black & Color” washing takes about 40 minutes.
CAUTION 1: When to do head washing
You must do “Head Washing” (Refer to REP1620) whenever this printer is to be transported by truck (Refer to CON6000) and
when the following parts are replaced.
< Replacement parts > Head, damper, head cable, cartridge frame assembly, ink tube.

CAUTION 2: Head Washing Jig

When the head washing jig is to be used, fill the jig’s 100 cc bottle with at least 50 cc of washing fluid and use it with the cap loosened.
If head washing is done with the cap tightened, ink will flow back into the 100 cc bottle.
When you have finished head washing, return the remaining washing fluid from the 100 cc bottle to the 500 cc washing fluid bottle (JD-42054).
• Initial filling
This is a function to restore printing capability after head washing by filling the head tube with ink.
This will be done automatically once only when power is switched on after head washing (except in Self-Diagnostic Mode).
If a “Not yet filled” message appears when the power is switched on, install the ink cartridges. Initial filling will then proceed automatically.
Initial filling can also be forced in Self-Diagnostic Mode. (Refer to BAC2040)
Don’t switch off the power during initial filling.
CAUTION 3: Printing After Initial Filling
Wait at least 30 minutes before printing after initial filling.
Printing quality can not be assured unless ink filling has been stabilized.

CAUTION 4: Initial filling is automatic when inks are switched

When ink cartridges are switched from dye to pigment type or from pigment to dye type, the ink remaining in the ink tubes is expelled and
initial filling begins automatically.
For details on switching ink types, please refer to "Switching between dye ink and pigment ink" in the Basic Edition.

Explanation of Operations Around the Head Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2011

310

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2100

Head layout and resolution Bidirectional and uni-directional printing

This printer has a black head and a color head and the four colors are arranged Cyan, magenta and yellow are mixed as shown in the diagram below in order to pro-
side-by-side in line as shown below. duce red, green and blue.
The vertical resolutions of the heads are also as shown below.
Black: 360 dpi spacing, 128 nozzles
Y
Color: 180 dpi spacing, 64 nozzles Yellow
K C M Y
G R
Green Red
K
Black
Black: Cyan: Magenta: Yellow: C M
360 dpi spacing, 180 dpi spacing, 180 dpi spacing, 180 dpi spacing, Cyan B Magenta
128 nozzles 64 nozzles 64 nozzles 64 nozzles Blue

CAUTION:
Mix magenta and yellow to produce red.
Because the black and color heads have different resolutions and numbers of • For uni-directional printing, the ejection sequence is magenta then yellow.
pores, when printing in color mode, there is no ejection from the even numbered • For bidirectional printing, the forward travel ejection sequence is magenta then
pores of the black head. yellow and the return travel sequence is yellow then magenta.

A slightly different color is seen if the ejection sequence changes and banded strip-
Distance to media surface ing may appear in some images.
Therefore, uni-directional printing is used where image quality takes priority and bidi-
The distance to media surface (the distance from the head nozzle face to the rectional printing is used where speed is required.
media) is about 1.8 mm. As shown in the diagram below, because of the time lag
from ejection to impact, in the case of bidirectional printing the ejection positions
must be adjusted so that the points of impact on the forward and return strokes will Printing modes
coincide. In this printer, this adjustment is called “Reciprocal Printing Position
Alignment”. (BAC2080) This printer has the following six printing modes:
1. 360 dpi: High speed printing
Offset of ejection positions 2. 360 dpi: Standard printing
3. 360 dpi: High quality printing
Return travel Forward travel 4. 720 dpi: High speed printing
5. 720 dpi: Standard printing
Distance to media surface:
6. 720 dpi: High quality printing
1.8 mm approx.

Impact position

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2100

311

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2101

1. 360dpi High speed printing mode 2. 360dpi Standard printing mode
2-pass, bidirectional 360 dpi x 360 dpi 4-pass, bidirectional 360 dpi x 360 dpi
A Nozzle 1 A Nozzle 1
126units 62units
Forward travel

Forward travel Nozzle 1 B Return travel

Unit A
62units

Unit A
64 nozzles Path 64 nozzles
Path
9.03 mm 1 9.03 mm
1 Path
Nozzle 1 B (256units) C Nozzle 1 (256units)
128units 2 62units

Unit B
Forward travel
Return travel Nozzle 1 D Return travel
70units

Unit C
Unit B

Path A Nozzle 64 A Nozzle 64

2 A Nozzle 1 A
126units 62units
Forward travel

Unit D
Nozzle 64 B Path
Path 3
Forward travel Return travel
4 62units
Unit A

Unit A
Nozzle 64 B
Path C Nozzle 64
1
128units 62units
Nozzle 64 D Forward travel

Return travel
70units Return travel
A Nozzle 64 A Nozzle 64

Note: 1 unit = 1/360 inch Note: 1 unit = 1/720 inch

Forward Return 360dpi Forward Return 360dpi

travel travel travel travel
Path Path
A A A A A A 1 C A C A C A 1
180dpi 180dpi
B B B B B B 90dpi 2 B D B D B D 90dpi 2
A A A A A A 1 C A C A C A 3
B B B B B B 2 B D B D B D 4
A A A A 1 C A C A 1

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2101

312

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2102

3. 360dpi High quality printing mode 4. 720dpi High speed printing mode
4-pass, uni-directional 360 dpi x 360 dpi 4-pass, bidirectional 720 dpi x 720 dpi
A Nozzle 1 A Nozzle 1
62units 63units
Forward travel
Forward travel
Nozzle 1 B
62units Nozzle 1 B Path

Unit A
Forward travel 64 nozzles Return travel
Path 63units 1 64 nozzles

Unit A
9.03 mm Path
Nozzle 1 C 1 9.03 mm
62units (256units) 2 C Nozzle 1 (256units)

Unit B
Forward travel 63units

Unit B
Forward travel
Nozzle 1 D

Unit C
A Nozzle 64 Nozzle 1 D Return travel
70units 67units

Unit C
Forward travel Path A Nozzle 64
Unit D

B 2 Nozzle 64 A Nozzle 1
63units Path
Nozzle 1 A Path Path Forward travel

Unit D
Nozzle 64 B 3
3 Nozzle 64 4
C
62units Return travel
Forward travel Path 63units

Unit A
C Nozzle 64
4 Nozzle 64
Unit A

63units
Path Nozzle 64 D Forward travel
1 Return travel
67units
A Nozzle 64 A Nozzle 64

Note: 1 unit = 1/720 inch Note: 1 unit = 1/720 inch

360dpi 720dpi Forward

Forward travel travel Return travel
Path Path
C A C A C A 1 A A A A A A 1
360dpi 720dpi
B D B D B D 180dpi 2 B B B B B B 2
C A C A C A 3 C C C C C C 180dpi 3
B D B D B D 4 D D D D D D 4
C A C A 1 A A A A 1

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2102

313

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2103

5. 720dpi Standard printing mode 6. 720dpi High quality printing mode
4-pass, uni-directional 720 dpi x 720 dpi 8-pass, uni-directional 720 dpi x 720 dpi
Forward travel A Nozzle 1 Forward travel 31units A Nozzle 1
63units
Forward travel 31units B Nozzle 1
Path1
B Forward travel 31units C Nozzle 1
Forward travel
63units Nozzle 1 64 nozzles

Unit A
64 nozzles Forward travel 31units D

Unit A
Path Nozzle 1

Unit B
9.03 mm Forward travel 31units E 9.03 mm
Forward travel C 1
(256units) Nozzle 1 (256units)

Unit C
63units Forward travel 31units F

Unit B
Nozzle 1

Unit D
Forward travel 31units G
D Nozzle 1

Unit E
H

Unit C
Forward travel A Nozzle 64 A Nozzle 64

Unit F
67units Forward travel 39units B Path2 Nozzle 64

Unit G
Path
C Path3 Nozzle 64
Unit D

B 2 Nozzle 64

Unit H
D Path4 Nozzle 64
A
Path A
E Path5 Nozzle 64
C 3 Nozzle 64 Path6
Forward travel F Nozzle 64
63units Forward travel 31units
Path G Path7 Nozzle 64
Unit A

4 Nozzle 64

Unit A
D Path8
H Nozzle 64

1
A
A
720dpi
Note: 1 unit = 1/720 inch Note: 1 unit = 1/720 inch
Forward travel Path
E A E A E A 1
720dpi 720dpi
Forward travel B F B F B F 2
Path G C G C G C 180dpi 3
A A A A A A 1
720dpi D H D H D H 4
B B B B B B 2 E A E A E A 5
C C C C C C 180dpi 3
B F B F B F 6
D D D D D D 4
G C G C G C 7
A A A A 1
D H D H D H 8
E A E A 1

Explanation of Printing Operation Model Name: RJ–4100 GID2103

314

System Block Diagram Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3000

System Block Diagram Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3000

315

Explanation of Boards Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3010

1. Board System
Board Name Board Number External View Reference Page
Main Board Assembly DE-41524 GID3020
Head Board Assembly DE-41525 GID3030
Panel Board Assembly DE-40097 GID3040
Mother Board Assembly DE-40098 GID3050
Power Board Assembly DE-40095 GID3060
Junction Board Assembly DF-41536 GID3070

Note:
The last digit of the board number shown above will be changed when a new edition of a board is issued. You will be notified of these changes but please take care when replacing a board.

2. Optional Boards
Name Type
Extended I/F Ethernet Board RJ8-ETH13/RJ8-ETH13-EX
Extended Memory Extended Memory (8 MB) SIM8M ❈ Standard equipment specification for overseas models is SIM 8 M
Extended Memory(16 MB) SIM16M installed in Slot-1 on the Main Board Assembly.
Extended Memory (32 MB) SIM32M

3. Explanation of Boards

3.1 Main Board (DF-41524)

The Main Board, located in the Control Box of the printer, controls the Head Board on the carriage unit and the Panel Board in the cover section.
The controller is a 64-bit RISC processor.
Memory is 8 MB DRAM, with 1 MB allocated for the input buffer, 2 MB for the intermediate code buffer and 3 MB for banding memory.
the 2 MB intermediate code buffer is enough for two- to five- hundred thousand MH-GL line segment data.
Power supplies are +5 V, +24 V and +42 V.

Principal functions of the Main Board are:

• To interface with external devices
• To convert of vector data to raster data
• To control transfer of inkjet head raster data
• To control panel display
• To monitor all sensor information
• To control X motor (+24 V), Y motor (+24 V), fans (+24 V), solenoids (+24 V)
• To handle all control parameters
• To generate head signals (+42 V), pump motor (+42 V)

Explanation of Boards Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3010

316

Explanation of Boards Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3011

3.2 Head Board (DF-41525)
The Head Board, located on the carriage, distributes head control signals from the Main Board to the head.
Voltages used are +5 V, +24 V and +42 V.

Principal functions of the Head Board are:

• To connect head signals (+24 V, +42V)
• To detect media width and temperature
• To connect sensor data

3.3 Panel Board (DF-40097)

The panel board consists of a 1-line, 16-digit liquid crystal character display (LCD) for displaying comments, key switches and LEDs.
The only voltage used is +5 V.

Parts comprising the panel board are:

• Liquid crystal character display
• 8 key switches
• 11 LEDs

3.4 Mother Board (DF-40098)

The Mother Board, located in the Control Box, is a relay board for connecting the optional network I/F board and Main Board.
The only voltage used is +5 V.

3.5 Power Board (DF-40095)

The Power Board, located in the Control Box of the printer, supplies power to all boards.
It generates three type of DC voltage: +5 V, +24 V and +42 V.

3.6 Junction Board (DF-41536)

The junction board assembly is located on the back surface of the X reinforcement R of the body of the printer. It is a relay board for connecting cartridge sensor section and the main
board assembly.

3.7 Optional Boards

The two types of optional boards that are available for mounting on inkjet printers are the Network Interface Board and extended memory for the input buffer.

(1) Network Interface Board (RJ8-ETH13-EX)

The Network Interface Board is a special Ethernet-compatible interface board.
It is compatible with TCP/IP and NetWare network protocols.

(2) Extended Memory

Two slots located on the Main Board in the Control Box of the printer are available for extended memory.
Three types of memory, 8 MB, 16 MB or 32 MB, can be mounted in one slot.
If both slots are used, memory can be extended up to 64 MB (32 MB + 32 MB).
❈ Standard equipment specification for overseas models is SIM 8 M installed in Slot-1 on the Main Board Assembly.

Explanation of Boards Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3011

317

Connector Layout Diagram : Main Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3020

J100
AC Switch Power
Information output 6 12 Off input
GND 5 11 +42V
GND 4 10 GND
+24V 3 9 +24V
GND 2 8 GND
+5V 1 7 +5V

Connector Layout Diagram : Main Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3020
318

Connector Layout Diagram : Head Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3030

Connector Layout Diagram : Head Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3030
319

Connector Layout Diagram : Panel Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3040

Connector Layout Diagram : Panel Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3040
320

Connector Layout Diagram : Mother Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3050

Connector Layout Diagram : Mother Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3050
321

Connector Layout Diagram : Power Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3060

NEUTRAL input
Switch status
detection signal LINE input

1 2 3
J002
4 5 6

LINE input NEUTRAL input

Switch status detection signal

J003
AC switch Power
data output 6 12 Off input
GND 5 11 +42V
GND 4 10 GND
+24V 3 9 +24V
GND 2 8 GND
+5V 1 7 +5V

Connector Layout Diagram : Power Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3060
322

Connector Layout Diagram : Junction Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3070

Not used INK ID Bk Detector Bk

Not used INK ID C Detector C

Not used INK ID M Detector M

Not used INK ID Y Detector Y

Ink ID Cable

Connector Layout Diagram : Junction Board Assembly Model Name: RJ–4100 GID3070
323

Power On Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4010

error occurs
Power Switch ON [Check Standard DRAM] Serious Error (StdDRAM)
error occurs
[Check Optional DRAM] Serious Error (OptDRAM)
error occurs
[Check NVRAM] [Write initial values to NVRAM]
error occurs
[Read NVRAM] Serious Error (NVRAM)
[Initialize Tasks]
< Enter Self-diagnostic Key > Self-diagnostic Standby
[Cover & Lever monitoring begins]
error occurs
[Encoder diagnostic check] Serious Error (Encoder)
[Motor excitation on]
error occurs
[Origin detection] Serious Error (Sensor)
Origin position not set
< Is capping position registered? > Error Display
Not
< Carriage not at capping position on startup > Strong Cleaning
Normal Standby

Power On Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4010

324

Power Off Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4020

Power Switch Off < Origin detection in progress > [Servo slows and stops]
< Media initialization in progress > [Servo slows and stops]

< Media cutting in progress > [Servo slows and stops]

< Open Cover >

< Lever up and location other than capping position >

< Cleaning in progress >

< Printing in progress > [Servo slows and stops]
< Lever down and location other than capping position > [Move to capping position]
[Write settings to NVRAM]

< Is Power Switch on ? > [Reset software]

[Power off]

Power Off Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4020

325

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4030

Initialize Media < Is carriage at maintenance position? > [Move carriage to Media initialization standby position]
No
< Is panel set to cut media? > [Media leading edge detection] (1)

[Media leading edge detection] (1) [Media width detection] (2)

[Media width detection] (2)

[Media trailing edge detection] (3)

[Move media leading edge to standby position]

[End]

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4030

326

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4031

(1) Media Leading Edge Detection

Head

Front sensor Rear sensor

(XF) (XR)

Yes
Media leading edge detection < Is media over XF? > [Move media back until XF goes off]
No
[Move media forward until XF goes on] < Moved 1300 mm back? > Yes
No
No
< Moved 100 mm forward? > Yes < XF off? >
No Yes
< XF on? >
Yes

[Move back 10 mm]

[Move media slowly forward until XF goes on]

Yes [Media detection error]

< Media moved 15 mm? >
No
Yes
< XF on? >
No

[End]

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4031

327

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4032

(2) Media Width Detection

A direction B direction

Carriage

Maintenance Unit

No
Media Width Detection < In the carriage over the maintenance unit? > [Move carriage to maintenance unit]

Yes
[x = reflection sensor reading of position with no media]
[Move carriage to a position where the reflection sensor comes over the media a = reflection sensor reading]
[Move 5 mm towards A, b = reflection sensor reading]
[Move 5 mm towards B, c = reflection sensor reading]
[Media edge (z) = (x + (a + b + c) / 3) / 2]
[Move carriage slowly towards B to a position where reflective sensor value is z]

Yes
< Moved 200 mm? > [Media detection error]
No
< Is reflective sensor value z ? > No
Yes
[e1 = encoder count]

[Move carriage to a position where the reflective sensor comes over the media]
[Move carriage slowly towards A to a position where reflective sensor value is z]

Yes
< Moved 50 mm? >
No No
< Is reflective sensor value z ? >
Yes
[e2 = encoder count]

[Media width = e2 - e1 : Move carriage to e1 position]

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4032

328

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4033

(3) Media trailing edge detection

Head

Front sensor Rear sensor

(XF) (XR)

Media trailing edge detection [Move media forward until XR goes off]

< Media moved 1300 mm > Yes [Recognition that

No
roll media is loaded]
< XR off? > No
Yes

[Move forward 5 mm]

[Move media slowly back until XR goes on]

< Media moved 15 mm > Yes [Media detection error]

No
No
< XR on? >
Yes

[End]

Media Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4033

329

Normal Standby Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4040

Normal Standby Condition < Receive online data >

< Analyse received data >
< Mount media > [Initialize media] [Media is mounted when either XF or XR sensor is on]
< Enter the Cancel key > < Printing in progress > [Printing is forcibly ended]
< Reception/Analysis in progress > [Data already received/analysed is ignored]
< Standby > [If roll media is mounted, it is cut]
< End data analysis > [Begin printing]

Normal Standby Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4040

330

Encoder Disconnected Check Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4050

Compete check for [Initialize PWM gate array]

disconnected encoder
[Check X-axis + direction]

< Origin sensor ? >

OFF
ON
[Check Y-axis + direction] [Check Y-axis - direction]
[Check X-axis - direction] [Check X-axis - direction]
[Check Y-axis - direction] [Check Y-axis + direction]
[END]

Check each axis

[PWM output on]
in each direction
for disconnection [PWM torque output]
No
< Move 5 pulses ? >

No
< 20 msec elapsed ? >
Yes
[Increase PWM torque]

No
< Move 5 pulses ? >

Yes < 20 msec elapsed ? > No

Yes

[End] [Encoder error]

Encoder Disconnected Check Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4050

331

Origin Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4060

Origin Detection

A0 Machine Origin Flag

A direction B direction
Origin

Yes
Origin < Inside origin flag ? > [Move (200 mm) towards A while monitoring Origin sensor off]
Detection No
Yes
< Moved 200 mm ? > [Faulty sensor error]
No
< Origin sensor off ? >
Yes
[Move 1 mm towards A and set origin sensor off]

[Move 1200 mm towards B while monitoring Origin sensor off]

No
< Origin sensor off ? >
Yes
[Move 2 mm towards A and set origin sensor off]

[Move carriage 10 mm towards A]

Yes
< Origin sensor on ? > [Move 20 mm towards B and set origin sensor on]
No

[Move carriage 25 mm towards B]

Yes
< Origin sensor on ? >

(Go to next page)

Origin Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4060

332

Origin Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4061

[Move 10 mm towards B]

[Move (50 mm) towards A until origin sensor goes off]

Yes
< Moved 50 mm without sensor going off ? > [Faulty sensor error]
No
[Let current position be "a"]

[Move 5 mm towards A]

[Move (35 mm) towards B until origin sensor goes off]

Yes
< Moved 35 mm without sensor going off ? >
No
[Let current position be "b"]

[Set the origin between points "a" and "b"]

[Move to origin]

[End]

Origin Detection Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4061

333

Media Cutting Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4070

Detects trailing edge of media
(2) (3) (1)

Maintenance Unit

Media Cutting < Printing in progress ? >

No
Yes
< Manual cutting requested ? > If media has just been initialized, feed 10 mm
No
No
< XR off ? > [Wait ink drying period]
Yes
< Is ink drying period finished ? >
[Moves to a point 1/3 of media from right edge]
[Cut towards (1)]
[Moves to a point 1/3 of media from left edge]
[Cut towards (2)]
[Moves to a point 1/3 of media from left edge]
[Cut towards (3)]

[Try to shake out the media]

[Move 5 mm forward]
(45 mm in the case of a retry)

[Move 5 mm back]
No
< Tried 3 times ? >
Yes

[Move media 125 mm back]

Retry once if media can not be shaken out
No
< Is there media on the XF sensor ? > [Media cutting error]
Yes
[ End ]

Media Cutting Sequence Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4070

334

Color Printing Sequence (Including Flushing) Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4080

Yes
Color Printing < Are you printing with media already mounted when power was switched on ?> [Pull media 300 mm forward]
Sequence No
Yes
< Did you wait for 20 minutes after initialization ? > [Pull media 250 mm forward]
No
[Pull media 150 mm forward]
[Move to position for starting to plot]
< Printing Mode ?>
360dpi High Speed 360dpi Standard 360dpi High Quality
360x360: 2-pass bidirectional 360x360: 4-pass bidirectional 360x360: 4-pass unidirectional
[Move carriage and print] [Move carriage and print] [Move carriage and print]

[Move media 4.3 mm forward] [Move media 2.18 mm forward] [Move media 2.18 mm forward]
No No No
< Printing finished ? > < Printing finished ? > < Printing finished ? >
Yes Yes Yes

[End] [End] [End]

< Printing Mode ?>

720dpi High Speed 720dpi Standard 720dpi High Quality
720x720: 4-pass bidirectional 720x720: 4-pass unidirectional 720x720: 8-pass unidirectional
[Move carriage and print] [Move carriage and print] [Move carriage and print]

[Move media 2.15 mm forward] [Move media 2.15 mm forward] [Move media 1.09 mm forward]
No No No
< Printing finished ? > < Printing finished ? > < Printing finished ? >
Yes Yes Yes

[End] [End] [End]

Note: Flushing occurs each 20-seconds.

Color Printing Sequence (Including Flushing) Model Name: RJ–4100 GID4080

335

Stored Test Patterns Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 0 0 0 0

Stored Test Patterns

< Stored Test Patterns >
These are patterns that are stored in the printer and can be output by the user or the serviceman when required without using a host computer.
The printer contains the following five stored test patterns, any of which can be output directly by keys.
Stored Test Patterns

No. Name of stored test pattern Name of direct keys Purpose and Details Reference page

1. Test Pattern [Shift]+[PRINT LAYOUT] When trouble related to printing (such as picture quality or printing precision) PAT1000
has occurred, having this pattern output in the field can become the basis for
identifying the cause of the problem from the maintenance manual.
In A3 size, it is a 7-color pattern showing picture quality and printing precision.
When plotting with A0 media mounted, in addition to the A3 size pattern,
the J line pattern will be printed over the entire width in the Y direction.
• Printing will be in accordance with the printing mode set on the panel.

2. Color Palette [Shift]+[QUALITY/SPEED] Color palette for the user to decide colors for lines and painting. PAT2000
Output matches the media that is mounted.
• Printing will be in accordance with the printing mode set on the panel.

3. Fine adjustment of print quality [Shift]+[CLEANING] Print quality adjustment pattern for obtaining the best printing quality. PAT3000
Mount A3 or bigger cut media or roll media.
Pattern A is for adjusting the Repeatability printing position of the black head.
Pattern B is for adjusting the Repeatability printing position of the color head.
Pattern C is for aligning the printing positions of the black and color heads.
• The printing mode set on the panel will be ignored.

4. Setup List [Shift]+[MEDIA] Outputs the user information currently set in the printer PAT4000
A4 size, settings are output as test.
• The printing mode set on the panel will be ignored.

Stored Test Patterns Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 0 0 0 0

336

Stored Test Patterns/Test Pattern Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 1 0 0 0

Test Pattern

When trouble related to printing (such as picture quality or printing precision) has
occurred, having this pattern output in the field can become the basis for identifying
the cause of the problem from the maintenance manual.
In A3 size, it is a 7-color pattern showing picture quality and printing precision.
When plotting with A0 media mounted, in addition to the A3 size pattern, the J line
pattern will be printed over the entire width in the Y direction.

1. Make sure no data are being received then mount an A3 or larger sheet of cut
media or roll media in the printer.
2. Start printing by pressing [Shift]+[PLOT LAYOUT] at the same time.
During printing, [Printing ] will appear in the liquid crystal display unit.

When the image quality faults shown below have occurred, you can investigate
the type of problem by consultation based on reports using the location numbers
on the consultation pattern.
Image Quality Fault Location for Confirmation
• Printed result differs from other machines Whole
• No printing at all Whole
• Entire surface printed black Whole
• Printing density varies Rows C, D, E, H
• Black and white stripes appear in the printing Rows C, D, E, H, J
• Edges of printing are blurred Rows C, D, E, G
• Dots missing from printing Row G
• Many satellites (unwanted dots) Whole
• Whiskers on the printing Rows A, B, I
• Lines are blurred Frame and Frame, Row I
• Mixed color lines do not overlap Rows A, B, I
• Black and color positions are offset Row I
• Printed length is abnormal Frame

Plotted over the entire width of the media

that is loaded

Stored Test Patterns/Test Pattern Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 1 0 0 0

337

Stored Test Patterns/Color palette Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 2 0 0 0

Color palette
Color palette
Enables the user to determine colors for lines and in-fill painting.

1. Make sure no data are being received then mount an A3 or larger sheet of cut
media or roll media in the printer.

2. Start printing by pressing [Shift]+[QUALITY/SPEED] at the same time.

During printing, [Printing ] will appear in the liquid crystal display unit.

Stored Test Patterns/Color palette Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 2 0 0 0

338

Stored Test Patterns/Print quality adjustment pattern Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 3 0 0 0
Print quality adjustment pattern

This prints patterns shown in the diagram on the right for making fine adjustments of printing
quality.
• Pattern A is for adjusting the Repeatability printing position of the black head.
• Pattern B is for adjusting the Repeatability printing position of the color head.
• Pattern C is for aligning the printing positions of the black and color heads.

1. Make sure no data are being received then mount an A3 or larger sheet of cut media or
roll media in the printer.
2. Start printing by pressing [Shift]+[CLEANING] at the same time.
During printing, [Accur. Adj Plot] will appear in the liquid crystal display unit.
3. Choose the best precision from lines 1) to 7) in patterns A, B and C and make adjust-
ments using the following procedures.
4. [Pattern A: 4] is displayed.
Use the setting value + and - keys to enter the number of the best image and press
[ENTER].
5. [Pattern B: 4] is displayed.
Use the setting value + and - keys to enter the number of the best image and press
[ENTER].
6. [Pattern C: 4] is displayed.
Use the setting value + and - keys to enter the number of the best image and press
[ENTER].
7. [[User 1] Plot OK] is displayed.
The specified values are now stored in the printer.

Good and bad examples of Patterns A and B

Bad Good Bad

Good and bad examples of Patterns C

Bad Good Bad

Stored Test Patterns/Print quality adjustment pattern Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 3 0 0 0
339

Stored Test Patterns/Setup List Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 4 0 0 0

Setup List

This prints out a list of user data currently set in the printer.

1. Make sure no data are being received then mount an A4 or larger sheet of cut media or roll media in the printer.
2. Start printing by pressing [Shift]+[Print Settings] at the same time.
During printing, [Printing ] will appear in the liquid crystal display unit.

Setup List
Panel Settings Information Serial No. = BT18010001
Printing Mode = Speed Type = RJ-4100 ! Error !
Resolution = 360 dpi PROM = V 1.00 0 : None [ ] 3 : None [ ]
Roll/Cut Media = Roll NVRAM = V 1.00 1 : None [ ] 4 : None [ ]
Media Type = Normal Optional Memory = 0MB 2 : None [ ] 5 : None [ ]

Command Setup Functions Setup

Commands = ATL-PASS InkDryTime = 0 sec
Printing area = Standard HalfTone = Speed
Start position = P1 CMY → BLACK = SURU [enabled?]
Terminator = Normal Scale = 100%
Resolution = 360 dpi Mirror = Off
Online timeout = 90 sec MediaEject = On command
Overwrite = last CutPosition = Data
MediaCut = On
Copy = 1
Centronics Density = Normal
Mode = Bicentronics
Timing = A-B

Network Utilities
IP Address = 192,168,102,020 ErrorDisplay = Off

Stored Test Patterns/Setup List Model Name: RJ–4100 PAT 4 0 0 0

340

Self-Diagnostic Functions Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0000

Self-Diagnostic Functions
This chapter explains about self-diagnostic functions that are not available to the user.
These functions are intended for use during manufacture, adjustment and maintenance and
include “Panel Diagnosis” operated from the panel and “Personal Computer Diagnosis” oper-
ated by connecting a personal computer.
For the RJ-4100, since post-adjustment parameters (settings and mechanical constants) are
saved in non-volatile memory, due care is needed in using them.

Self-Diagnosis Tree -------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC0010 CW Adjustment (Normal dot, Micro dot) ----------------------------------------BAC2090

How to Start Self-Diagnosis ---------------------------------------------------------------BAC0020 Flush Pointer Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------BAC2110
How to Start Personal Computer Self-Diagnosis Media Feed Distance Compensation ---------------------------------------------BAC2120
Starting under PC-9801 DOS -------------------------------------------------------BAC0030 Front-to-Head, Cutter-to-Head Distances Adjustment------------------------BAC2130
Starting under Windows 3.1 ---------------------------------------------------------BAC0040 Rear Sensor Position Adjustment--------------------------------------------------BAC2140
Starting under Windows 95 ----------------------------------------------------------BAC0050 Test Print ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC2150
Head Cleaning --------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC2160
1. Examination ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1000
Memory Capacity-----------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1010 3. Cleaning ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC3000
Version ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1020 Normal, Powerful
Panel --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1030
Sensors -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1040 4. Test Printing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC4000
Encoders ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1050 Head Printing Verification
Fans ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1060 Adjustment Parameters
Ethernet Board --------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC1065
History: Last error message ---------------------------------------------------------BAC1070 5. Parameters -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC5000
History: Head nozzle ejection count check --------------------------------------BAC1070 Initialize -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC5010
Head Drive Waveform (not yet implemented) Update ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC5020

2. Adjustment -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC2000 6. Aging -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC6000

Capping Position Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------BAC2010 Carriage Motor --------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC6010
Skew Verification -----------------------------------------------------------------------BAC2030 Media Feed Motor----------------------------------------------------------------------BAC6020
Head Rank Input (Initial Filling)-----------------------------------------------------BAC2040 Cutter --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC6030
Head Nozzle Verification -------------------------------------------------------------BAC2050 Maintenance Unit-----------------------------------------------------------------------BAC6040
Black Head Tilt Verification ----------------------------------------------------------BAC2060 Head ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------BAC6050
Color Head Tilt Verification ----------------------------------------------------------BAC2070
Repeatability Printing Positioning (Normal dot, Micro dot) ------------------BAC2080

Self-Diagnostic Functions Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0000

341

Self-Diagnosis Tree 1 Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0010

1. Examination
1.1 Memory Capacity Memory Capacity: 8 MB BAC1000
1.2 Versions Firmware BAC1010
Parameters BAC1020
DIP Switches
1.3 Panel Keys 360 dpi / 720 dpi BAC1030
LCD
LEDs and Buzzer
1.4 Sensors X Front, X Rear, Covers, Levers BAC1040
Origin, No Ink, No Cartridge, Special Cartridge, Media Edge
Temperature, Waste Fluid Tank
1.5 Encoder Encoder X BAC1050
Encoder Y
1.6 Fan Fan Check On BAC1060
Fan Check Off
1.7 Ethernet Board BAC1065
1.8 History Maintenance K Head Ejections: ❉❉kdot BAC1070
(Head Nozzle Ejection Count) K Wiping Count: ❉❉
K Rubbing Count: ❉❉
C Head Ejections: ❉❉kdot
C Wiping Count: ❉❉*
C Rubbing Count: ❉❉
W Wiping Count: ❉❉
W Rubbing Count: ❉❉
Quantity of Ink in Waste Fluid Tank
Black Ink Remaining
Cyan Ink Remaining
Magenta Ink Remaining
Yellow Ink Remaining
CPU System and Mechanical System Errors Failure Error 1 ~ 7 BAC1070
(Last error message display)
1.9 Head Drive Waveform Not yet implemented

Self-Diagnosis Tree 1 Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0010

342

Self-Diagnosis Tree 2 Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0011

2. Adjustments

2.1 Capping Position Adjustment BAC2010

2.2 Skew Verification BAC2030
2.3 Head Rank Input (including Initial Filling) Black Rank: ❉❉❉ BAC2040
Color Rank: ❉❉❉
Filling Black & Color
Black
Color
2.4 Head Nozzle Verification Printing BAC2050
Normal Cleaning (Black & Color/Black/ Color)
Powerful Cleaning (Black & Color/Black/ Color)
2.5 Black Head Tilt Verification Printing BAC2060
2.6 Color Head Tilt Verification Printing BAC2070
2.7 Repeatability Printing Positioning (Normal dot) Black Differential BAC2080
Color Differential
2.8 Repeatability Printing Positioning (Micro dot) Black Differential BAC2080
Color Differential
2.9 CW Adjustment (Normal dot) Left Margin BAC2090
Gap
2.10 CW Adjustment (Micro dot) Left Margin BAC2090
Gap
2.11 Flush Pointer Adjustment Black Pointer BAC2110
Color Pointer
2.12 Media Feed Distance Compensation BAC2120
2.13 Front-to-Head, Cutter-to-Head Distance Adjustment Top Distance BAC2130
Bottom Distance
2.14 Rear Sensor Position Adjustment BAC2140
2.15 Test Print Head Printing Verification BAC2150
Adjustment Parameters
2.16 Head Cleaning Black & Color BAC2160
Black
Color

Self-Diagnosis Tree 2 Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0011

343

Self-Diagnosis Tree 3 Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0012

3. Cleaning BAC3000
3.1 Normal Black & Color
3.2 Powerful Black
Color
4. Test Printing BAC4000
4.1 Head Printing Verification
4.2 Black infill printing
4.3 Adjustment Parameters

5. Parameters BAC5000
5.1 Initialization Capping Position BAC5010
X Encoder Resolution
Maintenance History Black Head
Color Head
Wiper
Error History
Serial Number
Complete
5.2 Updating Capping Position BAC5020
Head Rank Black
Color
Print Positioning Black Delay
Color Delay
Gap
Print Positioning (Micro dot) Black Delay
Color Delay
Gap
Media Transport Distance
Mechanical Parameters Head-to-Edge Sensor
X Front-to-Head
Head-to-Cutter
X Front-to-X Rear
6. Aging
6.1 Carriage Motor BAC6000
6.2 Media Feed Motor BAC6010
6.3 Cutter BAC6020
6.4 Maintenance Unit BAC6030
6.5 Head Black BAC6040
Color BAC6050

Self-Diagnosis Tree 3 Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0012

344

How to Start Self-Diagnosis Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0020

These pages deal with the hidden diagnostic functions of the Inkjet Printer. These 1. Power supply to the printer is off
hidden diagnostics are mainly intended for examining boards and determining 2. Switch on the power with the [Head Cleaning] + [Menu Display] + [Shift] keys
mechanical and firmware adjustment parameters. These functions are incorporated held down.
into the printer firmware but they are not disclosed to end users. They are enabled 3. The panel LCD will display “DIAG: EXAM”. X and Y excitation remains off.
by applying power to the printer while holding down several special panel keys. It is
not possible to access the hidden diagnostic functions from the normal printer Note 1: The system will not revert to normal mode even if there is no key entry for
mode. Updated firmware adjustment parameters can be registered by exiting diag- three minutes.
nostic mode or by switching off the power. Firmware adjustment parameters are Note 2: Roll media mode is set automatically.
also registered when there is a serious MOE failure error on adjustment. The printer Note 3: Panel keys that can be operated are [CANCEL] and the keys for menu
will be reset on exiting diagnostic mode. Diagnostic functions are as follows. display (Menu Up and Down, Back, Value + and –, ENTER)
Note 4: To terminate self-diagnostics, switch off the power.
Note 5: To feed media, press [MENU] while holding down the [Shift] key when the
Table 1: Hidden diagnostic functions
Diagnostics Menu is displayed.
Item Details
Examination Verification of RAM capacity, version, panel, sensors, encoders, fans,
history and waveform
Adjustment Manufacturing processes, adjustments on head replacement and
adjustments to media feed system
Cleaning Mode specified cleaning
Test printing Head nozzle verification printing, adjustment parameters
Parameters Initialization, updating
Aging Carriage motor, media feed, cutter, maintenance unit, head

How to Start Self-Diagnosis Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0020

345

How to Start Self-Diagnosis Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0021

Operations for selecting Diagnostics items are shown below.

To terminate self-diagnostics, switch off the power.

DIAG: Exam

Menu Up
ENTER
DIAG: Exam Examination Menu
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
DIAG: Adjustment Adjustment Menu
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
DIAG: Cleaning Cleaning Menu
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
DIAG: Test Print Test Print Menu
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
DIAG: Parameter Parameter Menu
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
DIAG: Aging Aging Menu
Back
Menu Down

How to Start Self-Diagnosis Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC0021

346

Examination Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1000

This is intended for board checking. X and Y excitation is not turned on by selecting To return to the Diagnostics Menu from the Examination Menu, press [Back].
“Examination” from the Diagnostics Menu.
The X and Y excitation condition will be preserved as it is at the time you select an EXAM:
item to be examined.
Items to be examined are as follows.
Menu Up
ENTER
EXAM: Memory Capacity Memory Capacity Display
Table 1-1: Board examination items Back
Menu Down Menu Up
Item Details ENTER
Memory Capacity Check memory capacity EXAM: Version Version Display
Versions Programs, Backup parameters, DIP Switches Back
Panel Keys, LCD, LEDs, Buzzer Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
Sensors XF, XR, Covers, Levers, Origin, Ink out, No cartridge,
EXAM: Panel Panel Check
Special cartridge, Media edge, Thermistor, Waste fluid tank Back
Encoders X-axis (media feed), Y-axis (carriage) Menu Down Menu Up
Fans Check on/off ENTER
Network Initializing, None, Error, Initialization Error, Initialization OK EXAM: Sensor Sensor Check
History Maintenance, Major failure Back
Head Waveform Check head drive waveform (No function) Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
EXAM: Encoder Encoder Check
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
EXAM: Fan Fan Check
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
EXAM: Network Board Initialize Data Display
Back
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
EXAM: Record History Display
Back
Menu Down Menu Up

EXAM: Head Drive Waveform

Menu Down

Examination Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1000

347

Memory Capacity Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1010

This procedure is used to check the capacity of the memory on a board. When this
item is selected, the memory capacity is displayed on the panel or terminal.

EXAM: Memory Capacity

Memory Capacity: 8 MB
Press [ENTER] to shift to “EXAM: Version” or [Back] to shift to “EXAM: Memory
Capacity”.

Memory Capacity Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1010

348

Version Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1020

This procedure is used to confirm the firmware version (program, backup parame-
ters) and DIP switch settings (On: 0, Off: 1, switch 1 is Lsb, 8 is Msb). These are
shown separately on the panel or all together on the terminal.

EXAM: Version

Menu Up
VER: Firm 1.00a Program version display

Menu Down Menu Up

VER: Parm 1.00 Backup parameter version display

Menu Down Menu Up

VER: Dip SW 0xFF Verify DIP switches

Menu Down

<< Reference >>

DIP switch 1 On : 0 X 02
DIP switch 2 On : 0 X 01

Press [ENTER] to shift to “EXAM: Panel” or [Back] to shift to “EXAM: Version”.

Version Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1020

349

Panel Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1030

This procedure is used to check panel keys, LCD, LEDs and buzzer.

EXAM: Panel

PANEL: Key Panel key check

Menu Up ENTER (Shifts to LCD after displaying for two seconds)

PANEL: Lcd ■■■■■■ Panel LCD check

Menu Up Menu Down

PANEL: Led Buzzer Panel LED and buzzer check

Menu Down

Press [ENTER] to shift to “EXAM: Sensor” or [Back] to shift to “EXAM: Panel”.

Panel Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1030

350

Sensors Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1040

This procedure is used for checking, from displays on panel or terminal, the status of
sensors for XF (the X Front Sensor), XR (the X Rear Sensor), cover, lever, origin, no ink Menu Up
(K, M, C, Y), cartridge (K, M, C, Y), special cartridge, media edge sensor level, head
thermistor value and whether or not the waste fluid tank is present.
SENS: Cartridge Ink type check

EXAM: Sensor Menu Down Menu Up

SENS: Edge 004e Media edge sensor check

Menu Up
Menu Down Menu Up
SENS: Xf Paper Off X Front sensor check
SENS: Thermo 25°C Temperature sensor check
Menu Down Menu Up
Menu Down Menu Up
SENS: Xr Paper Off X Rear sensor check
SENS: Tank Exist Waste fluid tank sensor check
Menu Down Menu Up
Menu Down
SENS: Cover Open Cover sensor check
Menu Down Menu Up
No Cart. means No Cartridge and applies to No Ink or No Cartridge. Color is expressed by
SENS: Lever Down Lever sensor check an alphabetical letter. Cartridge indicates the Special Cartridge sensor.
Press [ENTER] to shift to [EXAM: Encoder] or [Back] to shift to [EXAM: Sensor].
Menu Down Menu Up
SENS: Origin On Origin sensor check
Menu Down Menu Up
SENS: No Ink KCMY No Ink sensor check
Menu Down Menu Up

SENS: No Cart KCMY Cartridge sensor check

Menu Down

Sensors Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1040

351

Encoders Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1050

This procedure is used to verify the values of X-axis (media feed) and Y-axis (car-
riage) from displays on the panel or the terminal.

EXAM: Encoder

Menu Up

ENCODER : X 0000 X encoder check

Menu Down Menu Up

ENCODER : Y FFFF Y encoder check

Menu Down

Press [ENTER] to shift to “EXAM: Fan” or [Back] to shift to “EXAM: Encoder”.

Encoders Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1050

352

Fans Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1060

This procedure is used to verify that the fans are working by turning them on and
off.

EXAM: Fan
Fan: On Fan goes off 10 seconds after starting

Fan: Off Displayed for 5 seconds after fan has gone off

Panel keys are ignored during fan on/off display. 5 seconds after displaying Fan Off,
the display will shift to “EXAM: Fan”.

Fans Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1060

353

Ethernet Board Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1065

This procedure is used to verify the initialization of Ethernet board data.

EXAM: Network Board

Ethernet board initialization is in progress.
Network board: Initialize
Wait until the next message is displayed.

Network board: None There is no Ethernet board.

Network board: Wrong The Ethernet board is wrong.

An error has occured during

Network board: Error
initialization of the Ethernet board.

Network board: OK Ethernet board has been initialized.

After confirming the status of initialization of the Ethernet Board from the messages
shown above, press [ENTER] to move to “EXAM: Record”

Ethernet Board Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1065

354

History Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1070

This procedure is used to verify the history of maintenance (head ejection count and
numbers of wipings and rubbings, the numbers of wipings and rubbings with the
wiper, volume of waste fluid, and the amount of ink remaining) and serious failures
(MOE type). Operations for the selection of history items are shown below.

EXAM: Record

Menu Up

Record: Mainte Verify maintenance history

Menu Down Menu Up

Record: Error Verify error history

Menu Down

If [Back] is pressed while the History menu is displayed, the display will shift to
“EXAM: Record”.

History Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1070

355

History Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1071

Maintenance History

Panel and Terminal displays are shown below.

Menu Up
EXAM: Mainte
Waste-Ink: 120 cc Volume of ink waste fluid

Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

Number of Black head ejections
K Head Count: 0M (Unit 1 Mdot) KRemainder: Full Number of ejections remaining to end of black ink
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

K Wiping: 2 Number of times Black head wipings CRemainder: Full Number of ejections remaining to end of cyan ink
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

K Rubbing: 2 Number of times Black head rubbings MRemainder: Full Number of ejections remaining to end of magenta ink
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
Number of Color head ejections
C Head Count: 0M (Unit 1 Mdot) YRemainder: Full Number of ejections remaining to end of yellow ink
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down
C Wiping: 2 Number of times Color head wipings

Menu Down Menu Up

Quit from Maintenance History by entering the [ENTER] or [Back] key.
C Rubbing: 2 Number of times Color head rubbings
Press the [ENTER] key to shift to "RECORD: Error" or the [Back] key to shift
Menu Down Menu Up to “RECORD: Mainte”.

W Wiping: 4 Number of times Wiper wipings

Menu Down Menu Up

W Rubbing: 4 Number of times Wiper rubbings

Menu Down

History Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1071

356

History Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1072

[ Serious Failure History ]
This procedure is used to verify the history of serious failures.
CPU errors are not included in the serious failure history.
The history displays a maximum of seven events. Panel displays are shown below.

RECORD: Error

Menu Up

ERROR0 : Y CURRENT Y over-current error

Menu Down Menu Up

ERROR1 : X MOTOR X motor error

Menu Down Menu Up

ERROR2 : X ENCODER X encoder error

Menu Down

Quit from Maintenance History by entering the [ENTER] or [BACK] key. Press the
[ENTER] key to shift to “RECORD: Mainte” or the [BACK] key to shift to “RECORD:
Error”

History Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC1072

357

Adjustment Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2000

This procedure is used for correcting media feed and printing position. This is done
by mechanical adjustments (head tilt) and firmware parameter adjustments. If this
item is selected when X and Y excitations are off, the X and Y excitations will be
turned on and the initialization sequence will be carried out. Items for adjustment
are listed in Table 2-1. All these procedures are implemented during production.
When the head is replaced, head cleaning (followed by switching off and replacing
the head), head rank input, ink filling and print positioning are implemented. CW
adjustment, reciprocal printing positioning and zone delay compensation are carried
out when the printing position is to be corrected after a change of media type. If
media feed is off, the media feed distance is compensated.

Table 2-1 Adjustment items

Item Details
Capping Position Adjustment To adjust capping position parameters in the firmware
Skew Verification To use sensor results to check for media skew
Head Rank Input To enter a specific value for a specific head and fill inks
Head Nozzle Verification After filling inks, to check head nozzle ejection by print results
Black Head Tilt Verification To check head tilt by printing (mechanical adjustment)
Color Head Tilt Verification To check head tilt by printing (mechanical adjustment)
Repeatability Printing Positioning To align reciprocal printing position by printing
CW Adjustment To align the shafts of the two heads by printing and adjust left
margin
Flush Pointer Adjustment To adjust the position for flushing into the flushing box
Media Feed Distance Compensation To print a line in the X direction and enter its distance (X resolu-
tion adjustment)
XF-XR Sensor Distance To measure the distance XF and XR sensors with cut media
XF, Cutter-to-Head Distance To adjust top and bottom margins
Test Print To check head nozzles and adjust parameters (enter serial num-
bers)
Head Cleaning Done after manufacturing and before head replacement

Adjustment Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2000

358

Adjustment Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2001

Press [Back] to return to the self-diagnostics Menu from the Adjustment Menu.
DIAG: Adjustment
Menu Up
Menu Up
ENTER
AJST: CW (MD)
AJST: Home Capping Position Adjustment
Back Menu Down Menu Up
Menu Down Menu Up

AJST: Chk Paper Mov AJST: Flash Point

Menu Down Menu Up
Menu Down Menu Up
AJST: Head Rank AJST: X Length

Menu Down Menu Down Menu Up

Menu Up
AJST: ChkNozzles AJST: Top & Bottom

Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

AJST: Black Tilt AJST: Rear Sns Posi

Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

AJST: Color Tilt AJST: Test Print

Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
AJST: BiDir Print AJST: Head Wash
Menu Down Menu Up
AJST: BiDir (MD)
Menu Down Menu Up
AJST: CW

Note: MD = Microdot

Adjustment Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2001

359

How to Adjust the Capping Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2010

This procedure is used for aligning the capping position correctly by adjusting the
capping position parameters in the firmware.
When this item is selected, the printer carries out the home position detection
sequence and then automatically pushes the carriage against the maintenance unit
to detect the carriage position at that time. The position displayed is the distance
from the home position flag.
AJST: Home
Origin Detect
After the origin has been detected,
the capping position will be detected
Home Detect
After the carriage has moved to the capping position,
that position is displayed
Home: -74.000
Press [ENTER] to update the capping positions and move to “AJST:
Measure High”, press [Back] to move to “AJST: Home” without updating
the capping position.

How to Adjust the Capping Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2010

360

How to Check Media Skew Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2030

This procedure will feed a specific amount of paper (a single pass band feed) and the sen- Press [ENTER] to move to “Adjustment: Rank Input” or [Back] to move to
sors will read the position of the edge of the media before and after feeding and check for “AJST: ChkPaperMov”. Other panel keys are ignored during processing.
any discrepancy. If no media is loaded when this item is selected, you will be asked to load
the media. After media initialization, when the amount of media feed is entered, the edge
sensors will detect the left and right edges of the media and media feed will begin. After Standard values
feeding the specified amount, the edge sensors will again detect the left and right edges of
the media and any difference from the readings before media was fed will be checked and Condition A0 Media
displayed. A media recognition error before and after feeding, or detection by the rear sensor
of no paper during feeding, will cause a media error to be displayed and this procedure may
Cut sheet ±1.5 mm or less
be terminated by pressing any key. To terminate the procedure when processing is not in Thick
progress, press [Back] on the panel or [ESC] on the terminal. coated
7m ±2.5 mm or less paper
Roll Media
CAUTION: Make sure media is properly loaded.
50 m ±10 mm or less
The first time this adjustment is made, the reference position for media skew will be deter-
mined by detecting the right edge (origin side). If the adjustment is made with a bad media
loading position, that position will become the reference position and “Media skew error” will
occur frequently.
AJST: Chk Paper Mov
Set Paper If no media is loaded
After media has been loaded
Paper Initial
After media initialization has been completed
Chk Paper Mov 1.0 m Setting can be specified in units of
0.1 m using the VALUE + and - keys
Enter
Paper Edge Detect

Paper Feed
Media feed ends normally
Paper Edge Detect
Media edge detection ends normally
0.100 mm +0.100 mm + for cap side, - for opposite side
Non-origin side Capping position side

How to Check Media Skew Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2030

361

How to Enter Head Rank Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2040

This procedure is for entering back or color head rank. It is used for determining the
CAUTION
head drive voltage and for temperature compensation. The panel has a range set-
ting range and an out of range rank entry on the terminal will be ignored. When the
The following operations must not be performed during ink filling.
color rank is set, press [ENTER] or [Return] to move to the Ink Filling Menu.
Plotting will not work properly if ink filling is stopped or interrupted.
AJST: Enter Head Rank • Switching off the power
Use VALUE + or - to change the setting, • Opening the front cover
Black Rank: 16212 [Menu Down] is Color Rank
• Raising the pressure lever
Enter, Menu Down Menu Up
Use VALUE + or - to change the setting, • Removing an ink cartridge
Color Rank: 26315 [Menu Down] is Black Rank
Press [ENTER] to move to the following item CAUTION
FILL: Black & Color [Menu Up] is Color only
The ink filling operation will not proceed unless all four ink cartridges are
Menu Down Menu Up
of the same kind.
FILL: Black
Menu Down Menu Up CAUTION
FILL: Color [Menu Down] is Black & Color
The time remaining to complete the filling of black and colored inks will be
Press [ENTER] to move to the following item
cleared after black ink has been filled and it will reappear when colored ink
Insert K Cartridge filling begins.
Media edge detection ends normally
Ink fill * min Indicates ink filling will end after * minutes

Press [ENTER] to update head rank. Press [ENTER] in color rank entry to return to
Ink Fill Menu. Press [ENTER] in the Ink Fill Menu to fill inks or [Back] to move to
“AJST: ChkNozzles”.

How to Enter Head Rank Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2040

362

How to Check Head Nozzles Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2050

After filling the inks, this procedure uses printing results to check whether the head If [ENTER] is pressed while “Nozzle check completed” is displayed, the “AJST:
nozzles are ejecting the ink properly. If the nozzles are ejecting ink badly, imple- BlackTilt” menu will be appear. If [Back] is pressed while no processing is in
ment the cleaning treatment in this procedure. If there is no media, the printer will progress, “AJST: ChkNozzles” will be restored.
request media. If it is out of ink, it will ask for an ink cartridge. If there is media and
Head Nozzle Check Pattern
ink, the Head Nozzle Check Pattern will be plotted.
Note: If there are cartridges but the ink has not been filled, the printer will still
Check Items Nozzle ink eject check (missing, discontinuous, meandering)
start printing.
Satellite
This and subsequent items that require printing for adjustment or checking include
Timing fence
requests for media and inks. If the [CANCEL] key is pressed during printing, the
printer will stop printing.
Printing method Single-pass, bidirectional
AJST: ChkNozzles Black X 360 dpi Y 360 dpi
Set Paper If media is not loaded Color X 180 dpi Y 360 dpi
After media has been loaded
Paper Initial
Media initialization in progress
[C] no ink If there is no cyan ink for instance
After installing a cyan ink cartridge M C
Adjustment print Adjustment print is displayed
Printing is finished
END: ChkNozzles Menu Up is output
Menu Down Menu Up K K
CLEAN: Normal
Menu Down Menu Up
CLEAN: Powerful

6
Menu Down Menu Up B R G K C M Y C B R G K C M
START: ChkNozzles [Menu Down] completed 5
Select cleaning (Enter) to move to the following
NORMAL: Black & Color [Menu Up] is Color only
Menu Down Menu Up Black vertical lines at 3-dots intervals, vertical width 9

5
NORMAL: Black
Menu Down Menu Up Head Nozzle Check Pattern
NORMAL: Color [Menu Down] is Black & Color
Press [ENTER] to move to the following
Lettering is not printed in the Head Nozzle Check Pattern.
Cleaning
After cleaning is finished, the menu will return to the start

How to Check Head Nozzles Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2050

363

How to Check Black Head Tilt Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2060

This procedure uses printing results to check whether the black head is tilted. If it is Black Head Tilt Check Pattern
tilted, it needs to be adjusted mechanically.
Check Items Black head tilt
AJST: Black Tilt
Adjustment Print Displayed during printing Print Method Single-pass, two scans in CW direction and two scans in CCW
Printing finished direction
END: Check Tilt [Menu Down] is output Black X 360 dpi, Y 720 dpi
Menu Down Menu Up CCW
Press [ENTER] to print again,
START: Check Tilt
next menu is end
CCW

Press [ENTER] while “END: Check Tilt” is displayed to move to “AJST:

Color Tilt”. CW

CW

Black vertical lines at 5 mm intervals, vertical width 9

5
30 µm or less

How to Check Black Head Tilt Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2060

364

How to Check Color Head Tilt Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2070

This procedure uses printing results to check whether the black head is tilted. If it is Color Head Tilt Check Pattern
tilted, it needs to be adjusted mechanically.
Check Items Color head tilt (based on Black head)
AJST: Color Tilt
Adjustment Print Displayed during printing Print Method Single-pass, uni-directional
Printing finished
Black X 180 dpi, Y 360 dpi
Color X 180 dpi, Y 360 dpi
END: Check Tilt [Menu Down] is output
Menu Down Menu Up
START: Check Tilt Press [ENTER] to print again,
next menu is end
Press [ENTER] while “END: Check Tilt” is displayed to move to
“AJST: CW”.
5
m k y c m y c m k y c m y c m k

Paint Vertical width 6

5
Standard values

K C M Y
C M Y C M Y

30 µm or less 30 µm or less

How to Check Color Head Tilt Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2070

365

How to Align Repeatability Printing Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2080

This procedure is used to align black and color normal dot and micro dot repeatability printing positions. This involves making a bidirectional test print and from the results
adjusting the CCW printing delay (position and timing) by entering into the firware the differences between the CW printing position and the CCW printing position. There are
separate differences for both black and color normal dots and micro dots.
Bidirectional position adjustment for normal dots Bidirectional position adjustment for micro dots

DIAG: AJST DIAG: AJST

AJST: Bidirectional alignment AJST: Bidirectional (MD)

Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

Adjustment Print Displayed during printing Adjustment Print Displayed during printing

Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up

Setting can be specified in units of Setting can be specified in units of
Bk err: -250 Bk err: -250
10 µm using the VALUE + and - keys 10 µm using the VALUE + and - keys
Menu Down Menu Up Press [ENTER] to update reciprocal difference Menu Down Menu Up Press [ENTER] to update reciprocal difference
Setting can be specified in units of Setting can be specified in units of
Cmy err: -250 10 µm using the VALUE + and - keys Cmy err: -250 10 µm using the VALUE + and - keys
Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] to update the reciprocal difference Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER] to update the reciprocal
after update without update after update without update difference
Print Start? Print Start?
[ENTER] [ENTER]

If [ENTER] is pressed at “Cmy err:” and the parameter has been changed, If [ENTER] is pressed at “Cmy err:” and the parameter has been changed,
the black and color CCW printing delays (position and timing) will each be updated the black and color CCW printing delays (position and timing) will each be updated
in the firmware and another adjustment print will be made. in the firmware and another adjustment print will be made.
If the parameter was not changed, “Print Start?” will be displayed. If the parameter was not changed, “Print Start?” will be displayed.
If [ENTER] is pressed, another print will be made. If [ENTER] is pressed, another print will be made.
If [Back] is pressed, the display will move to “AJST: Bidirectional (MD)”. If [Back] is pressed, the display will move to “AJST: CW”. (BAC2090)

→ Continued next page

How to Align Repeatability Printing Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2080

366

How to Align Repeatability Printing Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2081

Repeatability printing position alignment pattern

Adjustment items Black and color reciprocal printing position alignment

Printing method Single-pass, bidirectional

Black X 180 dpi, Y 360 dpi
Color X 180 dpi, Y 360 dpi

CW printing – +
CCW printing
CW printing

Standard values

50 µm or less 70 µm or less

How to Align Repeatability Printing Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2081

367

How to Adjust CW Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2090

This procedure is used for adjusting the left side (capping side) edge position for plotting and for axial alignment of the black and color heads. The adjustment of the edge
sensor position in the firmware, the black head to color head distance, color CW printing delay (position and time) and color CCW printing delay (position and time) is made
by entering the value (positional difference) resulting from a unidirectional adjustment print. Zone delay is not required for this adjustment print.

CW Adjustment for Normal Dots CW Adjustment for Micro-Dots

Panel DIAG: AJST Panel DIAG: AJST

AJST: CW AJST: CW (MD)

Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
Adjustment Print Displayed during printing Adjustment Print Displayed during printing
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
Setting can be specified in units of 0.1 mm Setting can be specified in units of 0.1 mm
LeftMargin: 5.0 mm LeftMargin: 5.0 mm
Press [ENTER] to update margin Press [ENTER] to update margin
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
Setting can be specified in units of 5µm Setting can be specified in units of ±5µm
Gap: -34765µm Gap: -34765µm
Press [ENTER] to update gap Press [ENTER] to update gap
Press [ENTER] Press [ENTER]
after update after update

Press [ENTER] to update the setting. If [ENTER] is pressed at “HeadGap:” and Press [ENTER] to update the setting. If [ENTER] is pressed at “HeadGap:” and
either of the two parameters has been changed, another adjustment print will be either of the two parameters has been changed, another adjustment print will be
made. If there has been no change, the display will move to “AJST: CW (MD)”. made. If there has been no change, the display will move to “Zone Delay (Not Yet
Implemented)”.

→ Continued on next page

How to Adjust CW Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2090

368

How to Adjust CW Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2091

CW Adjustment Pattern

Adjustment Items Adjust position of left edge of plot (on the capping position side)
Black and color head axial alignment

Printing method Single-pass, uni-directional

Black X 180 dpi, Y 360 dpi
Color X 180 dpi, Y 360 dpi

c y m c

9
k
5 5
0.7

5
Enter this distance

[ Standard value ]

– +

50 µm or less Enter this distance

How to Adjust CW Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2091

369

How to Adjust the Flush Pointer Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2110

This procedure is used to adjust the position of black or color flushing into the flush-
ing box. The adjustment causes flushing into the flushing box and from the results
the position for black or color flushing will be entered in 720 dpi units. Enter a posi-
tive value to shift the flushing position towards the capping side, or a negative value
for the opposite direction.

AJST: Flushing Box

Flushing

Flushing finished
Setting can be specified in 1 pulse units
Black Pointer: -134 using the VALUE + and - keys
(- for capping side, + for opposite side)
Menu Down Menu Up

Color Pointer: 840

Press [ENTER] to update the settings.

If a change has been made, flushing will be repeated. If [ENTER] was pressed with no change
having been made, the display will move to the “AJST: XLength” menu.

How to Adjust the Flush Pointer Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2110

370

How to Adjust the Media Transport Distance Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2120
This procedure is used to adjust the distance for media transport. The adjustment Media feed distance adjustment pattern
determines the resolution in the firmware for the X encoder by causing lines to be
printed in the direction of media feed and entering their distance. Adjustment items Adjust the distance for media transport
Printing method Color, two-pass, uni-directional 360 dpi
Panel
Adjustment Print Displayed during adjustment printing
Printing finished
XLine Len: 300.0 mm Setting can be specified in 0.1 mm units
using the VALUE + and - keys
k m c y
k
Press [ENTER] to update the settings. If settings have been changed, another adjustment print
will be made. If there was no change, the display will move to the “AJST: Top&Bottom”
menu.

k r g y bmc

300
150
100 %
k
70

Output direction

Standard values
Up to 500 mm +0.1%
Here, the adjustment is 300 mm so the actual value,
x, will be 299.7 ≤ x ≥ 300.3 mm

How to Adjust the Media Transport Distance Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2120
371

How to Adjust Front-to-Head, Cutter-to-Head Distances Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2130

This procedure is used to adjust the distances between the front sensor and the Enter the distance from the bottom of the media to the printing position.
head and between the cutter and head which affect printing and media cutting by
entering top and bottom margins. Current bottom margin is 25.0 mm
AJST: Top & Bottom real length [mm] =

Adjustment Print Displayed during adjustment printing

The distance from the bottom of the media to the printing position is 25.0 mm.
Print finished (Return to Adjustment Menu)
Setting can be specified in 0.1 mm units
T Margin: 5.0 mm
using the VALUE + and - keys
Next Menu Previous Menu Previous menu is Bottom Distance Press the [Return] key to update the setting
B Margin: 25.0 mm Setting can be specified in 0.1 mm units
using the VALUE + and - keys
Next menu is Top Distance
Press [ENTER] to update settings.
Press [ENTER] at Bottom Distance to move to “AJST: TestPrint”
Front/Cutter to Head Distance Adjustment Pattern

Adjustment Items Top and bottom margins

Printing Method Black, single-pass, uni-directional 360 dpi

Bottom distance

5 5

Black paint, vertical width 8

5
Top distance

Output direction

How to Adjust Front-to-Head, Cutter-to-Head Distances Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2130

372

How to Adjust the Rear Sensor Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2140
This procedure is used to ensure the proper detection of the length of cut sheet
media. It adjusts the position of the rear sensor in the firmware by entering the
media length after cut media has been loaded and detected. This item is essential
in the production process but it is no longer necessary once media feed distance
compensation has been carried out. When this item is selected, whether media is
loaded or not, it will ask for cut sheet media. If panel diagnosis decides that media
is loaded, this will be assumed to be cut sheet media and media initialization will
begin. Therefore roll media should not be loaded. After the media has been initial-
ized, it will be ejected. To terminate this program without updating the setting, press
the [Back] or [ESC] key while no processing is in progress.

AJST: Rear Sensor

Set CuttingPaper
After loading media
Initializing Media 5.0 mm
After initializing media
Paper X: 594.0 mm
Enter
Setting can be specified in ±0.1 mm units
Paper Y: 840.0 mm
using the VALUE + and - keys

Press [ENTER] to update the setting, and move to “AJST: Test Print”.

How to Adjust the Rear Sensor Position Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2140
373

How to Make a Test Print Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2150

This procedure is used to check adjustments by printing a test pattern. it also prints
adjustment parameters and if no serial number has been entered at that time, serial
number input will be requested. Online data signal reception is always enabled but
any data should not be transmitted during the processing of a self-diagnostic
sequence.

AJST: TestPrint [ENTER]

PRINT: ChkNozzles Print
Printing finished
Menu Up Menu Down [ENTER]
PRINT: Black infill Print
Printing finished
Menu Up Menu Down [ENTER]
PRINT: Parameters Print
Printing finished
On [ENTER], if no serial number is registered
Register Serial Number [Back]
Parameter is printed but serial
[ENTER] number is not printed.
Digits to be entered will blink from the left.
1 BT00000000 Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the
settings
Use [ENTER], [Menu Up] and [Menu Down]
Adjustment parameter printing to move between digits
begins

Press [Back] after adjustment parameter printing has finished to move to

“AJST: HeadWash”. At other times, press [Back] to move to “AJST: TestPrint”

1 The display is as shown below:

MUTOH BT00000000

How to Make a Test Print Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2150

374

Head Cleaning Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2160

This procedure is used at the end of the production process or before prior to head
replacement.
Note: For color head cleaning, you will be asked to confirm that all color cartridges
have been removed and to install the cleaning jig. Also, if you suspect the
cartridge sensor to be faulty, you can carry out the following procedure by
pressing the [ENTER] key.

AJST: Head Cleaning

Wash: Black & Color [Menu Down] is Color only

Menu Down Menu Up

Wash: Black

Menu Down Menu Up

Wash: Color [Menu Up] is Black & Color

Press [ENTER] to continue

Rm Cartridge K

After black cartridge has been removed

Install Cleaning Jig

After cleaning jig has been installed

Head Cleaning in Progress

After cleaning fluid has been extracted

Remove Cleaning Jig

After cleaning jig has been removed

Head Cleaning in Progress

After head cleaning has been completed, the display will move to “AJST: Home”.

Head Cleaning Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC2160

375

Cleaning Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC3000

This procedure is used for head nozzle cleaning. The items are as follows. Normal
Normal cleaning (wiping). Select from Both black and color, Black only, and Color
Item Details only.
Normal Normal cleaning (wiping)
Powerful Powerful cleaning (wiping and rubbing)
DIAG: Cleaning
Operations for selecting cleaning by panel and terminal are shown below. NORMAL: Blk&Col [Menu Up] is Color only
Press [Back] to return to the Diagnostics Menu
Menu Down Menu Up

[ENTER] NORMAL: Black

CLEAN: Normal Printing finished to next menu Menu Down Menu Up
when Normal
Menu Down Menu Up cleaning is finished NORMAL: Color [Menu Down] is Black & Color
CLEAN: Powerful [Menu Down] is Black & Color Press [ENTER] to continue

Menu Down Press [ENTER] to continue Cleaning

When cleaning is finished, Cleaning Menu will be appear.

Powerful

This procedure carries out strong cleaning (wiping and rubbing). There are three
items: Both Black and Color, Black only and Color only. The operation is the same
as for normal cleaning.

Cleaning Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC3000

376

Test Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC4000

This procedure is used for test printing. The items are as shown below. For adjust- 1. Head Printing Verification
ment parameter prints, if no serial number has been entered, a serial number will This procedure is used to print the head nozzle verification pattern and adjust-
be requested. Online data signal reception is always enabled but no signals are ment parameters.
transmitted during the processing of a hidden diagnostic sequence.
Panel
Item Details
After the adjustment pattern printing has been finished, “END: ChkNozzles” will
Head Printing Verification Adjustment pattern printing appear.
Adjustment Parameters Display firmware adjustment parameters

Procedures for the selection of items from panel and terminal are shown below.
DIAG: Printing Press [Back] to return to the Diagnostics Menu 2. Adjustment Parameters
This procedure is used to print firmware adjustment parameters.
Menu Up
ENTER Panel
PRINT: ChkNozzles End Print
Adjust Param Print
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
Press [ENTER] to print firmware adjustment parameters but if no serial number has
PRINT: Black infill End Black infill printing
been registered, registration will be requested.
Menu Down Menu Up

PRINT: Parameters

Menu Down

Test Printing Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC4000

377

Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5000

This procedure concerns changing adjustment parameters. Details are as shown
below. A special purpose memory card is used to back up backup parameters to
the memory card and to update the backup parameters from the memory card.

Item Details
Initialize Initalize adjustment parameters
Update Input adjustment parameter values

Procedures for the selection of items from panel and terminal are shown below.

DIAG: Param

Menu Up
ENTER
Parameter
PARAM: Initial initialization
Back
Menu Down Menu Up

PARAM: Update
Menu Down

Press [Back] to return to the Diagnostics Menu

Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5000

378

How to Initialize Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5010

Initialization
This procedure is used to initialize adjustment parameters. Items are: Capping
Position, X Resolution, Zone Delay, Head Height, Maintenance History
(Black Head, Color Head, Wiper), Serial Number and Complete Initialization.

INIT: Parameter

INIT: Home Menu Up is Initialize All

Menu Down Menu Up
INIT: Resolution
Menu Down Menu Up
ENTER
INIT: Maintenance INIT: Black Head
Menu Down Menu Up
INIT: ErrorRecord INIT: Color Head
Menu Down Menu Up
INIT: Serial No. INIT: Wiper
Menu Down Menu Up
INIT: All

Press [ENTER] to display “Param Initial?”. Press [ENTER] again to initialize.

After initialization, “INIT: Parameter” is restored.

Press the [BACK] key to restore “Param: Initial” without initializing.

How to Initialize Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5010

379

How to Update Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5020

Update

This procedure will update adjustment parameters.

Note: The actual writing to flash memory is done when diagnostics are com-
pleted or power is switched off.
PARAM: Update
UPDATE: Home [Menu Up] is Update Zone Delay
Menu Down Menu Up (not yet implemented)
UPDATE: Head Rank
Menu Down Menu Up
UPDATE: Print Posi
Menu Down Menu Up
UPDATE: X Length
Menu Down Menu Up
UPDATE: Mech Param
Menu Down Menu Up
UPDATE: Head High Not yet implemented
Menu Down Menu Up
UPDATE: ZoneDelay Not yet implemented / [Menu Down] is Update C

Press [ENTER] to input the adjustment parameter.

Press [BACK] to return to “Param: Update”

How to Update Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5020

380

How to Update the Capping Position Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5021
This procedure will update the capping position parameter.
UPDATE: Home
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change
Home: -2162 the setting
If there is a change, a confirmation message will
appear when you press [ENTER]
Param Update?

The update message will appear when you press [ENTER]

After this display, the next menu will
Updated Parameter
appear

If [Back] is pressed instead of the second [ENTER], a message that

the parameter is not updated will appear and the display will move to “UPDATE: Home”

How to Update the Capping Position Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5021
381

How to Update the Head Rank Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5022
This procedure will update the head rank parameter.
UPDATE: Head Rank
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the
Black Rank: 15218 setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
Menu Down Menu Up
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the
Color Rank: 17116
setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
If there is a change, a confirmation message will appear
when you press [ENTER].
Param Update?

The update message will appear when you press [ENTER]

Update Parameter After this display, the next menu will appear

If [Back] was pressed, a message that the parameter is not updated will
appear and the display will move to “UPDATE: Head Rank”.

How to Update the Head Rank Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5022
382

How to Update the Print Positioning Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5023
This procedure will update the print positioning parameter.
UPDATE: PrintPosi UPDATE: PrintPosi
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the
DelayK: -0.250 mm setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
DelayK: -0.250 mm setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
Use the Setting + and - keys to change the Use the Setting + and - keys to change the
DelayC: -0.250 mm DelayC: -0.250 mm
setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change. setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
Menu Down Menu Up Menu Down Menu Up
Use the Setting + and - keys to change the Use the Setting + and - keys to change the
K-CGap: -34.290 mm setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
K-CGap: -34.290 mm setting and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
If there is a change, a confirmation message will appear If there is a change, a confirmation message will appear
when you press [ENTER] when you press [ENTER]
Param Update? Param Update?

The update message will appear when you press [ENTER] The update message will appear when you press [ENTER]

Update Parameter After this display, the next menu will appear Update Parameter After this display, the next menu will appear

If [Back] was pressed, a message that the parameter is not updated will appear If [Back] was pressed, a message that the parameter is not updated will appear
and the display will move to “UPDATE: PrintPosi” and the display will move to “UPDATE: PrintPosi”

How to Update the Print Positioning Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5023
383

How to Update the Media Transport Distance Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5024
This procedure will update the media transport distance parameter.
UPDATE: X Length
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change
Xlength: 300.0 mm
the setting
If there is a change, a confirmation message will appear
when you press [ENTER]
Param Update?

The update message will appear when you press [ENTER]

Update Param After this display, the next menu will appear

If [Back] was pressed, a message that the parameter is not updated will appear
and the display will move to “UPDATE: X Length”.

How to Update the Media Transport Distance Parameter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5024
384

How to Update the Mechanical Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5025

This procedure will update the mechanical parameters.
UPDATE: Mech Param
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting
HtoEdge: 15.740 mm and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
Menu Down Menu Up
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting
XFtoH: 33.400 mm
and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.

Menu Down Menu Up

Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting
HtoCut: 16.600 mm and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
Menu Down Menu Up
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting
XFtoXR: 127.800 mm and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.

Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting

Paper Edge: 581
and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.

Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting

BlackFlushP: -134 and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.

Use the VALUE + and - keys to change the setting

ColorFlushP: -134 and press [ENTER] to confirm the change.
If there is a change, a confirmation message will appear
when you press [ENTER]
Param Update?
The update message will appear when you press [ENTER]

Update Param After this display, the next menu will appear

If [Back] was pressed, a message that the parameter is not updated will appear and
the display will move to “UPDATE: Mech Param”
BlackFlushP:-134
ColorFlushP:-134

How to Update the Mechanical Parameters Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC5025

385

Aging Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6000

This procedure concerns the aging of the mechanism and head. Details of the items
are as follows.
Item Details
Carriage Motor Reciprocal carriage scanning
Media Feed Motor Media feed roller drive
Cutter Media cutting
Maintenance Capping
Head In-fill printing
Selection of items from the panel or a terminal is shown below.

DIAG: Aging

Menu Up
[ENTER]
AGING: Y Motor Carriage motor aging
[Back]
Menu Down Menu Up

AGING: X Motor

Menu Down Menu Up

AGING: Cutter

Menu Down Menu Up

AGING: Mainte Unit

Menu Down Menu Up

AGING: Head

Menu Down

Press [Back] to return to the Diagnostics Menu.

Aging Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6000

386

Aging: Carriage Motor Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6010

This procedure is used for aging the carriage motor. Select uni-directional print
scanning mode or bidirectional print scanning mode and specify a number of times
for repeatability scanning of the carriage. If the specified number is -1, aging will
continue until a key is entered.
AGING: Y Motor
AGING Y: UniDir Prn

Menu Up Menu Down

AGING Y: BiDirPrn Press [ENTER] to move to number of agings

[ENTER]
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change
Number of Agings: 50
the setting
Press [ENTER] to begin aging

AGING COUNT: 10

End

AGING END: 50

Aging: Carriage Motor Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6010

387

Aging: Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6020

This procedure is used for aging the media feed motor. Repeatability operation is
carried out for a specified number of times.
AGING: Media Feed
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change
AGING COUNT: 50 the setting
Press [ENTER] to begin aging
Press [ENTER], [Back] or [CANCEL]
AGING: 10
to end aging.
End

AGING END: 50

Aging: Media Feed Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6020

388

Aging: Cutter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6030

This procedure is used for aging the cutter. Media is cut a specified number of
times.

AGING: Cutter
Use the VALUE + and - keys to change
AGING COUNT: 50 the setting
Press [ENTER] to begin aging
Press [ENTER], [Back] or [CANCEL]
AGING: 10
to end aging.
End

AGING END: 50

Aging: Cutter Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6030

389

Aging: Maintenance Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6040

This procedure is used for aging the cutter. Capping is carried out a specified num-
ber of times.

AGING: Maintenance Unit

Use the VALUE + and - keys to change
AGING COUNT: 50 the setting
Press [ENTER] to begin aging
Press [ENTER], [Back] or [CANCEL]
AGING: 10
to end aging.
End

AGING END: 50

Aging: Maintenance Unit Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6040

390

Aging: Head Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6050

This procedure is used for aging the cutter. Select black or color and carry out in-fill
printing a specified number of times.
AGING: Head
AGING HEAD: Black

Menu Down Menu Up

AGING HEAD: Color

Enter

AGING COUNT: 50

Press [ENTER] to begin aging

AGING: 10

End

AGING END: 50

Press [ENTER] to specify a number of times to carry out aging in the same way
as the carriage motor and return to “AGING: Head” when finished.

Aging: Head Model Name: RJ–4100 BAC6050

391

Maintenance Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 0 0 0 0

Maintenance Parts

Maintenance Parts List CAT1000

Maintenance Tool List CAT2000
Adhesives and Tapes CAT3000
Lubrication Points CAT4000
Exploded Drawings CAT5000

Maintenance Parts Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 0 0 0 0

392

Maintenance Parts List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 1 0 0 0

Name of Part Drawing Number Exploded View Page Name of Part Drawing Number Exploded View Page
Main Board Assembly DF-41524 CAT5008-3C Damper (Color) DF-40129 CAT5007-2C, 3D, 4D
Power Supply Board Assembly DF-40095 CAT5008-5D Ink Tube (A0) DF-41527 CAT5006-2C
Head Board Assembly DF-41525 CAT5007-7B Grid Roller Assembly DF-41528 CAT5003-3B, 5D, 7E
Panel Board Assembly DF-40097 CAT5008-7E Coupling Assembly DF-40693 CAT5004-2B, 4C, 6D
Mother Board Assembly DF-40098 CAT5008-3B Pressure Assembly DF-41529 CAT5005-3E, 4F
Lever Sensor Assembly DF-40099 CAT5003-7E Pressure Roller DF-41530 CAT5005-3E, 4F
Cover Switch Assembly DF-40100 CAT5003-7E Blade DF-40696 CAT5005-3E, 4F
Waste Fluid Box Switch Assembly DF-40101 CAT5003-8C X Speed Reduction Belt DF-40137 CAT5002-2E
Paper Sensor F Assembly DF-40102 CAT5004-3E Steel Belt (A0) DF-40139 CAT5005-2F
Paper Sensor R Assembly DF-40103 CAT5003-4C T Fence (A0) DF-40141 CAT5005-3C
Detector Assembly (Black) DF-40106 CAT5006-4B Cursor Assembly DF-40142 CAT5007-8D
Detector Assembly (Y) DF-40107 CAT5006-7D Y Return Pulley Assembly DF-40144 CAT5005-1C
Detector Assembly (M) DF-40146 CAT5006-6C Castor Assembly DF-40342 CAT5009-6D
Detector Assembly (C) DF-40147 CAT5006-5B Round Cap/Screw Assembly DF-40344 CAT5009-5E
Paper Sensor Y Assembly DF-40108 CAT5007-2F Fuse DF-40345 CAT5008-6D
Origin Sensor Assembly DF-40109 CAT5007-6B Tray Assembly A0 (MUTOH) DF-40418 CAT5009-2E
X Motor Assembly DF-40688 CAT5002-2D Tray Hanger A0 DF-40430 CAT5009-3D
Y Motor Assembly DF-40111 CAT5005-7E Package Box Assembly A0 (MUTOH) DF-40424 CAT5009-8F
Pump Motor Assembly DF-40112 CAT5004-7C Flange (2-inch) DF-40446 CAT5005-6B
Cutter Solenoid Assembly DF-40113 CAT5007-2E Flange (3-inch) DF-40447 CAT5005-8B
Vacuum Fan Assembly DF-40173 CAT5002-4F, 3F, 2F O-ring (Small) DF-40487 CAT5006, CAT5007
Fan Cable A Assembly DF-40174 CAT5002-4F O-ring (Large) DF-40488 CAT5006, CAT5007
Fan Cable B Assembly DF-40132 CAT5002-2F Tube Guide A0 Assembly DF-40620 CAT5006-2B
Fan Cable C Assembly DF-40133 CAT5002-1F Cursor Plate Spring DF-40642 CAT5007-5E
Panel Cable DF-40114 CAT5008-6F Steel Flexible Cable A0 Assembly DF-40644 CAT5006-4C
Switch Cable Assembly DF-40115 CAT5008-4F Semicircular Cap (pack of 4) DF-40711 CAT5009-4D, 5D, 6E, 7E
DC Cable Assembly DF-41535 CAT5008-5D Junction Board Assembly DF-41537 CAT5006-4A
Y Cable (A0) DF-40118 CAT5005-4B Ink ID Sensor 1 Assembly DF-41538 CAT5006-5B
Head Cable (Black) DF-40119 CAT5007-2B Ink ID Sensor 2 Assembly DF-41539 CAT5006-6C
Head Cable (Color) DF-40120 CAT5007-4B Ink ID Sensor 3 Assembly DF-41540 CAT5006-7C
Print Head Assembly (Black) DF-40689 CAT5007-2B Ink ID Sensor 4 Assembly DF-41541 CAT5006-4D
Print Head Assembly (Color) DF-40690 CAT5007-5C
Cap Assembly DF-40123 CAT5004-7C
Pump Assembly DF-40124 CAT5004-6B
Wiper DF-40125 CAT5004-6B
Maintenance Station GA Assembly DF-40691 CAT5004-8B
Cartridge Frame Assembly DF-40127 CAT5006-4B, 5B, 6C, 7D
Damper (Black) DF-40128 CAT5007-2C

Maintenance Parts List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 1 0 0 0

393

Maintenance Tool List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 2 0 0 0

No. Drawing No. Name Appearance Remarks No. Drawing No. Name Appearance Remarks

1 Personal Computer Commercial 5 Bar tension gauge Commercial

item 49 N (5 kgf) item
(made by Ooba S/S)

2 JD-30410 Head cleaning jig Special item, 6 JD-30395 Rail height jig Special item
assembly includes rubber assembly
(4 sets required) bush and
mini-fitting

2.1 JD-42052 Rubber bushing Special item 7 JD-30432 Rail height reference Special item
❉ Replace after (consumable) base assembly
using 20 times

2.2 JD-42053 Mini-fitting Special item

(made by Inaiseieido) (commercial
item)

3 JD-42050 Belt tension Special item 8 JD-42051 Y rail attachment Special item
attachment control jig

4 Bar tension gauge Commercial

4.9 N (500 gf) item
(made by Ooba S/S)
9 Phillips screwdriver Commercial
No. 1 item

Maintenance Tool List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 2 0 0 0

394

Maintenance Tool List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 2 0 0 1

No. Drawing No. Name Appearance Remarks No. Drawing No. Name Appearance Remarks
10 Phillips screwdriver Commercial 19 Tweezers Commercial
No. 2 item item

11 Nut driver 5 mm Commercial 20 Multimeter Commercial

item item

12 Screwdriver Commercial
item

13 Allen key 1.5 mm Commercial 21 Jeweller's screwdriver Commercial

item item

14 Allen key 2 mm Commercial 22 JD-41844 Cleaning fluid A-29 Special item

item (18-liter)

15 Allen key 2.5 mm Commercial

item

16 Allen key 3 mm Commercial 23 JD-42054 Cleaning fluid bottle, Special item

item 500 ml (Commercial
item)

17 Spanner 5.5 mm Commercial

item

18 Spanner 17 mm Commercial 24 Ball driver 2.5 mm Commercial

item item

Maintenance Tool List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 2 0 0 1

395

Maintenance Tool List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 2 0 0 2

No. Drawing No. Name Appearance Remarks No. Drawing No. Name Appearance Remarks
25 Hexagon ratchet Commercial
spanner item

26 Backup card Special item

2 MB 2 MB

27 Firmware Special item

version-up card 4 MB
4 MB

Maintenance Tool List Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 2 0 0 2

396

Adhesives and Tapes Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 3 0 0 0

1. Adhesives
No. Name of Process Components/Application Brand, Product Name Remarks Exploded View Page
1 Y Return Pulley Assembly To fix the return pulley shaft and Thread adhesive Three-Bond 1401B CAT5005-1C
adjusting screw
2 Head Assembly To fix all fastening screws holding Thread adhesive Three-Bond 1401B CAT5007-4E
the head mount
3 Frame R Assembly To fasten the lever fulcrum screw and Sealant Loctite 638 Remove with alcohol CAT5003-6F, 7F
stepped screw for pressurizing relay plate
4 X motor GA Assembly To seal X motor and X drive pulley Sealant Loctite 638 Remove with alcohol CAT5002-1E, 2F

5 Y motor Assembly To seal Y motor and drive pulley Sealant Loctite 638 Remove with alcohol CAT5005-7E

2. Tape
No. Name of Process Components/Application Brand, Product Name Remarks Exploded View Page
1 Power supply cover Insulation Nitto electrical Tape No. 223S, or equivalent CAT5008-7B
50 mm wide
2 Panel cable To hold cable and X rail Sony Chemical T4700M, 20 mm wide or equivalent CAT5008-6F

3 Box guide To protect Y motor cable 3M Electrical Insulating Tape #10 or equivalent CAT5003-7C

Adhesives and Tapes Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 3 0 0 0

397

Lubrication Points Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 4 0 0 0

No. Name of Unit Lubrication Point Brand, Product Number Application Remarks Exploded View Page

1 Pressurization Pressure cam Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., To improve sliding or similar CAT5004-5E
Unit Silicone Grease G501

2 Maintenance Unit Transfer gear bearings Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., To improve durability or similar CAT5004-7B
Silicone Grease G501

3 R Frame Sliding parts around pressurizing Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., To improve sliding or similar CAT5003-7F
relay plate Silicone Grease G501

4 X Drive X speed reduction belt parts Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., To improve durability CAT5002-2E
Silicone Grease G501

5 Y Rail Back of roller track Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., For inserting roller, reducing or similar CAT5005-5E
Silicone Grease G501 cursor noise

6 Y Rail Cursor track Juko Lubricants Co., Ltd To prevent burning Soak a cloth and CAT5005-5E
Sumi Grease Spray apply lightly

7 Covers Cover pins and frame holes Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., For cover opening/closing or similar CAT5001-6D
Silicone Grease G501 action and noise CAT5003-6D

Lubrication Points Model Name: RJ–4100 C AT 4 0 0 0

 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5001

Ａ
RJ-4100 COVERS Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5001
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5002

Ａ
RJ-4100 FRAME UNIT: LEFT Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5002
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5003

Ａ RJ-4100 FRAME UNIT: RIGHT Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5003
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5004

Ａ
RJ-4100 X DRIVE UNIT, MAINTENANCE UNIT Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5004
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5005

RJ-4100 Y DRIVE UNIT

Ａ Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5005
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5006

Ａ
RJ-4100 CARTRIDGE UNIT, PIPING UNIT Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5006
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5007

Ａ
RJ-4100 HEAD UNIT, CURSOR UNIT Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5007
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5008

Ａ RJ-4100 P.C.B. UNIT, PANEL UNIT Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5008
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.19 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5009

RJ-4100 STAND UNIT

Ａ Ａ

Ｂ Ｂ

Ｃ Ｃ

Ｄ Ｄ

Ｅ Ｅ

Ｆ Ｆ

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5009
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
 1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8
展 開 図 99' 05.24 指摘 機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5010

ACCESSORIES
Ａ Ａ
RJ-4100 (Specifications for Japan) RJ-4100A (Specifications for A/OEM 100 V AC)

• Carton DE-11030B • Warranty card DE-34043 • Carton DE-11122

• Head fastening plate DF-40549 • Auxiliary material DF-40463 • Head fastening plate DF-40549 • Auxiliary material DF-40463
• Wing bolt DE-48262 • Wing bolt DE-49510 • Wing bolt DE-48262 • Wing bolt DE-49510
• Lever retainer DF-40337 • Packing caution label DF-40612 • Lever retainer DF-40337 • Packing caution label DF-40754
• Cable retainer DF-40338 • Cable retainer DF-40338
Ｂ • Vinyl bag DE-42522 • Vinyl bag DE-42522 Ｂ

• Accessories • Accessories
• Accessories carton DE-33903 • Power cord set DE-33809 • Accessories carton DE-33903 • Power cord set DE-33809
• Roll media (A0 20 m roll) DF-40349B • Adapter plug DE-40090 • Adapter plug DE-40090
• Operation Manual: Basic Edition DF-41210 • Cable clamp DE-49162 • Cable clamp DE-49162
• Operation Manual: Functions and Operations Edition DF-41211 • Mole screw DE-48958 • Mole screw DE-48958
Ｃ • Operation Manual: Drivers Edition DF-41212 • Paper towel DF-41300 (100 sheets) Ｃ
• YUNIHA-DEI-K6 (Vinyl bag) DE-46985 • Poly bag DF-41298
• RJ41 Media sample book DF-41294

(Refer to Operation Manual for exterior view)

RJ-4100E (Specifications for E/200 V AC) RJ-4100K (Specifications for K/100 V AC)

Ｄ • Carton DE-11122 • Carton DE-11122 Ｄ

• Head fastening plate DF-40549 • Auxiliary material DF-40463 • Head fastening plate DF-40549 • Auxiliary material DF-40463
• Wing bolt DE-48262 • Wing bolt DE-49510 • Wing bolt DE-48262 • Wing bolt DE-49510
• Lever retainer DF-40337 • Packing caution label DF-40754 • Lever retainer DF-40337 • Packing caution label DF-40754
• Cable retainer DF-40338 • Cable retainer DF-40338
• Vinyl bag DE-42522 • Vinyl bag DE-42522

Ｅ Ｅ

• Accessories • Accessories
• Accessories carton DE-33903 • Power cord set DE-30070 • Accessories carton DE-33903 • Power cord set DE-33809
• Roll media (A0 20 m roll) DF-40349B • Roll media (A0 20 m roll) DF-40349B • Adapter plug DE-40090
• Operation Manual: Basic Edition DF-41360 • Cable clamp DE-49162 • Operation Manual: Basic Edition DF-41360 • Cable clamp DE-49162
• Operation Manual: Functions and Operations Edition DF-41361 • Mole screw DE-48958 • Operation Manual: Functions and Operations Edition DF-41361 • Mole screw DE-48958
• YUNIHA-DEI-K6 (Vinyl bag) DE-46985 • Paper towel DF-41300 (100 sheets) • YUNIHA-DEI-K6 (Vinyl bag) DE-46985 • Paper towel DF-41300 (100 sheets)
• Leg assembly instructions DF-40759 • Poly bag DF-41298 • Leg assembly instructions DE-40759 • Poly bag DF-41298

Ｆ Ｆ
(Refer to Operation Manual for exterior view) (Refer to Operation Manual for exterior view)

機種名：RJ-4100   CAT5010
1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8